Bai Tap TA 8

SOME IRREGULAR VERBS
Order Infinitive Past tense Past Meaning

participle
1 awake awoke awoken đánh thức , thức
2 be was / were been là , thì , bị ở
3 bear bore born mang , chịu đựng , sinh ra
4 beat beat beaten đánh , đánh bại
5 become became become trở nên , trở thành
6 begin began begun bắt đầu
7 bend bent bent bẻ cong
8 bind bound bound buộc , trói
9 bite bit bitten cắn , ngoạm
10 bleed bled bled chảy máu
11 blow blew blown thổi
12 break broke broken đập vỡ , bẻ gãy
13 bring brought brought mang đến
14 broadcast broadcast broadcast phát thanh
15 build built built xây dựng
16 burn burnt / burned burnt / burned đốt cháy
17 buy bought bought mua
18 catch caught caught bắt , chụp
19 choose chose chosen chọn , lựa
20 come came come đến , đi đến
21 cut cut cut chặt , đốn , cắt
22 do did done làm
23 draw drew drawn vẽ , kéo
24 drink drank drunk uống
25 drive drove driven lái xe
26 eat ate eaten ăn
27 fall fell fallen ngã , rơi
28 feed fed fed cho ăn
29 feel felt felt cảm thấy
30 find found found tìm thấy
31 forget forgot forgot quên
32 get got got Nhận, có, lấy, được
33 give gave given đưa , cho
34 go went gone đi
35 grind ground ground nghiền , xay
36 grow grew grown trồng, mọc
37 hang hung hung móc , treo lên
38 have had had có , sở hữu , dùng (ăn )
39 hear heard heard nghe
40 hide hid hidden trốn , giấu , nấp
41 hit hit hit đụng
42 hold held held tổ chức , cầm, nắm
43 hurt hurt hurt làm đau
44 keep kept kept giữ
45 know knew known biết
46 lay laid laid đặt , để , bày ( thức ăn ) ra
47 lead led led dẫn , dắt , lãnh đạo
48 leave left left ra đi , để lại
49 lend lent lent cho mượn ( vay )

50 let let let cho phép , để cho
51 lie lay lain nằm
52 light lit lit thắp sáng
98 understand understood understood hiểu
99 dig dug dig đào
100 spit spat spat khạc, nhổ
Long Tuyen Secondary school

Grade : 8
Name : EXERCISE ( 1 )
I. Write the opposites next to the adjectives :
straight intelligent boring weak short
quiet small confident thin fat young
a. tall ………………… b. old ……… ………….

c. big ………………… d. noisy .…………………….
e. strong ………………… f. thick . ……………………
g. slim ………………… h. shy . ……………………
i. dull …………………. j. curly ……………………..
k. exciting …………………
II. Arrange the words given into 4 groups : build , character , hair and appearance :
tall easy going straight pretty blond humorous
thin bald short kind handsome old
black small attractive slim fair wavy
ugly gray nice young curly generous
character Hair Appearance

Build
……………….
……………………. …………………… ……………………. ………………..
……………………. …………………….. ……………………. ………………..
…………………… ……………………. ……………………. ………………..
……………………… ……………………. …………………… ………………..
……………………. ……………………. ……………………. ………………...
…………………….. ……………………... …………………… ………………..
III. Give the correct form of verbs :

1. We ( stay ) ……………….at home on Sundays .
2. Nam usually ( write ) ………………..to his brother twice a month .
3. What…………you often ( do ) ……………in the evening ?
4. She frequently ( wash ) ………………..her hair in the morning .
5. Thuy ( not study ) …………………her lessons in the evening . She (watch ) ……………….TV then .
6. They ( see )…………….. a good movie last night .
7. Trung ( be ) ……………a student of Quang Trung School . He usually ( go ) ………………to school at 6:45 so
(get )……………up early and then ( have ) ……………….breakfast at 6:15 . Yesterday he ( not go ) …………..
to school , he ( stay ) ……………….at home because he ( be ) ……………sick . The doctor ( say ) …………..he
( have ) ………………virus .
8. Nam and Ba ( be ) ………………in the same class . They ( go ) ………………to school every morning . They
(not go ) ………………..to school on the weekends . When they ( have ) ………………..free time , Nam
frequently ( watch ) ……………….TV . Sometimes Ba ( read )………………books and ( listen ) ……………..to
music . They ( have ) ………………..a day off yesterday . They ( visit ) ……………….their old teacher .
IV. Make sentences , using key words :
1. She / write / me / every other month .
…………………………………………………………………..
2. Mai / Lan / go / English club / Friday evening .
……………………………………………………………………………..
3. Nam / often / do / homework / morning .
………………………………………………………………………….
4. He / meet / girlfriend / station / two months ago .

……………………………………………………………………………….
5. We / see / interesting movies / TV / last night .
……………………………………………………………………………….
6. I / always / ride / bike / countryside / weekends .
…………………………………………………………………………………
7. Ann / visit / Nha Trang / last August ?
……………………………………………………………………………..
8. she / usually / get up / 5:00 ?
……………………………………………………………
IV . Read the text carefully and then answer the questions :
My best friend is Michael and I are in the same class at school .We started primary school on the same day , and
we have known each other for more than ten year . We sometimes disagree about things , but generally we get on
very well together .
Michael is taller than me , and he’s better-looking . He’s got blue eyes and fair hair . He looks a bit like a
Manchester United player , David Backham , but isn’t good at football ! Outside school Michael dresses casually
He wears either jeans or a tracksuits .
Michael’s main interest is photography . He and his dad have built a dark room under the stairs of their house , and
he develops his own pictures there . He’s also entered a number of photographic competitions , but he hasn’t won
any prizes .
When he left school , unlike me , Michael doesn’t want to go to University . He wants to do television or film
work . He has already written to several British film companies . He hopes to become a cameraman one day .
* True or false ?
1. .……... Michael and the writer study in the same school .
2. ……… The writer knew Michael ten years ago .
3. ……… They are the same height .
4. ……... Michael has a dark room under the stairs to develops his own pictures .
5. ……... He has won no prizes in his photographic competitions .
6. ……... The writer doesn’t wants to go to the university .
* Answer the questions :
1. How long have the writer and Michael known each other ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. What does Michael look like ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. What is his hobby ?
………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. What does he want to do when he leaves school ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
V. Rewrite each sentence , beginning as shown so that the meanings stays the same .
1. Mary can’t go to school because she is too young .
Mary isn’t old enough to go to school .
2. Mai can’t not speak in front of the class because she is too shy .
Mai isn’t ………………………………………………………………………………..........
3. How old is she ?
What …………………………………………………………..
4. Shall we join the English speaking club ?
Why don’t we …………………………………………………………………….
5. Lan spends three hours a day doing her homework .
It takes …………………………………………………………………………………….
6. I’m fourteen years old . My younger sister is thirteen years old .
I’m one year ………………………………………………………………………………………..
7. Susan can’t wear this shirt because it’s too small .
This shirt isn’t …………………………………………………………………………..
Long Tuyen Secondary School
Grade :8
Name : EXERCISE ( 1a )
I. Give the correct form of the verbs in parentheses :
1. Last January I ( see ) …………………..snow for the first time in my life .
2. I ( bring ) ………………………a raincoat on rainy days .
3. My roommate and I ( have ) …………………….some free time yesterday so we ( go ) …………………..
to the movies .
4. Barbara often ( tutor ) ……………………….other students in her math class .
5. How many cigarettes …………………your father ( smoke ) ………………….a day ?
6. Tom’s brother ( not shave ) ………………………….this morning because he ( not have )……..…………
time .
7. …………..she ( eat ) ……………………anything two days ago ?
8. How often ………………..he ( go ) ………………..out with his girlfriend ?
9. Ba and I ( be ) …………………….close friends but we( have ) ……………………..different interests . Ba
( fly ) ……………….kite and ( play ) …………………..badminton in his free time . I (listen ) ……………..
to music and (jog ) ……………………when I ( have ) ……………………free time . Last Sunday he (ask)
……………………me to play badminton with him and then we (walk ) …………………….to the park to
enjoy fresh air .
10. Nam usually ( go ) …………………...to his grandparents’ village on the weekend . He ( go ) ………….
swimming and fishing there . Last week , he ( not come ) ………………………there because he ( have )
……………………math test .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Long Tuyen Secondary school

Grade : 8
Name : EXERCISE ( 1a )
I. Give the correct form of the verbs in parentheses :

1. Last January I ( see ) …………………..snow for the first time in my life .
2. I ( bring ) ………………………a raincoat on rainy days .
3. My roommate and I ( have ) …………………….some free time yesterday so we ( go ) …………………..
to the movies .
4. Barbara often ( tutor ) ……………………….other stdents in her math class .
5. How many cigarettes …………………your father ( smoke ) ………………….a day ?
6. Tom’s brother ( not shave ) ………………………….this morning because he ( not have )……..…………
time .
7. …………..she ( eat ) ……………………anything two days ago ?
8. How often ………………..he ( go ) ………………..out with his girlfriend ?
9. Ba and I ( be ) …………………….close friends but we( have ) ……………………..different interests . Ba
( fly ) ……………….kite and ( play ) …………………..badminton in his free time . I (listen ) ……………..
to music and (jog ) ……………………when I ( have ) ……………………free time . Last Sunday he (ask)
……………………me to play badminton with him and then we (walk ) …………………….to the park to
enjoy fresh air .
10. Nam usually ( go ) ……………………...to his grandparents’village on the weekend . He ( go ) ………….
swimming and fishing there . Last week , he ( not come ) ………………………there because he ( have )
……………………math test .
II. Write questions for the underlined words :

1……………………………………………………………
Mai travels to work by motorbike .
2………………………………………………………………….
Nien is going to visit Hoa at Christmas .
3…………………………………………………………………………
Mrs. John bought a poster for me .
4………………………………………………………….
Cuong will meet his old friend at the bus stop .
5………………………………………………………………………………….
His father gave him a mobile phone on June 1st .
6………………………………………………………………………….
Nhi often buys books at Phuong Nam bookshop .
7………………………………………………………………………………….
Yes . Tram’s mother bought this bike to her for her good marks .
8………………………………………………………………….
Minh stayed in Nha Trang for a week .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
II. Write questions for the underlined words :

1……………………………………………………………
Mai travels to work by motorbike .
2………………………………………………………………….
Nien is going to visit Hoa at Christmas .
3…………………………………………………………………………
Mrs. John bought a poster for me .
4………………………………………………………….
Cuong will meet his old friend at the bus stop .
5………………………………………………………………………………….
His father gave him a mobile phone on June 1st .
6………………………………………………………………………….
Nhi often buys books at Phuong Nam bookshop .
7………………………………………………………………………………….
Yes . Tram’s mother bought this bike to her for her good marks .
8………………………………………………………………….
Minh stayed in Nha Trang for a week .
Grade :8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 1a )
I. Write sentences , using the words keys :

1. Nhan / often / take / bus / school .
……………………………………………………………….
2. Nam / his close friend / go / supermarket / yesterday .
………………………………………………………………………….
3. she / not have / dinner / last Monday .
…………………………………………………..
4. Ngan / strong / enough / carry / table .
………………………………………………………………….
5. We / wear / uniform / school .
…………………………………………………………
6. Thanh’s sister / not / work / weekends .
………………………………………………………………….
7. medicine / relieve / symptoms / common cold .
…………………………………………………………………………
8. My father / give / me / some money / two days ago .
………………………………………………………………………………….
9. Where / you / last Sunday ?
……………………………………………………..
10. What / your mother / usually / buy / you / your birthday ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Grade :8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 1a )
I. Write sentences , using the words keys :

1. Nhan / often / take / bus / school .
……………………………………………………………….
2. Nam / his close friend / go / supermarket / yesterday .
………………………………………………………………………….
3. she / not have / dinner / last Monday .
…………………………………………………..
4. Ngan / strong / enough / carry / table .
………………………………………………………………….
5. We / wear / uniform / school .
…………………………………………………………
6. Thanh’s sister / not / work / weekends .
………………………………………………………………….
7. medicine / relieve / symptoms / common cold .
…………………………………………………………………………
8. My father / give / me / some money / two days ago .
………………………………………………………………………………….
9. Where / you / last Sunday ?
……………………………………………………..
10. What / your mother / usually / buy / you / your birthday ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………
II. Complete the dialogues , using enough :

1. Did he pass the exam ?
Yes , he worked hard enough to pass the exam . ( hard )
2. Do you want to play tennis ?
No , I don’t feel …………………………………………………today (well )
3. Why don’t we go swimming ?
Well . It’s ………………………………………….( warm )
4. Are they going to buy that house ?
You must be joking . They aren't ……………………………………such an expensive house . ( rich )
5. Would you like to go away on holiday ?
I’m sorry I can’t . I haven’t got …………………………………… on holiday . ( money )
6. Hury along , children ! We must get to the airport on time .
Don’t worry , Mom . We have ………………………………..to the airport ( time )
7. Could you move the piano ?
I’m afraid I’m not …………………………………….it . ( strong )
8. Can she read a newspaper in French ?
No , she doesn’t know ……………………………………….a newspaper . ( French )
III. Combine each pair of sentences into new ones , using “ enough”
1. My sister is old . She can drive a car .
…………………………………………………………….
2. The radio isn’t small . You can’t put it in your pocket .
………………………………………………………………………………..
3. She is beautiful and intelligent . She can become Miss World.
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
II. Complete the dialogues , using enough :

1. Did he pass the exam ?
Yes , he worked hard enough to pass the exam . ( hard )
2. Do you want to play tennis ?
No , I don’t feel …………………………………………………today (well )
3. Why don’t we go swimming ?
Well . It’s ………………………………………….( warm )
4. Are they going to buy that house ?
You must be joking . They aren't ……………………………………such an expensive house . ( rich )
5. Would you like to go away on holiday ?
I’m sorry I can’t . I haven’t got …………………………………… on holiday . ( money )
6. Hury along , children ! We must get to the airport on time .
Don’t worry , Mom . We have ………………………………..to the airport ( time )
7. Could you move the piano ?
I’m afraid I’m not …………………………………….it . ( strong )
8. Can she read a newspaper in French ?
No , she doesn’t know ……………………………………….a newspaper . ( French )
III. Combine each pair of sentences into new ones , using “ enough”
…………………………………………………………….
2. The radio isn’t small . You can’t put it in your pocket .
………………………………………………………………………………..
3. She is beautiful and intelligent . She can become Miss World.
………………………………………………………………………………………
LISTENING
I. Listen and fill in missing information in the following message forms
For : .......................
Message : ...................Brown called. She ask her
1. ......................................at .............................
For : .......................
Message : ...................Brown called. She asked him to
2. meet her at ........................................at
the............................
For : .......................
3. Message : ...................called about ................................It
will be .........................Room ..................
For : .......................
4. Message : ...................called about ................................
party. It is at ...........................at Plaza
.................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................
LISTENING
I. Listen and fill in missing information in the following message forms
For : .......................
Message : ...................Brown called. She ask her
1. ......................................at .............................
For : .......................
Message : ...................Brown called. She asked him to
2. meet her at ........................................at
the............................
For : .......................
Message : ...................called about ................................It
will be .........................Room ..................
3.
For : .......................
4. Message : ...................called about ................................
party. It is at ...........................at Plaza
.................................
II.
................................................................................................................................................................................................
II.
Grade :
Name :
EXERCISE ( 2 )
I. Circle the best options :
1. Most students in school like him because his strong ………………….
a. character b. person c. rod d. name
2. She is too ………………..to speak and laugh in front of other people .
a. shy b. active c. humorous d. interested
3. The Earth , the Sun , the Mars , the Moon are …………………
a. objects b. planets c. Mercury d. friends
4. I find Peter not communicative . He rather …………….in public .
a. kind b. reserved c. sociable d. humorous
5. You seem ……………., Peter .
a. happily b. happiness c. happy d. unhappily
6. What does she look ………………… ?
a. alike b. likely c. like d. likes
7. She isn’t old ………………..to be in my class .
a. so that b. for b. that d. enough
8. I am ……………..enough to have a lot of friends .
a. luckily b. lucky c. luck d. luckier
9. I spend most of my time ………………my friends .
a. with b. at c. together d. for
10. We spend time ………………volunteer work .
a. to do b. on doing c. doing d. for doing
11. The weather is warm enough for us ………………..
a. going out b. to going out c. to go out d. for going
12. The Earth ………………around the Sun , doesn’t it ?
a. move b. moves c. moving d. is moving
13. Tam is sociable , I am not as ………………………
a. going out as he is b. going out as him is c. out-going as he is d. out-going as him is
14. They enjoy ………………..jokes .
a. tell b. telling c. to tell d. told
15. Nga isn’t ……………….enough to lift that heavy box.
a. weak b. careful c. rich d. strong
16. Although we have quite different characters , we are very …………………friends .
a. close b. annoying c. out-going d. sociable
17. I ……………..a letter from my old friend last week .
a. sent b. gave c. took d. received
18. A home for children whose parents are dead is a( n ) …………………
a. resort b. orphan c. motel d. orphanage
19. My sister hair is not ……………….
a. curly b. sociable c. slim d. fat
20. It’s a…………….to meet you, Lan.
a. nice b. pleasure c. kind d. pity
21. Look at that film star. He is tall and ……………
a. short b. slim c. straight d. long
22. His neighbor always make noise at noon. The noise ……………………him a lot. He can’t take a nap.
a. wakes b. helps c. annoys d. relaxes
23. Can I speak to Mai, please ? - ……………………., please.
a. Speaking b. Get through c. Just a momnent d. Yes
24. The sun …………………in the east.
a. rises b. moves c. sets d. goes around
II. Complete the sentences with the words in the box :
generous orphanage sociable planet

joke next-door humor
1.The Earth is the name of the ………………..we live on .

2. He has a good sense of ………………….He always make us laugh .
3. After the death of his parents , he was sent to an ………………..
4. Don’t do it as a ………………It’s a serious thing .
5. She lives next to my house . She is my …………………neighbor .
6. It was ……………..of you to share your food with me .
7. Mai has a lot of friends . She is very …………………..
III. Put the words or phrases in correct order to make sentences :
1. enough / Jane / stay / to / alone / old / isn’t / at home
………………………………………………………………………..
2. you / going / to / are / what / do / next weekend ?
…………………………………………………………………………….
3. She / hair / black / has / long / straight .
…………………………………………………………………
4. in the east / rises / sun / the / in the west / sets / and .
………………………………………………………………………………….
5. table / large / was / in the kitchen / there / a / wooden / round .
………………………………………………………………………………………
6. awful / an / what / house !
…………………………………………………
7. the / pass / hard / enough / he / to / works / examination .
…………………………………………………………………………………
8. strong / I / move / not / enough / am / the piano .
………………………………………………………………………
IV. Reading comprehension :
Thuy Anh , my close friend , is one of the loveliest people I have ever met . Although she is not very beautiful ,
she is actually good-looking and charming with clear complexion and thick long black hair . Her nose is straight
while her eyes are big with thick eyelashes . With a big smile always on her face , she looks very lovely and
confident . As a student , Thuy Anh is a kind of active and sociable person . She is smart and also good at
persuading people . Besides , she is always kind and helpful to everyone . In our eyes , she is really nice friend .
We all love her .
* True Or False ?
1. …..Thuy is very beautiful .
2. …..She has long black hair .
3. …..She always smiles to everyone .
4. …..She is sociable but a little passive .
V. Write a passage about your close friends :
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Name : Nguyen Manh Trung Age : 15

Appearance : tall , fat , short curly hair
Characters : sociable , generous , kind
Address : 24 Nguyen du Street , Ho Chi Minh City
Family : mother , father , and two younger sisters
Hobbies : swimming , reading
Friends : Nam , Thanh , Phong
......................................................................................................................................................................................
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Grade :8
I . Match the name of things in column ( A ) with their description in column ( B ) :

A B
1. answering machine a. a book in which you can write people’s name and address .
2. movie theater b. an equipment used for sending and receiving copies of documents .
3. address book c. a book containing the names , telephone numbers , an addresses of people
and business .
4. mobile phone d. a building in which movies are shown .
5. fax machine e. a telephone which is available for people in general to use .
6. public telephone f. a machine that answers your telephone and record messages .
7. telephone directory g. a telephone you can carry around with you .
1……. 2……. 3……. 4……. 5…… 6……. 7…….

II. Fill in the blanks with the words given in the box :
relaxing reliable lazy generous shy talkative jealous
beautiful imaginative friendly
1. It will be so ……………….to be among old friends , isn’t it ?

2. Her husband is so …………………. . He’s always buying her things .
3. Lan loves to talk a lot . I’ve never met anyone quite …………………like her .
4. If Nam tells you he’ll do something , he always does it . He is …………………….
5. She is ……………………. . She never does any housework .
6. People here are so ………………… . They always talk to you and try to help you .
7. Hoa hardly says a word and always looks down at the floor when she talks to you . She is very ……………….
8. He makes up stories to tell his friends without the least effort . He is so ……………………
III . Arrange these words in correct order :
1. little / has / eyes / her / brown / big / sister .
……………………………………………………………………..
2. new / teacher / short / your / does / hair / wavy / have ?
…………………………………………………………………………………
3. married / fat / she / short / man / a .
………………………………………………………………………..
4. draw / line / firstly / a / long / thin .
……………………………………………………………………..
5. many / are / garden / red / flowers / there / small / her / in .
…………………………………………………………………………………….
6. father / handsome / a/ is / man / tall / your ?
…………………………………………………………………………..
7. uncle / long / beard / your / have / gray / does ?
……………………………………………………………………….
8. pink / face / Lan / round / has / small / a .
……………………………………………………………………………….
IV. Circle the best answers by circling a , b , c , d :
1. Helen is my aunt’s daughter . She’s my ……………………….
a. sister b. nephew c. cousin d. niece
2. Ba is sociable but his brother is quite ………………………..
a. out going b. shy c. generous d. kind
3. A person who can’t speak or hear is called a……………………
a. character b. deaf c. blind d. deaf-mute
4. As a leader , he must learn how to speak well ……………………

a. in public b. in school c. outside d. in country
5. The children like their grandpa because he always …………………….
a. tells jokes b. enjoys life c. has character d. gets good grades
6. His …………….always makes people laugh .
a. quiet character b. sense of humor c. smiles d. Christmas presents
7. The noise in the street …………………. people at night .
a. volunteers b. spends c. annoys d. plays
8. Can I speak to Mary , please ?
a. stay there a minute b. hold on c. keep the phone d. wait the phone
9. What……………. are they doing in the laboratory ?
a. sport b. animal c. experiment d. job
10. I am living on the second floor . Peter is living……………….. on the third one .
a. downstairs b. upstairs c. outside d. inside
11. The synonym of “sociable” is …………………..
a. reserved b. kind c. generous d. out-going
12. Her love for unhappy children is so strong that after graduation from college she decided to work for the local
………………………
a. orphanage b. hospital c. school d. kindergarten
V. Fill in the blanks with suitable words :
Do you have any close friends . I think every body at least has one close friend in their (1 )…………………And I
have two close friends , Hanh and Mai .We are in the same class . We are also neighbors so we(2 ) .………….
most of our time learning and playing together . Hanh is a ( 3 )…………………girl with big black eyes and an
oval rosy ( 5 )………………...She is an ( 6 ) ………………….student who is always at the top of the class . She
likes reading , and she often goes to the (7 ) ……………………whenever she has free time . Mai isn’t ( 8) …..
…..beautiful as Hanh , but she has a lovely smile and looks very healthy . Mai is very sporty . She is also very
sociable and has a good ( 9 ) ………………………. Her jokes always makes us laugh . I love both of my (10 )
………………..and I always hope our friendship will never die .
V. Read the following passage and then answer the questions :
I really like leaving home , but I’m only fifteen . My mom and dad are so strict , they won’t let me do any of the
things my friends do . For example, on a Saturday evening , everyone went to the disco but my parents said I had
to be home by 9 o’clock and the disco didn’t finish until twelve . It’s really unfair and everyone laugh at me and
call me a baby .
Also my mom goes into my bedroom when I’m at school and I’m sure she looks through my things . When I ask
her not to , she says it’s not my house , and I’m too young to have a private life . They treat me as if I was still a
child and won’t trust me to do things on my own . I want to get job on Saturday but they say I have to do my
homework , then help look after my younger brother . If they won’t change , I’m going to run away and they’ll be
sorry .
* TRUE OR FALSE ?
1 ……….. The writer is old enough to leave home .
2 ……….. She can do anything her friend do .
3 ……….. Everyone calls her a baby because she often cries .
4 ……….. Her mum looks through her belongings while she goes to class
5 ……….. Her mum doesn’t allow her a private life .
6 ……….. She can easily gets a job if she wants .
7 ……….. Her parents say that she should help her mum look after her younger brother .

1. What do you think about her parents ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. Do you think her mother is right when she looks through her things ? Why or why not ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 4 )
I. Look at the telephone conversation below and try to write a message :
Phuong : Hello !
Nguyen : Hi ! May I speak to Ngoc please ? This is Nguyen .
Phuong : I’m sorry but she’s not in . Would you like to leave a message ?
Nguyen : Yes . Ask her to call me , please . It’s about our camping trip this weekend . It’ll be at 6: 00 at Thanh’s
house
Phuong : Okay, Nguyen . Does she have your telephone number ?
Nguyen : Probably, but let me give you just in case . It’s 8246357 .
Phuong : All right . I’ll tell her .
Nguyen : Thanks . Bye !
For : ………………………
Message : …………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………...
…………………………………………………...
…………………………………………………...
Taken by : …………………………………
II. Make sentences , using the word cues :

1. Mai / tall / enough / play / volleyball / school team .
……………………………………………………………………….
2. They / going / visit / their relatives / this week .
………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. Her son / ride / bike / school / yesterday
…………………………………………………………………………………….
4. she / phone / me / every other day
……………………………………………………………………………………
5. He / not leave / a message / her / last night
………………………………………………………………………………….
6. Where / Alexander Graham Bell / bear ?
…………………………………………………………………..
7. Tam’s parents / read / newspaper / the moment .
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
8. Why / they / get up / early / every morning ?
……………………………………………………………………………..
III. Put the verbs in the brackets into the correct form of verbs :
1. Bad driving ( cause )……………….. many accidents .
2. Nga and Hoa ( see ) ………………...a movie tonight . They bought two tickets .
3. We usually ( go ) ………………….to the library three times a week but last week we ( come ) ………………
there four times .
4. Alexander Graham Bell ( introduce ) …………………….the telephone in1876 .
5. What ……………….. you ( do ) ………………..next summer vacation ?
- I ( visit ) …………………......my grandparents in Nha Trang .
IV. Choose the most suitable words , phrases or sentences to fill in the blanks :
1. Deaf-mutes can …………….speak………………hear
a. both…and b. not only…but also c. neither …nor d. either …or
2. Alexander Graham Bell was born ………….March 3rd 1847 .
a. in b. at c. during d. on
3. They ……………from Canada to American to find work .

a. started b. emigrated c. demonstrated d. delivered
4. Would you like …………….a message ?
a. to leave b. leave c. leaving d. left
5. He’ll come …………….to pick ……………..
a. on / i n b. over / on c. over / up d. in / up
6. Don’t come in . Please wait ……………..for your turn .
a. inside b. downstairs c. outside d. upstairs
7. You can call me when you are out by using ………………..
a. telephone directory b. public telephone c. address book d. answering machine
8. Can I speak to Mary, please ? - I’m sorry she’s out . Would you like to …………………..
a. wait the phone b. hold on c. stay there a minute d. leave her a message
9. You can use …………………to receive message when you are out .
a. a public telephone b. a telephone directoryc. an answering machine d. a mobile phone
10. As far I know , telephone is Bell’s ……………………
a. inventor b. invention c. invent d. inventing
11. Can I speak to Lan , please ? - Yes , Lan ………………………..
a. speak b. speaking c. to speak d. speaks
12. What’s ……………..tonight ? - There’s a detective movie on channel 11 .
a. in b. at c. on d. to
13. Bell started experimenting with ways of………………speech over a long distance .
a. giving b. letting c. telling d. transmitting
14. Bell and his assistant ………………….many experiment in his workshop .
a. got b. conducted c. worked d. led
15. A person who leaves his own country to live in another is a ( n ) ………………..
a. leaver b. wanderer c. emigrant d. worker
V. Complete the passage with the words in the box :
who carry coins might need to no
located travels less
Nowadays you don’t (1 ) ……………….to be at home or at the office to use the telephone anymore . Mobile
phones ( also known as cellular phones ) have ( 2 ) ……………..wires . You can ( 3 ) …………one I your
Pocket or keep one in your car . A call from a mobile phone (4 ) ……………….along radio waves to stations
( 5 ) ……………….in different places . From there , the radio signal is connected ( 6 ) …………………the
regular phone system . With a mobile phone , anyone ( 7 ) …………. …….can drive and talk can also drive
and phone . This means ( 8 ) ……………..wasted time : You don’t have to look for a phone booth use ( 9 )
………………..to make a call . So remember , next time you are at the beach or riding your bicycle , there
( 10 ) ……………..be a call for you .
VI . Rewrite the following sentences , keeping the same meaning :
1. Remember to turn off the lights before leaving .
Don’t ……………………………………………………….
2. That girl is very intelligent .
What ……………………………….
3. I intend to come over to pick you up .
I’m ……………………………………………………..
4. Hoa is older than Nien .
Nien is ……………………………………….
5. Her hair is long and black .
She has …………………………………………………………
6. This hat is very small . I can’t wear it .
This hat isn’t …………………………………………………..
7. I can’t carry this heavy box because I am weak.
I am not ……………………………………………………………..

Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 3-)
I. Look at the telephone conversation below and try to write a message :

Phuong : Hello !
Nguyen : Hi ! May I speak to Ngoc please ? This is Nguyen .
Phuong : I’m sorry but she’s not in . Would you like to leave a message ?
Nguyen : Yes . Ask her to call me , please . It’s about our camping trip this weekend . It’ll be at 6: 00 at Thanh’s
house
Phuong : Okay, Nguyen . Does she have your telephone number ?
Nguyen : Probably, but let me give you just in case . It’s 8246357 .
Phuong : All right . I’ll tell her .
Nguyen : Thanks . Bye !
For : ………………………
Message : …………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………...
…………………………………………………...
…………………………………………………...
Taken by : …………………………………
II. Make sentences , using the word cues :

1. Mai / tall / enough / play / volleyball / school team .
……………………………………………………………………….
2. They / going / visit / their relatives / this week .
………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. Her son / ride / bike / school / yesterday
…………………………………………………………………………………….
4. she / phone / me / every other day
……………………………………………………………………………………
5. He / not leave / a message / her / last night
………………………………………………………………………………….
6. Where / Alexander Graham Bell / bear ?
…………………………………………………………………..
7. Tam’s parents / read / newspaper / the moment .
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
8. Why / they / get up / early / every morning ?
……………………………………………………………………………..
III. Put the verbs in the brackets into the correct form of verbs :
1.Bad driving ( cause )……………….. many accidents .
2. Nga and Hoa ( see ) ………………...a movie tonight . They bought two tickets .
3. We usually ( go ) ………………….to the library three times a week but last week we ( come ) ………………
there four times .
4. Alexander Graham Bell ( introduce ) …………………….the telephone in1876 .
5. What ……………….. you ( do ) ………………..last summer vacation ?
_ I ( visit ) …………………......my grandparents in Nha Trang .
6. They ( buy ) ……………….their parents food every morning .
7. He ( emigrate ) …………………to the USA in 1870 .
8. Yesterday Mr Minh ( phone ) …………………..my aunt but she ( not be ) …………………at home so I ( take )
a message for her .
9. What time …………….( your mother / often / get )…………….up ?
10. Nga ( not study ) ………………….her lesson in the afternoon .
11. We ( not go ) ………………..to school two days ago because we ( have ) ………………to take care of our
sick mother .
12. Mai frequently ( wash ) ………………..her hair in the morning .
13. …………..( you / rarely / walk ) …………….to school ?
14. Mr Hai bought some bricks and cement . He ( build ) ………………………a new house .
15. She always ( call ) …………….me but last week she ( not phone ) ……………….me . I think she ( get )……..
out of the city .
IV. Choose the most suitable words , phrases or sentences to fill in the blanks :
1. Deaf-mutes can …………….speak………………hear
a. both…and b. not only…but also c. neither …nor d. either …or
2. Alexander Graham Bell was born ………….March 3rd 1847 .
a. in b. at c. during d. on
3. They ……………from Canada to American to find work .
a. started b. emigrated c. demonstrated d. delivered
4. Would you like …………….a message ?
a. to leave b. leave c. leaving d. left
5. He’ll come …………….to pick ……………..
a. on / i n b. over / on c. over / up d. in / up
6. Don’t come in . Please wait ……………..for your turn .
a. inside b. downstairs c. outside d. upstairs
7. You can call me when you are out by using ………………..
a. telephone directory b. public telephone c. address book d. answering machine
8. Can I speak to Mary, please ? _ I’m sorry she’s out . Would you like to …………………..
a. wait the phone b. hold on c. stay there a minute d. to leave her a message
9. You can use …………………to receive message when you are out .
a. a public telephone b. a telephone directoryc. an answering machine d. a momile phone
10. As far I know , telephone is Bell’s ……………………
a. inventor b. invention c. invent d. inventing
11. Can I speak to Lan , please ? _ Yes , Lan ………………………..
a. speak b. speaking c. to speak d. speaks
12. What’s ……………..tonight ? _There’s a detective movie on channel 11 .
13. Bell started experimenting with ways of………………speech over a long distance .
a. giving b. letting c. telling d. transmitting
14. Bell and his assistant ………………….many experiment in his workshop .
a. got b. conducted c. worked d. led
15. A person who leaves his own country to live in another is a ( n ) ………………..
a. leaver b. wanderer c. emigrant d. worker
V . Rewrite the following sentences , keeping the same meaning :
1. Remember to turn off the lights before leaving .
Don’t ……………………………………………………….
2. That girl is very intelligent .
What ……………………………….
3. I intend to come over to pick you up .
I’m ……………………………………………………..
4. Hoa is older than Nien .
Nien is ……………………………………….
She has …………………………………………………………
6. This hat is very small . I can’t wear it .
This hat isn’t …………………………………………………..

Grade :8
I . Fill in the blanks with the correct form of suitable words in the box :
sweep feed rub empty dust
tidy cook wash
1. My mother ………………….the furniture every day .

2. She ………………the garbage two days ago .
3. Would you like to come for dinner ? I …………………..a hearty dinner tonight .
4. They …………………………dishes now .
5. You’d better ………………….your room before your mother arrives .
6. What ………………you usually………………… your dog ?
7. Mai ………………….a kitchen floor yesterday evening .
8. He …………………the rug last Saturday .
II. Complete the passage with the words in the box :
develop form speech human

born deaf position was
( 1) ………………….in Scotland in 1847 , Alexander Bell became interested very much early in methods of (2 )
…………………communication . He (3 ) ………………..influenced by his father and grandfather , who sent
years working with (4 )………………people and those with faulty speech . Bell’s father even went so far as to
(5 ) ………………….a system of so-called “visible speech” for the deaf . He used ketches of different (6 )
………………..of the lips and the tongue . This science of visible speech (7 ) ……………….the foundation of
young Bell’s knowledge of mechanics of human ( 8 )…………………….
III. Rewrite the following sentences , base on the given words :
1. table / room .
……………………………………………….
2. There / two chairs / left corner / living room .
…………………………………………………………………………………
3. next to / my house / large park .
…………………………………………………………………………….
4. right side / room / there / door
………………………………………………………………..
5. on bookshelves / next to / sofa / pots / flowers .
………………………………………………………………………………………….
IV. Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions : in , on ,at , after , under , between , beside ,
out of , above , beneath :
1. There is a bus station ………………….the end of this road .
2. Keep those medicines …………………….the children’s reach .
3. I lost my keys somewhere ……………….the car and the house .
4. D comes ………………..C in the alphabet .
5. Don’t shelter ………………..the trees when it’s raining .
6. Please these books ………………..the shelf ……………..the desk .
V. Circle the letters you choose :
1. I have to go and meet grandma because she is …………………….
a. not good b. not fine c. not sick d. not well
2. The calendar is ………………the clock , the picture and the lamp .

a. on / next to b. under / between c. behind / between d. above / on
3. What was wrong with you ? Why ……………….go to the hospital ?
a. had you to b. did you have to c. must you d. did you must
4. What is Mary doing ? _ She’s looking at …………………..in the mirror .
a. her b. hers c. she herself d. herself
5. We ought ………………..the wardrobe in the corner opposite the bed .
a. put b. push c. to put d. to push
6. You must ………………your lessons before you go to school .
a. to learn b. learning c. learn d. to learning
7. Why …………………..him know what we are doing in our family ?
a. must we let b. do we must let c. we must let d. we must to let
8. ……………..a knife into an electrical socket is dangerous .
a. putting b. put c. being put d. putting
9. I’m sorry but you have cook dinner ………………
a. alone you b. yourself c. yourselves d. on you
10. You ought to go to the …………………yourself to buy some vegetables .
a. cooker b. market c. cupboard d. sink
11. You use a ………………..to cook rice .
a. steamer b. rice cooker c. saucepan d. frying pan
12. We can easily find the ……………….under the sink in the kitchen .
a. armchair b. cushion c. bookshelf d. saucepan
13. Children often eat medicines because they look like ………………….
a. coca cola b. things c. candy d. cupboards
14. You have to make ……………….children do not play with matches .
a. ensure b. surely c. sure d. ensuring
15. Each year , a ………………..destroys homes and injures children .
a. fire b. match c. kitchen d. soft drink
16. You must ………………..the sockets so that children won’t be killed .
a. cover b. put c. include d. reach
17. There is nobody in the dinning-room . The dinning-room is ……………………
a. full b. empty c. clean d. tidy
18. You can usually find ………………and shampoo in the bathroom .
a. folders b. soap c. bed d. refrigerator
VI. Fill in the blanks with suitable reflexive pronouns :
1. My sister often looks at ………………..in a mirror .
2. This refrigerator defrosts ………………………
3. Hoa and I ……………….saw that accident .
4. Please help me . I can’t do it ………………..
5. The children can look after …………………..for a few days .
6. You and Nga must do it …………………….
VII. Give the correct form of verbs in the parentheses :
1. Nga ( go ) …………………….Da Lat next week .
2. They often ( feed ) ………………………their dog after they ( have ) ………………. lunch .
3. Trang’ parents ( not stay ) …………………….at home yesterday because they ( have ) ………………….to
visit her grandma .
4. Where ……………….( your mother / usually / spend ) ………………………………….her vacation ?
5. Nhi’s sister ( sweep ) …………………………the house at the moment .
6. Mrs. Tuoi’s old friend ( come ) ……………………over to her house last Sunday .
7. ……….the boys ( play ) …………………..soccer on the common ground two days ago ?
Class : 8
Name : ENGLISH TEST
A. LISTENING :
* Listen and fill in the blanks with the words you hear :
Playing in the kitchen is very ( 1 ) …………………..especially for young children so we must know some
safety ( 2 ) …………………..in the Home . We mustn’t let children play in the kitchen . We have to make sure
chidren do not play with ( 3 ) ………………. We must ( 4 ) ………………electrical sockets . We have to ( 5 )
………………..some objects such as : scissors , knives , small objects out of children’s reach . We must
put all ( 6 ) ………………….and drugs in locked cupboard .
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR :
* Circle the best options :
7. Mai , Hoa ! You solved this problem …………………
a. herself b. yourself c. yourselves d. themselves
8. Mr. Tam ………………… a movie with his family . He bought some tickets .
a. will see b. is going to see c. saw d. can see
9. Her mother is always away from home so she ……………..the chores every day .
a. is going to do b. ought to do c. had to do d. has to do
10. Bell ……………….telephone in the 19th century .
a. emigrated b. demonstrated c. transmitted d. invented
11. His ……………, Thomas Watson , helped him.
a. friend b. assistant c. son d. deaf-mute
12. Mr Toan called Mrs. Van but she was out so her secretary ………………a message .
a. took b. left c. made d. conducted
13. Choose the word that has underlined part pronounced differently from the others
a. demonstrate b. stationary c. arrange d. orphanage
14. Nobody knows about Nga’s life . She is quite ……………………….
a. humorous b. generous c. reserved d. sociable
15. She has …………………………………………house .
a. a large beautiful new pink b. a new beautiful large pink
c. a beautiful large new pink d. a beautiful pink new large
19 ………………….. …………….? - He’s very humorous .
a. What does he look like b. What does he like
c. What’s he like d. What does he feel
17. Tuan isn’t in the room . Perhaps , he’s ……………………
a. outside b. upstairs c. inside d. downstairs
18. Choose the word which has different stress pattern from the others
a. character b. customer c. dangerous d. volunteer
19. A : Are you Mr. Thanh ?
B : Yes , I am .
A : I’m Lam , Nga’s father .
B : ……………………………………….
a. Oh , I see b. Ok c. How do you do ? d. Come and meet our children
20. Nam is …………………….volleyball .
a. enough tall to play b. tall enough to play c. tall enough playing d. tall enough play
C. READING COMPREHESION
I. Read the following passage and complete it by circling a, b, c or d
I have two friends : Linh and Chi . We are in the same class ( 21 ) …………… the primary school and the
secondary school . We are also ( 22 ) ……………. , so we spend most of our time studying and playing together
. Chi is a beautiful girl with big black eyes and an oval rosy ( 23 ) …………… . She is an intelligent student and
always studies ( 24 ) ………………in my class . She always likes reading . Linh isn’t as beautiful as Chi but she
has a lovely smile and looks very healthy . Linh is very ( 25 ) …………... She spends most of her free time ( 6 )
………………… sports . Linh is a volleyball star in our school team . She is very sociable and has a good sense
of humor . Her jokes always make us laugh . I love both of my friends and I always hope our friendship will
never die .
21. a. in b. at c. on d. of
22. a. classmates b. schoolmates c. roommates d. neighbors
23. a. hair b. eyes c. face d. cheek
24. a. the best b. good c. better d. badly
25. a. outgoing b. confident c. sporty d. energetic
26. a. play b. played c. playing d. to play
II. Read the following passage carefully and do the task below :
Charles Dickens was born into a poor family in Portsmouth , on February 17th , 1812 . When he was two , his
parents decided to move to London , and from that time on , Dickens spent most of his life there .
Because his family was very poor , he left school when he was eleven , and a year later he was sent to work in a
factory labeling bottles for six shillings a week to help his family .
Later he devoted all his time to writing . He wrote many interesting books such as David Copperfield , Oliver
Twist ….After Shakespear , Dickens created the most wonderful characters concerned in one way or another
with the evils of his old days . He died in 1876 .
* True / False ?
27. ……..Charles Dickens’s family was poor .
28. ……..He lived in Portsmouth for most of his life .
29. ……..He left school in 1825 .
30. ……..He was a writer .
31. ……..He died at the age of sixty-four
32. When did Charles Dickens’s family moved to London ?
…………………………………………………………………..
D. WRITING :
I. Rewrite the following sentences , keeping the same meaning :
33. Mai is young . She can’t drive a car . ( enough )
Mai isn’t …………………………………………………………
34. She should spend more time studying English .
She ought ……………………………………………………………..
II. Write complete sentences with the words given :
35. There / coffee table / right corner / the room
………………………………………………………………………….
36. Opposite / coffee table / shelf
………………………………………………………………….
37. on / shelf / TV
…………………………………………………….
38. The altar / between / shelf / coffee table .
…………………………………………………………………………………
Class : 8
Name : ENGLISH TEST
A. LISTENING :
* Listen and fill in the blanks with the words you hear :
Playing in the kitchen is very ( 1 ) …………………..especially for young children so we must know some
safety ( 2 ) …………………..in the Home . We mustn’t let children play in the kitchen . We have to make sure
children do not play with ( 3 ) ………………. We must ( 4 ) ………………electrical sockets . We have to ( 5 )
………………..some objects such as : scissors , knives , small objects out of children’s reach . We must
put all ( 6 ) ………………….and drugs in locked cupboard .
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR :

7. She has …………………………………………house .
a. a beautiful pink new large b. a beautiful large new pink
c. a new beautiful large pink d. a large beautiful new pink
8. Nam is …………………….volleyball .
a. tall enough playing b. tall enough play c. enough tall to play d. tall enough to play
9. Mr Toan called Mrs. Van but she was out so her secretary ………………a message .
a. made b. conducted c. took d. left
10. Tuan isn’t in the room . Perhaps , he’s ……………………
a. outside b. upstairs c. inside d. downstairs
11. Choose the word which has different stress pattern from the others
a. volunteer b. dangerous c. customer d. character
12. A : Are you Mr. Thanh ?
B : Yes , I am .
A : I’m Lam , Nga’s father .
B : ……………………………………….
a. Come and meet our children b. How do you do ? c. Ok d. Oh , I see
13. Nobody knows about Nga’s life . She is quite ……………………….
a. generous b. humorous c. sociable d. reserved
14. Mai , Hoa ! You solved this problem …………………
a. themselves b. yourselves c. yourself d. herself
15 ………………….. …………….? - He’s very humorous .
a. What does he feel c. What’s he like
b. What does he like d. What does he look like
16. Bell ……………….telephone in the 19 century .
th
a. invented b. transmitted c. demonstrated d. emigrated

17. His ……………, Thomas Watson , helped him.
a. deaf-mute b. friend c. assistant d. son
a. arrange b. orphanage c. demonstrate d. stationary
19 Mr. Tam ………………… a movie with his family . He bought some tickets .
a. can see b. saw c. will see d. is going to see
20. Her mother is always away from home so she ……………..the chores every day .
a. has to do b. had to do c. is going to do d. ought to do
C. READING COMPREHESION
I. Read the following passage and complete it by circling a, b, c or d
I have two friends : Linh and Chi . We are in the same class ( 21 ) …………… the primary school and the
secondary school . We are also ( 22 ) ……………. , so we spend most of our time studying and playing together
. Chi is a beautiful girl with big black eyes and an oval rosy ( 23 ) …………… . She is an intelligent student and
always studies ( 24 ) ………………in my class . She always likes reading . Linh isn’t as beautiful as Chi but she
has a lovely smile and looks very healthy . Linh is very ( 25 ) …………... She spends most of her free time ( 6 )
………………… sports . Linh is a volleyball star in our school team . She is very sociable and has a good sense
of humor . Her jokes always make us laugh . I love both of my friends and I always hope our friendship will
never die .
21. a. at b. of c. in d. on
22. a. classmates b. neighbors c. schoolmates d. roommates
23. a. eyes b. cheek c. hair d. face
24. a. better b. badly c. the best d. good
25. a. energetic b. sporty c. outgoing d. confident
26. a. playing b. play c. to play d. played
parents decided to move to London , and from that time on , Dickens spent most of his life there .
Because his family was very poor , he left school when he was eleven , and a year later he was sent to work in a
factory labeling bottles for six shillings a week to help his family .
Later he devoted all his time to writing . He wrote many interesting books such as David Copperfield , Oliver
Twist ….After Shakespear , Dickens created the most wonderful characters concerned in one way or another
with the evils of his old days . He died in 1876 .
* True / False ?
…………………………………………………………………..
D. WRITING :
33. Mai is young . She can’t drive a car . ( enough )
Mai isn’t …………………………………………………………
34. She should spend more time studying English .
She ought ……………………………………………………………..
II. Write complete sentences with the words given :
35. There / coffee table / right corner / the room
………………………………………………………………………….
36. Opposite / coffee table / shelf
………………………………………………………………….
37. on / shelf / TV
…………………………………………………….
38. The altar / between / shelf / coffee table .
…………………………………………………………………………………

Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 5+ )
I. LISTENING :
A. A grandmother is shouting her friend a photograph of her grandchildren . What is she
describing . Listen and check the correct answers : ( Tastic 1 unit 1 - self -practice )
Name Age Height Hair
James
Billy
Jessica
Catherine
Melissa
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 5+ )
I. LISTENING :
A. A grandmother is shouting her friend a photograph of her grandchildren . What is she
describing . Listen and check the correct answers : ( Tastic 1 unit 1 - self -practice )
Name Age Height Hair
James
Billy
Jessica
Catherine
Melissa
B. People are describing other people at the party . What does each person look like .
Listen and match the names with the description : ( unit 2 tastic 1 self-study )
1. Alica ………. A. handsome , about 18
2. Sally ……….. B. wearing glasses , about 38 or 39
3. Amy ……… C. long red hair
4. Thomas ……… D. short curly hair
5. Stefano …….. E. tall , about 180 centimeters
C. Matthew moved the furniture in his living room . Where did he move it ? ( unit 8 )
1. the sofa …….. A. next to the door to the bedroom
2. the lamp …….. B. on top of the dresser
3. the bookcase ……. C. behind the sofa
4. the coffee table ….. D. in front of the window
5. the TV …… E. in front of the bookcase
D. People are talking at a party . What is each person talking about ? ( unit 13 self –study )
1. a. vacation b. work c. health
2. a. work b. sports c. vacation
3. a. friends b. vacation c. movie
4. a. music b. dancing c. video
5. a. sports b. friends c. family
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
B. People are describing other people at the party . What does each person look like .
Listen and match the names with the description :
1. Alica ………. A. handsome , about 18
2. Sally ……….. B. wearing glasses , about 38 or 39
3. Amy ……… C. long red hair
4. Thomas ……… D. short curly hair
5. Stefano …….. E. tall , about 180 centimeters
C. Matthew moved the furniture in his living room . Where did he move it ? ( unit 8 )
1. the sofa …….. A. next to the door to the bedroom
2. the lamp …….. B. on top of the dresser
3. the bookcase ……. C. behind the sofa
4. the coffee table ….. D. in front of the window
5. the TV …… E. in front of the bookcase
D. People are talking at a party . What is each person talking about ?
1. a. vacation b. work c. health
2. a. work b. sports c. vacation
3. a. friends b. vacation c. movie
4. a. music b. dancing c. video
5. a. sports b. friends c. family

Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 6 )
I. Complete the passage with the suitable words in the box :

after should for needn’t taking
mustn’t can stay
Your temperature has gone down now , so you ……………..stay in bed any longer . You ………….. eat whatever
you like , but you …………..not drink any alcohol until you have finished ………………..the tablets and you
must ………………indoors for at least three days . ……………that you can go out ……………short walk , but
you ……………..do anything too energetic .
II. Complete the sentences , using reflexive pronouns with the verbs in the box :
burn cut look after decorate paint
buy think of pay for turn off
Ex : Tom cut himself shaving this morning .

1. I don’t want you to pay for me . I’ll ……………………………..
2. Some people are very selfish . They only ……………………………
3. Be careful ! That pan is very hot . Don’t ……………………..
5. The computer will …………………….if you don’t use it .
5. Let’s ……………...the house ……………..
6. Don’t worry about Jane and me We can …………………………
7. Who decorated the Christmas tree ? - The children ……………..it ……………….
8. Joana ………………..these gifts ………………..
III. Read the following passage carefully :
We moved into our new house on a warm September day . It was not really a new house ; it was hundred and four
years old , but it was new to us . The house had running water , gas and electricity , but for some reasons there was
no electric light in te kitchen . It was something quite unexpected : a house with electricity but without a kitchen
light . It was quite puzzling because our kitchen was a large room , perhaps the largest in the house . I telephoned
for an electrician . He came and fixed it for us . And he charged $ 86 doing the job .
* Stick ( v ) in the right answers :
1. When did they move into their new house ?
….a. in the summer
….b. in the autumn
….c. in the spring
….d. in the winter
2. How old was the house ?
….a. the house was more than a hundred and fourteen years old .
….b. the house was new .
….c. the house was nearly 150 years old .
….d. the house was more than a century old .
3. What did the house have ?
….a. gas and running water
….b. gas and electricity
….c. running water , gas and electricity
….d. running water , gas and electricity light in the kitchen
4. Why was it quite puzzling not to have electricity light in the kitchen ?
….a. Because they needed to do the cooking at night .
….b. Because the kitchen was dark
….c. Because the kitchen was not a small place
….d. Because the kitchen was probably the largest place in the house .
5. What happened in the end ?

….a. an electrician came
….b. an electrician came to help
….c. an electrician came to fix
….d. an electrician came to fix and charged some money
IV . Make meaningful sentences from the words given :
1. When / we/ children / used / listen / grandmother’s folktales / evening .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. My sister / used / look after / me / she / little girl .
……………………………………………………………………………………………
3. There / not / electricity / countryside / years ago .
……………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Once / time / there / young / beautiful / princess .
………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. She / used / play / piano / after dinner / father / alive .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. When / my father / young / used / run / five kilometers / every morning .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. You / use / eat / lots / candy / you / child ?
…………………………………………………………………………………
8. Lan / not / use / practice / English .
……………………………………………………………………………………
V. Underline and correct the mistakes in the following sentences :
1. She must wear uniform when she was in duty . …………………….
2. The students ought to learn their lessons careful before the exam . ……………………
3. Don’t worry so much . The children can look after themself . …………………….
4. The water wasn’t enough clean to swim in . ……………………..
5. George can’t go out with us this evening . He have to work . ……………………..
6. Children enjoy to read picture books . ……………………..
7. You mustn’t let children to play in the kitchen . ……………………..
8. Her mother used to lived on the farm when she was young . ………………………
9. she teaches in this school five years ago . ………………………
10. She was born at January 1st . ………………………
VI. Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions :
1. Peter is very proud ………………..his new motorbike .
2. She was interested …………….folktales .
3. I hang the picture ………………….the clock and the calendar .
4. Putting a knife …………………an electric socket is dangerous .
5. The wardrobe is …………………the right side …………….the room .
6. My mother used to live ………………a farm when she was a young girl .
7. Everyone is busy ………………….Tet holiday .
8. You can reach her ………………..8 963087 .
VII. Supply the correct form of verbs in brackets :
1. It’s difficult ( climb ) ……………………….this mountain .
2. You must ( take )……………….. an umbrella . It ( rain ) ………………………….now .
3. When I was a child , I used ( spend ) ………………………hours playing with a tin box .
4. In England the sun ( not set ) ………………………….every day
5. Do you remember the film we ( see ) ……………………last night ?
6. Everyone stopped ( laugh ) ……………………when we came .
7. Sandra ought ( practice ) ……………………... her English more frequently .
8. An is in hospital . I (visit )…………………….. him tomorrow .

Grade : 8
Name : EXERCISE (7 )
I. Read the following passage carefully and complete it by circling a, b, c or d :

In the first year oflower secondary school, I had some difficulties in learning English. My (1) ………………..
of English words was really bad and my English grammar was (2)…………….I did not know how to
(3)…………… them One afternoon, after the lesson, My English teacher told me (4 )………………..for her
outside the classroom . She (5) ……………….me to the school library and show me cassettes of pronunciation
drills kept in a glass bookcase. She also told me how to use an English –English dictionary to improve my
English grammar . “Now I think you know what you should do” , said she. I ( 6) ………….. much progress
and only one year later, I ( 7 ) ……………the first prize in the English Speaking Contest ( 8 ) …………… for
secondary school students in my hometown.”
1. a. pronoun b. pronounce c. pronunciation d. pronouncing
2. a. better b. worse c. worst d. good
3. a. improve b. learn c. use d. write
4. a. wait b. to wait c. waiting d. waited
5. a. brought b. took c. told d. said
6. a. took b. gave c. got d. made
7. a. had b. received c. made d. got
8. a. held b. hold c. holding d. to hold
II. Rewrite the following sentences , keeping the same meaning :
1. Leaving the medicine around the house is not safe .
It is………………………………………………………….
2. My house has 4 bedrooms and a large kitchen .
There………………………………………………………………………
3. Shall we go to the movies tonight ?
Why ……………………………………………………….?
4. Children shouldn’t play in the kitchen .
Children ………………………………………………………
5. Let’s go swimming .
How ………………………………..?
6. It’s interesting to walk around this lake early in the morning .
……………………………………………………………………………………..
7. Opposite the wardrobe is the desk .
There …………………………………………………………………..
8. You must study your lessons carefully .
You ………………………………………………………………..
9. “ Will you please pay at the desk ?”
The assistant told us ………………………………………
10. “ Can you lend me a dictionary for a moment , Lan ?” , Tuan said
Tuan …………………………………………….
11. “ Please tell your mother I’ll pick her up at 10.30”
Mrs. Mai asked Nam ………………………………………………………………….
12. “ My father wants you to meet him now “
Ba’s sister said to Nga……………………………………………………..
13. “ Will you please get me some vegetables when you come here”
Mr. Tai asked Chi …………………………………………………………………………….
14. “ Can you paint the door for me ?”
Nga asked Tam ………………………………………………………..
15. You have to finish this work before ten .
My boss said to me ……………………………………………………………….
16. Don’t go out after 10 .

She asked us……………………………………………………..
17. I can’t do it well .
He said that ………………………………..
18. She doesn’t help me with my homework .
Chau said …………………………………………………………………………
19.“My father usually helps me with my homework.”
Hang ………………………………………………………..
20. “I don’t know why my cousin doesn’t come to class today.”
Tam said ………………………………………………………………………
III. Give the correct form of verbs :
1. Na’s parents usually ( go ) ……………….to her school to ask the teachers about her study .
2. What …………..you ( do ) …………………tomorrow ?
3. At the moment , Mai and her sister ( play ) …………………………badminton in the garden .
4. Trang ( tidy ) ………………….her bedroom every day .
5. This morning Mr. Van ( feed ) …………………..his chicken and ( discover ) …………………..some of
them disappeared .
6. …………….your children ( stay ) ………………up late last night ?
7. My mother ( get ) …………………..my report card next Monday .
8. Look . The boys over there ( fight ) ……………………..one another .
9. Where ……………..you often ( spend ) ………………..your weekend ?
10. Nga ( not sweep ) ……………………..her house yesterday .
IV. Write complete sentences , using the word cues :
1. There / a TV / right corner / the room .
……………………………………………………….
2. the counter / many jars / sugar / flour / tea .
…………………………………………………………………….
3. next / refrigerator / middle / the room / table .
…………………………………………………………………………….
4. magazines / newspapers / the shelf / under the coffee table .
………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Tam / going / play chess / his friend / this afternoon .
……………………………………………………………………………………….
6. He / intelligent / enough / pass / this difficult exam .
…………………………………………………………………………………….
7. His mother / tell / him / not / stay up late .
…………………………………………………………………………………
8. Linh / phone / her close friend / last night ?
……………………………………………………………………………………..
9. she / leave / Can Tho / Hai Phong / next week .
……………………………………………………………………………………………
V. In each of the following sentences there is one mistake . Underline it and rewite the
correct words :
1. There are some milk in the fridge …………………….
2. You have keep all dangerous objects out of children’s reach …………………..
3. Let put the telephone next to the lamp . ……………………
4. You use the rice cook to cook rice ………………….
5. What’s she doing ? - She’s making aerobics . ………………….
6. The armchair is in the middle of the television and the sofa . ……………………..
7. I strongly believe that friend plays a very important role in our life . ……………………
8. As students , we ought obey our parents . ……………………

Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 7 )

1. They …………………….the tale “ the lost shoe” now .
a. read b. are reading c. reads d. will read
2. ……………Ba ……………to his parents twice a month ?
a. Will / write b. Is / writing c. Does / write d. Did / write
3. Look ! Your children …………………….in the mud .
a. play b. will play c. are playing d. played
4. She …………..born in June 8th 2001 .
a. is b. was c. has been d. will be
5. When I was a child I ………………….hard .
a. don’t study b. won’t study c. wasn’t study d. didn’t study
6. Nga used to swim in this river when she ……………..a young girl .
a. is b. was c. will be d. were
7. …………Ngoc ………….you at the airport last week ?
a. Was / met b. Does / meet c. Did / meet d. Has / met
8. One day he ………………..one of his chickens laid a gold egg .
a. discovered b. find b. cut open d. shouted
9. You and I can do this …………………….
a. themselves b. yourselves c. ourselves d. myself
10. People in my country are very warm and …………..
a. friend b. friends c. friendly d. unfriendly
11. I know where ………………..
a. is it b. it is c. was it d. it’s
12. ……………., we won the game.
a. Lucky b. Unlucky c. Luclily d. Unluckily
13. The Huong River ……………through my hometown.
a. flows b. flows c. is flowing d. flew
14. Do you have the ………….characters ?
a. same b. different c. like d. alike
15. I usually wear skirts, but today I …………..trousers.
a. wearing b. wear c. will wear d. am wearing
16. What’s the matter with you ? You seem …………………
a. worrying b. worry c. worried d. worries
17. It is safe to keep medicine in …………….cupboards.
a. locked b. locking c. locks d. lock
18. The school is a bit far ……………my house.
a. at b. to c. from d. with
19. My grandfather often wears …………….clothes on the Tet holiday.
a. same b. traditional c. magical d. normal
20. Cinderella was very happy with the …………..of the fairy.
a. escape b. precaution c. talk d. appearance
II. Complete the dialogue by making the questions :
Peter : Who …………………………………………. ?
Helen : I spent the weekend with my family
Peter : What …………………………………………….. ?
Helen : Well, we went shopping on Sunday .
Peter : What ……………………………….. ?
Helen : We bought a lot of food and anew fridge .
Peter : Where …………………………………… ?
Helen :We went to amusement park .
Peter : How …………………………………………… ?

Helen : Oh ,we stayed there all day , and we had a great time .
Peter : Really ? What …….…………………………….. ?
Helen : We got home very late , after ten o’clock .
III. Fill in the blanks with the words in the box :
time turn off used to times fell in love

get used to use to before between
1. Please ……………………..all the lights before going to bed .

2. The prince immediately ……………………..the girl .
3. At ………………I come to visit my old teacher .
4. Once upon a …………………, there was a girl called Cinderella .
5. She ………………..be lazy , but now she’s working very hard .
6. They …………………..learn early in the morning .
7. You must be there …………………..8:30 and 10 : 30 .
8. We should come ………………….7 :00 because the show starts at 7 :00 .
IV. Some lines of the story have a spare word but the others don’t . If there is , underline the
wordand write it in the space after each line . If there isn’t , put a stick ( v) I the space :
Once upon a time there was a king . This king thought 0. ………v……...
that poems were very good , so he did wrote poems . 1……………….....
Because of he was a king , people always praised his 2………………….
poems to the skies when he showed them 3………………….
One day , he showed some of his poems for to a 4…………………..
philosopher . This philosopher did not like the king’s 5…………………..
poems , so he told the king that the poems were very 6…………………..
poor . This made the king so angry that he sent the 7…………………..
philosopher to a prison . 8…………………..
Some time passed the king freed the philosopher a 9…………………..
week later . The king invited him to have dinner . He 10…………………
showed the philosopher to one of his new poems and 11…………………
asked the philosopher what he thought of it . The 12…………………
philosopher turned back to the soldiers at there the 13…………………
door and said “ take me back to the prison !!!” 14…………………
V. Write a description of your living-room .

1. There / four rooms / my house .
………………………………………………………………………
2. but / I / like / my living-room / best .
……………………………………………………………………
3. let me / tell / my living-room .
……………………………………………………………
4. the / left side / the room / coffee table / there / bookshelf / next / coffee table
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. the TV / opposite / the coffee table .
……………………………………………………………………………..
6. between / coffee table / TV / front door / my house .
………………………………………………………………………………………..
7. Opposite / the door / altar / ancestor .
……………………………………………………………………..
8. the right side / altar / next /TV / my working place .
………………………………………………………………………………………………
Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 8 )
I. . Fill in the blanks with prepositions of time : in , on, at , during , for , from , after , before ,
between if necessary :
1. We always start ………….7 o’clock .
2. Our class had a picnic …………….28th February .
3. My parents and I often go to the beach ……………..summer .
4. Nam is I the library …………….the moment .
5. I often visit my grand parents ……………..the weekend .
6. ……………the examination everyone was very nervous .
7. It was a boring film . I went to sleep ………………….the film .
8. Classes last ……………..7 :00 …………11:30 …………..the morning .
9. I lived in Ha Noi ……………..3 years .
10. Mozart was born ………………Salzburg …………..1756 .
11. ……………Saturday night we went to bed …………..11 o’clock .
12. They got married …………21 April 2002 .
13. I’m usually free ………………8pm and 10 pm .
14. The course begins ……………21 May and ends ……………August .
15. Tom was very hungry and he stayed at a restaurant …………….last night .
II. Circle the best options :
1. My grandma looked ……………us when my parents were away home .
a. at b. for c. after d. in
2. He had to do everything without the help of ………………………….
a. equipment modern b. modern equipments c. modern equipment d. equipments modern
3. The step-mother was very ………………with the little poor girl .
a. cruel b. generous c. out-going d. humorous
4. The buffalo was grazing in ………………….
a. flower garden b. field c. wisdom d. straw
5. When I was a little girl , I used to …………………..my father’s advice .
a. listen b. hear c. listen to d. hear to
6. I can’t remember ……………………when I was young .
a. what life was like b. how life was like c. what like was d. how life was
7. She used to do all the chores ………………………………………..
a. when she is still seven years old . c. when she was still seven years old .
b. because she’s still seven years old d. because she was still seven years old
8. After dinner , mom …………….the lamp and dad used to tell us stories .
a. light b. lighted c. lighting d. lit
9. ……………… cook dinner for your family ?
a. Used to you b. Used you c. Did you used to d. Did you use to
10. When the prince found her shoe , he decide to ………………her .
a. marry with b. marry c. marry to d. marry at
11. I wanted to know ……………..she left early .
A. Why b. What c. When d. Where
12. Don’t let children ………………with matches .
a. play b. playing c. to play d. plays
13. She asked her children ………………
a. to stop playing b. stop to play c. stop playing d. stopping to play
14. His parents are always proud ………………..him .
a. about b. of c. on d. with
15. Mary was born in France . French is her …………………….
a. mother tongue b. first language c. foreign language d. a & b
16. Tim’s Spanish pronunciation is not good so he should ………………it .

a. believe b. make c. improve d. need
17. Different language ………………..learn words in different ways .
a. learner b. learners c. people d. person
18. Some people try to learn new words and phrases …………..heart .
a. at b. with c. in d. by
19. We are all happy when he gets good grades …………..his subjects .
a. for b. with c. on d. in
20. She asked me …………….you this dictionary .
a. give b. giving c. to give d. to giving
21. She told me that you didn’t learn English very ………………….
a. excellent b. good c. well d. lazy
22. Your report card is …………………
a. excellently b. excellent c. extreme good d. extreme well
23. John came ……………..an old friend on the street this morning .
a. across b. with c. off d. along
24. I know you work really ………………this semester .
a. hardly b. good b. bad d. hard
III. Choose the right words in the brackets to complete sentences :
1. Our team won the game because we played very …………………… ( well , badly , good )
2. I tried on the shoes and they fitted me very ………………….( perfect , perfectly )
3. He had an accident because he was driving too ………………..( fast , fastly )
4. Tom drove ………………..along the narrow road . ( careful , carefully )
5. Do you usually feel ………………..before the examination ? ( nervous , nervously )
6. Her English is quite ……………….( fluent , fluently )
7. He fell and hurt herself ……………. ( bad , badly )
8. You look ………………… Are you all right ? ( terrible , terribly )
9. He looked at me ………………..when I interrupted him . ( angry , angrily )
10. We watched an ………………….football match last night . ( exciting , excitedly )
IV. Complete the sentences , using the past form of the verbs given :
be , light , make , fit , go , appear , hold , find , fall , escape , graze ,
lose , choose , come , break
1. A light ………………at the end of the road .

2. The sheep …………………peacefully in the fields .
3. He ……………..a fire in the living room .
4. They ……………….an Autumn Fashion Show three months ago .

5. I ……………..my key on the way home yesterday .
6. The Americans …………………Mr. Bush president .
7. We ……………home and ……………asleep on the sofa .
8. She ……………over and ……………….her leg .
9. A fairy …………………and magically changed Little Pea’s rags into beautiful clothes .
10. He tied the tiger in a tree with a rope and burnt the tiger . The fire burnt the rope and the tiger ………………..

Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 9 )
I. Use the correct form or tense of the verbs in the parentheses :
1. They ( smoke ) ……………………twenty cigarettes a day .
2. Mr Brown used ( play ) ……………………football when he ( be ) …………………young
3. Mozart ( start ) …………………..( compose ) …………………..at the age of five and ( write ) …………
more than 600 pieces of music .
4. ……………you (go ) …………… out last night ?
5. Last night I ( go ) ………………to bed late . Suddenly , I ( hear ) ……………….a noise . I ( get )………...
up to see what it ( be ) …………….but I ( not see ) ………………………anything .
5. Martha ( phone ) ………………….me yesterday . She’s on holiday in France . She ( have ) …………….
a great time and ( not want ) ……………………to come back .
7. My parents used ( live ) ……………….in Hue . They ( be ) ………………born and ( grow )……………...
up there . In 1969 , they ( move ) …………………to Da Nang and then to Sai Gon . At present , we ( live)
……………….in a small house in Ho Chi Minh city .
8. We ( emigrate ) ………………….to the USA next year . My daughter ( live ) ………………..there at the
moment . She usually ( phone ) …………………us .
9. The sun ( shine ) …………………..every day .
10. You must ( take ) ………………..an umbrella . It ( rain ) ……………………….now .
II. Complete the following conversation :
Tim : 7251647
Paul : Hello . ……………………….to Jane , please ?………………………….
Tim : Hello , Paul . ………………….Jane is out . Would you like …………………………..?
Paul : Of course . Can you ………………….that Mary’s mother is in hospital . I’d to ask her to go to the
hospital with me to visit her .
Tim : …………………………….., Paul ?
Paul : General Hospital in Boston . Please tell her I’ll come …………..to …………..her up .
Tim : ……………………………………………………….?
Paul : At about 4.30 this afternoon .
Tim : All right . I……………………
Paul : Thank you . Bye .
Tim : Bye .
* Read the conversation again and complete the following passage :
Paul called Jane but she ………………so Tim ………………..a message . Paul wanted to speak to Jane
about Mary’s mother . She was ……………………in Boston . Paul said he would ……………….to
……….Jane up at about …………in the ……………..
III. Put the words in correct order :
1. long / she / a / wooden / thick / Italian / beautiful / table/ bought / reading .
………………………………………………………………………………….
2. enough / these / for / large / him / wear / are / to .
……………………………………………………………………………..
3. said / you / paid / that / she / money / she
…………………………………………………………………….
4. to / Nam / lend / some / me / money / asked / him .
………………………………………………………………………..
5. is /see / she / a / tonight / at / going / Sao Mai movie theater / movie .
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. should / new words / by / she / I / said / learn /heart .
………………………………………………………………………………………….
IV. Write a short passage to describe Hoa’s bedroom :
1. This / Hoa’s bedroom . There / wardrobe / right corner / the room .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. The / window / next / the wardrobe .

……………………………………………………………………………
3. Opposite / wardrobe / desk / there / chair / near / wardrobe .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. The bookshelf / above / desk .
…………………………………………………………………..
5. On / the desk / bookshelf / many folders .
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. There / bed / the middle / the room .
…………………………………………………………………………. .
V. Fill in the gaps with suitable words :
My son is a secondary school student . He goes to school five days a ……………..and studies many Subjects
at school . Last week I went ………………an end- of-semester meeting with his form-teacher and she gave
me his ……………card . I was shocked to know he worked excellently …………..Math , English ,Physics
Chemistry had poor results with the other ………………….such as Geography , History . I found out that he
is clever …………..lazy . He doesn’t like to learn his lessons ………………heart . His final result was only
satisfactory . His form-teacher advised me to talk some sense into him when I ……………home . I came
home and told him …………………his result . He only smiled and said that was all he could do with
Geography ………………History . Oh , what can I do ?
1. Why was his mother shocked ?
…………………………………………………………..
2. Did he study English and Physic well ?
……………………………………………………………………………
3.Why did he have poor results with Geography and History ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. What did he do when his mother told him about his results ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………..
VI. Arrange the sentences to make up a conversation :
A B
1. Is that the meeting about the new factory ? a. Good morning . I’d like to speak to Mr
Van , please .
2. I see . And when is it ? b. My name is Nam . Could you tell him that
3. Don’t worry . I’ll tell him . the time of the meeting has changed .
4. Thanh Cong Builders , Good morning . c. It’s on Tuesday the eight of June . At eight
o’clock in our main office . Ask him to room
5. Yes certainly . Who’s calling please ? 11 .
6. I’m afraid he’s not in the office at the d. No, about the new school .
moment . e. Thank you very much . goodbye .
f. Can you give him a message for me .
* Answer : __ __ __ __ __ __
VII. Read the dialogue above and complete the message form :
Message
Date : ………………………….
Time : ………………….
For : ………………………
Message : …………………………………………………
………………………………………………….
………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………
Taken by : …………………….
III. Report what the other people said :

1. “You shouldn’t stay up late , Nam” _ Nam’s mother said to him .
……………………………………………………………………………………
2. “You should stay in bed for a few days’
The doctor said to Mr. Robinson ………………………………………………………..
3. “I often study my English lessons in the early morning.”
He said to me …………………………………………………………………
4. “your sister is waiting for you at the station.”
Ba said to Nga…………………………………………………………….
5. I’ll phone you at 6:30 .
Nam said to Chi ………………………………………………
6. “Don’t to eat fatty food .” The doctor said to me
……………………………………………………………………………
7. Please phone me if you meet John .
She told Minh ……………………………………………….
8. We often go to the library .
Lan said that …………………………………………..
9. Don’t touch that button , Na .
Mrs. Quyen ……………………………………………………
10. I visit my grandparents every weekend .
Jim said that ……………………………………………………………….
11. You can come to my house .
Binh said to me …………………………………………………………
12. Pass me that jar of sugar , Tam .
Mrs . Lien ………………………………………………………
II. Report what these people said :

1. “ Don’t make so much noise”
Their mother asked them ………………………………………..
2. Show me your driving license , please
The traffic warden asked me ………………………………………..
3. Could you give me a hand , please ?
Miss Jackson asked Tim ……………………………………
4. “ Don’t swim out too far , boys” _ said the safeguard
……………………………………………………………………………
5. Can you carry my suitcase , please , John ? _ said Mary .
…………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Your son is staying with me .
Mr Nam said to Mrs. Nga …………………………………………….
7. Lan will come to your school one day .
He said to Thuy ………………………………………………
8. I don’t go to work on Saturday .
Mai said ……………………………………………………….
9. Will you please pass that jar of salt to me , Tai ? _said Thi .
……………………………………………………………………………
10. My daughter often buys me some fruit when she visit me .
Mrs. Lien said ……………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………….
IV. Write a short passage to describe your mother :
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
III. Reading comprehension :

Edison’s first great interest was chemistry and he read all he could about it . He was only ten when he began
to grow and sell vegetables so that he could have money to buy chemicals for making experiments . When
He was fifteen , he got a job selling magazines and fruit on a train and began writing a weekly newspaper
on a printing press set up in the luggage van . But one day , one of his bottles of chemicals broke and set
fire to the van , he was put off the train and lost the job .
* True or False ?
1. Edison was interested in Chemistry …………
2. He earned money to buy chemicals by selling and grow vegetables …………
3. He was put off the train and lost the job because he began writing a weekly newspaper ……….
4. At the age of ten he worked on a train , selling magazines and fruit ………
5. He read a lot …….
V. Report what these people say :
John Logie Baird , who is called “ the father of television” was born in Scotland in1888 . He became an
inventor at the age of twenty six . In 1923 , he became interested in the idea of pictures by radio . He started
working in his bedroom with a torch , a knitting needle , a few parts from a radio ; a wooden box and some
cardboard . He worked for a several months , and the following year he succeeded in transmitting the first
“television” picture a few meters across the room . In 1926 he showed it to the public at the Royal society .
In 1928 , he transmitted the first picture across the Atlantic and in 1929 , the BBC and the German Post
Office began to America called the Marconi-EMI system . This used electronics instead of moving parts .
In 1936 , The BBC decided to choose the electronic system from EMI after the competition between the two
systems .
Baird was very unhappy , but there was nothing that he could do . For the rest of his life , he tried to develop
new ideas but had no success . In the end , he became ill and died in 1946 .
1. Why is Baird called “ the father of television” ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
2. How far did he transmit his first picture ?
…………………………………………………………………………..
3. What was the main difference between Baird’s system and Marconi’s system ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
* Complete these notes about Baird’s life and work :

1. 1888 ……………………………………………………….
2. 1914 ……………………………………………………………..
3. .…… Begin to research in pictures by radio .
4. 1924 ………………………………………………………………..
5. …… Shows TV to the Royal Society .
6. ……. BBC try out Baird’s system and the electric system .
7. 1946 ……………………………………………………………………
* True or false ?
1. …… He transmitted the first picture across the Atlantic in 1929
2. …… The BBC chose EMI’s system .
3. …… Baird died of illness at the age of 57 .
4. …... He succeeded in develop new ideas .
Grade : 8
Name : EXERCICE ( 11 )
1. They are going …………………a movie . They bought two tickets .
a. see b. to see c. seeing d. saw
2. She runs …………………………….. him .
a. enough fast to catch b. fast enough to catch c. fast enough catching d. enough fast catch
3. The moon ……………..around the earth .
a. move b. goes c. sets d. rises
4. Nga ……………….to Can Tho in 2003 .
a. emigrates b. emigrated c. is emigrating d. has emigrated
5. ………….I speak to Chi , please ?
a. Do b. Should c. Did d. Can
6. She’s out . ………………you like to leave a message ?
a. Can b. Do c. Would d. May
7. I’m outside . I can’t make a call now because I don’t carry my …………………………
a. public telephone b. address book c. telephone directory d. mobile phone
8. Lan rarely talks in public . She’s quite …………………….
a. talkative b. sociable c. reserved d. out-going
9. We enjoy………………around the park .
a. walk b. to walk c. walking d. walks
10. Ba always shares his cakes and sweet to us . He’s very …………………..
a. generous b. shy b. friendly d. humor
11. Who’s Mary ? - She’s the girl with short curly ……………….hair .
a. long b. blond c. bold d. straight
12. The noise in the street ………………everyone at night .
a. jokes b. annoys c. introduces d. shows
13. Would you like ………………to my place tomorrow ?
a. will come b. to come c. coming d. comes
14. You must …………………at home until you feel better .
a. stay b. to stay c. staying d. will stay
15. Mai has ………………her homework before going to bed .
a. finished b. finish c. to finish d. finishes
16. Mai likes going out on the weekend and ……………………….
a. Tam does either b. so is Tam c. Tam does , too d. neither does Tam
17. Mr. Hung is a ……………….soccer player .
a. well b. badly c. skillfully d. good
18. He plays the guitar very …………………..
a. well b. bad c. good d. beautiful
II. Write complete sentences , using the cues :
1. Mai’s brother / short / dark / hair .
……………………………………………………………………………
2. He / young / enough / work / this factory.
………………………………………………………………….
3. I / like / him / he / sense / humor .
……………………………………………………………………………………………
4. She / live / 12 Tran Hung Dao Street / her mother / father / brother
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. Their parents / buy / new car / them / tomorrow
…………………………………………………………………………
6. My brother / have / finish / work / before / 10 .
………………………………………………………………….
7. She / use / be / next door / neighbor .

……………………………………………………………
8. Mrs. Ngan / not come / my party / two weeks ago .
………………………………………………………………………………
9. our new school year / begin / next week ?
………………………………………………………………………
10. Jane / get / some beautiful roses / every week ?
…………………………………………………………………………………..
IV. Write a letter to your uncle to tell him about your preparation for the new school year :
…………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………….
……………………….
V. Write a short story base on the word cues :
1. Once / poor farmer / live / comfortably / his wife / farm .
…………………………………………………………………………………
2. He / raise / lot / chicken .
…………………………………………………….
3. One day / he / discover / one / chickens / lay / gold egg
……………………………………………………………………………………………
4. He / feel / happy / his wife .
………………………………………………………….
5. He / shout / excitedly / “ We’re rich” / “We rich”
………………………………………………………………………….
6. The wife / want / more / gold egg / the farmer / cut open / all / chickens .
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. When / he / finish / all / chickens / dead / there / no eggs / farmer / greedy wife
……………………………………………………………………………………………
III. Complete the sentences , filling in the blanks with the suitable words in the brackets :
1. They ………………..welcomed us to their city . ( happy , happiness , happily unhappy )
2. Tim worked ………………………for Math , English and Chemistry . ( excellent , excellence ,
excellently )
3. Nga gets a …………….result for Geography , History because she doesn’t like learning her lessons ……
heart . ( bad / on , bad / by , badly / in )
4. The children in this school play video games ……………….( good , well , bad , excellent )
5. ……………………, we are OK after the accident . ( Fortunately , Unfortunately , Fortunate )
6. Your father looks ………………... pleased that you get good marks today . ( extreme , extremely ,
( extremity )
7. My mother doesn’t allow me to go out ………………night .( in, on , at )
8. She’s very different ……………..her sister . ( in , with , from , on )
9. Alexander Graham Bell was born …………Edinburgh ………..March 3 …….1847 ( in , on , at )
10. Tuan isn’t in the living room .Maybe , he’s ………….. ( inside ,upstairs , outside )
11. It’s …………………to let children play in the kitchen . ( safe , suitable , dangerous )
12. Fire can ………………...homes and injure the children . ( cover , lock , destroy )
13. Last Saturday my uncle called my father but he went out so I ………………a message . ( left ,took ,leave
take , got )
14. Tom wanted to pick Nancy ………… ( on , up, over )
15. Deaf-mutes are people can …………….speak ………….hear . ( either /or , neither /nor , both / and )
Class : 8
Name : REVISION (1)
KTCL
1. My sister bought the material and ……………the dress for me .
a. took b. got c. made d. had
2. Nam is 14 years old and I am 14 years old . We are the same ……………
a. age b. old c. year d. height
3. My neighbor taught me how ……………
a. sew b. sewing c. sewed d. to sew
4. They visited a lot of …………….places in Nha Trang .
a. interesting b. interested c. interest d. interests
5. Kathy can’t play the piano but Jenny …………….
a. plays b. played c. can d. does
6. Helen is always afraid …………dogs .
a. by b. off c. with d. of
7. Don’t eat too much ……………It’s not good for your teeth .
a. fruit b. vegetables c. rice d. candy
8. What’s the ………….with you , Mary ? You look worried
a. question b. thing c. problem d. matter
9. She says that clean teeth are ………..teeth
a. bad b. well c. healthy d. ill
10. I have a(n ) ……………..to see the dentist at 10 but I’m scared .
a. appointment b. meeting c. experiment d. department
11. I’ll come to see the dentist and ask her to …………….my teeth
a. get b. fix c. pull d. take
12. Oh , I hate the ………….of the drill . It’s very loud .
a. shout b. noise c. voice d. sound
13. The students of Quang Trung school are having a ……………..check up .
a. sick b. ill c. medical d. health
14. Would you get on the …………. , please ? I need to weigh you now
a. scales b. table c. bench d. chair
15. Dr .Lai …………..at him and tells him not to worry
a. shouts b. laughs c. smiles d. stares
16. Now I need to know your …………..How tall were you last year ?
a. high b. height c. tall d. weight
17. Stand straight here . The nurse wants to …………….your height .
a. check b. take c. measure d. get
18. The nurse is…………Hoa’s temperature now .
a. taking b. checking c. measuring d. getting
19. How can we help …………..a cold ? - Eat well and exercise .
a. releive b. cure c. prevent d. disappear
20. Every year , millions of people ………….a cold
a. catch b. take c. call d. come
21. Where can I get medicines for a cold ? - At the ……………..
a. bookstore b. drugstore c. supermarket d. market
22. When you have a …………….Your temperature is high .
a. pain b. sneeze c. cough d. fever
23. Would you like to have ………………..at my house tonight ?
a. breakfast b. lunch c. dinner d. supper
24. My aunt and uncle don’t like TV . They prefer …………….other things .
a. to do b. do c. does d. did
25. That sounds …………….to me .
a. bored b. boring c. bore d. to be bored
26. …………….of programs do you like ? - Music and films .

a. What b. Which c. How many d. What kinds
27. He has to work ……………to support his family .
a. difficultly b. fast c. well d. hard
28. There are some programs for young people but they aren’t ……………..
a. excited b. excite c. to excite d. exciting
29. Bill always does his work slowly and ………………..
a. carefully b. careful c. carelessly d. care
30. Jim was absent from school yesterday and …………..Ken
a. so is b. neither was c. so was d. so did
II. Read the following passage and circle the best answer to each of the questions :
It is very important to have healthy teeth . Good teeth help us to chew our food . They also help us to look nice .
How can we keep our teeth healthy ? First , we ought to visit our dentist twice a year . He can fill the small
cavities in our teeth . Secondly , we should brush our teeth with a toothbrush and toothpaste . Thirdly, we should
eat food that is good for our teeth and our body : milk , cheese , fish , brown bread , potatoes , red rice , raw
vegetables and fresh fruit . Chocolate , sweets , biscuits and cakes are bad , especially when we eat them
between meals .
1. It is very important to have good teeth because ……………..
a. they help us to chew our food
b. clean teeth are healthy teeth
c. they help us to look nice .
d. both a and c
2. We should go to dentist ……………………….
a. when we have toothache
b. twice every year
c. when our teeth are not good
d. when we like
3. ………………………is one of good ways to keep our teeth healthy .
a. eating chocolate
b. having biscuits and cakes
c. brushing our teeth regularly
d. eating a lot of sweets
4. We should eat …………………………………..that are good for our teeth and our body .
a. milk , potatoes , fresh fruit , vegetables , fish and red rice
b. milk , brown bread , sweets and cakes
c. cheese , fish , potatoes , raw vegetables and chocolate
d. red rice , cheese , milk and biscuits
5. When do you brush your teeth ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. How often do you go to the dentist ?
……………………………………………………………………………..
III. Write questions for the underlined words :
1. ………………………………………………………………..?
The food in this restaurant is very delicious .
2. ………………………………………………………………………..?
John sent me this parcel two days ago .
3. ………………………………………………………………?
He’s 172 centimeters tall .
4. …………………………………………………….?
Kien had a terrible headache
5. ……………………………………………………………?
Class :
Name : REVISION (1)
KTCL
I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from
that of the others :
1. a. arrived b. helped c. talked c. watched
2. a. looked b. fitted c. washed d. liked
3. a. moved b. received c. remembered d. decided
4. a. coughed b. missed c. cooked d. returned
5. a. learned b. brushed c. tried d. used
1. What do you call a person who rides bicycle ? - A ……………..
a. swimmer b. runner c. cyclist d. driver
2. He prefers …………….TV to playing sports .
a. watching b. watched c. watches d. to watch
3. Children ……………..play video games for a long time .
a. ought not b. shouldn’t c. must d. has to
4. Yesterday , Minh went to the doctor ……………he had an awful stomache
a. and b. but c. why d. because
5. How …………..are you ? - One meter and 50 centimeters .
a. heavy b. old c. tall d. long
6. Pick out the word which has different stress pattern from that of the rest
a. absent b. sensible c. surgery d. disease
7. I think milk is good …………….your health .
a. with b. for c. at d. to
8. Hung received a letter ……………his pen pal two days ago .
a. from b. to c. at d. for
9. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others
a. vessels b. competition c. selection d. detective
10. Would you like to go to the movie theater with me ?
a. Yes , please b. No , thanks c. Yes , I would d. Yes , I’d love to
11. Let’s …………some beef and potatoes .
a. having b. to have c. had d. have
12. The pineapple aren’t ripe and …………..are the bananas .
a. so b. neither c. either d. both
13. She can’t put the jeans on because they are too ………..
a. tight b. narrow c. thin d. strict
14. She can listen to music for hours . She’s fond ………..music .
a. of b. for c. with d. by
15. ………..these guidelines and you’ll be healthy .
a. Have b. Do c. get d. Follow
16. A ……………. survey of teenagers in the USA had some surprising cheap results .
a. recently b. recent c. late d. lately
17. He’s a good football player . He plays football ……………
a. skillfully b. good c. well d. skillful
18. Now Hoa knows how to take ………….of herself .
a. careful b. care c. carefully d. careless
19. My sister prefers fish ………meat .
a. to b. for c. than d. better than
20. The spinach may make you …………sick .
a. to feel b. feeling c. feel d. felt
21. - There’s a cowboy movie on at the New Age Theater .
- Can you …………..it on Friday night ?
a. do b. see c. take d. make
22. Where’s your father ? - He ……………….with Mr. Thanh in the living-room .

a. is playing b. plays c. played d. will play
23. Look ! Your dog ……………….the butterflies .
a. catches b. is catching c. caught d. was caught
24. I ……………..a letter now .
a. is writing b. write c. am writing d. will write
25. Schools in Ha Noi are different …………….schools in Hue .
a. in b. to c. from d. with
26. We often take part ……………different activities at school .
a. to b. at c. in d. into
27. I’m scared…………..seeing the dentist .
a. in b. of c. to d. for
28. You look very tired . You should …………………
a. relax b. relaxing c. to relax d. relaxes
29. My father …………….a taxi to the supermarket and …………….a lot of things .
a. takes / buys b. took / buy c. take / bought d. took / bought
30. What does a “ balanced …………” mean ?
a. moderation b. lifestyle c. diet d. food
III. Rewrite the following sentences , keeping the same meaning :
1. How heavy is Lan ?
What’s ………………………………….
2. Mr. Minh is a careful driver .
Mr. Minh drives …………………………………
3. Lan plays badminton well .
Lan is ……………………………………………
4. What’s wrong with you ?
What’s the ……………………………………………
5. The woman is very clever .
What ……………………………………..!
6. My school bag is cheaper than your school bag .
Your school bag …………………………………………………………..
7. How much is the green dress ?
What’s the ………………………………………..
8. Lan likes listening to music better that watching cartoons .
Lan prefers ………………………………………………………………….
9. Teenagers like to listen to pop music
Teenagers enjoy ………………………………………………
10. What’s Kien’s weight ?
How …………………………………..
11. She isn’t a good swimmer .
She doesn’t ………………………………..
12. What beautiful girls !
The girls……………………………………..
13. How far is it from the shoe store to the minimart ?
What’s the …………………………………………………………..
14. Mai’s brother is young. He can’t drive a car.
Mai’s brother isn’t ……………………………………………….
15. I can’t move this piano because I am weak.
I’m not ……………………………………………………..
16. His hair is brown and short.
He has ……………………………………….
17. This hat is very small. He can’t wear it.
This hat isn’t …………………………………………….
Class : 8
Name :
REVISION (2)
KTCL
1. …………...did your family spend summer vacation ? - We were in Da Lat .
a. What b. Where c. When d. How
2. She bought some sugar and …………….cooking oil .
a. any b. many c. too much d. a few
3. Ngan’s little sister can’t swim and Tram’s sister …………………….
a. doesn’t either b. neither can c. can’t either d. can , too
4. We are interested ………………listening to pop music .
a. in b. at c. to d. on
5. Nga and her friends are filling ………….their medical records .
a. at b. to c. from d. in
6. Mr. Thanh plays the guitar well . He’s a ………………….guitar player .
a. bad b. good c. badly d. skillful .
7. Nga rarely talks in public. She is ………………
a. sociable b. generous c. humorous d. reserved
8. ………………is it from Can Tho market ? - It’s about 4 kilometers .
a. How long b. How often c. How many d. How far
9. Her mother is sick so she stays at home to take care ………………her .
a. in b. on c. of d. with
10. Mr. Nhut drives his car very ……………….he never causes any accidents .
a. carelessly b. carefully c. careless d. careful
11. Minh has ………………a lot of lessons for the second exam today .
a. to study b. studying c. study d. studied
12. Lien wasn’t absent ……………school last semester .
a. in b. to c. at d. from
13. ………….did Mr. Robinson return to Ha Noi ? - He returned there by train .
a. Why b. What c. How d. Which
14. We like spinach and ……………..Thuy .
a. so do b. does , too c. so does d. doesn’t either
15. ……………………………….? - She often watches TV and reads books .
a. What sports does Mai play b. What’s Mai’s height
c. What does Mai do in her free time d. Does Mai often watch TV and read books
16. The place for the children who don’t have anybody to take care of to live is a (n) ……………
a. orphanage b. orphan c. planet d. earth
17. Odd out one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others ?
a. contest b. return c. adventure d. vessel
18. …………..going out tonight ? - Good idea .
a. Let’s b. Why don’t we c. Shall we d. What about
19. Kien prefers ……………..outdoors to watching TV .
a. to play b. playing c. plays d. played
20. Two days ago , Hoa’s family ……………..have dinner at home .
a. don’t b. weren’t c. didn’t d. won’t
21. Would you …………..me with this math homework ?
a. help b. helping c. to help d. helped
22. Do you enjoy ……………..rope ?
a. skip b. skipping c. to skip d. skipped
23. Minh has to go to the dentist ……………….his tooth aches.
a. so b. and c. but d. because
24. What was wrong with Lan last week ?
a. She had some beef and potatoes b. She had common cold
c. She didn’t go to school d. She was at home
25. How much ………..the green dress ? - 150.000 dong .

a. did b. does c. will d. is
26. What’s his sister’s weight ? - She’s…………………..
a. 156 centimeters b. slim c. 45 kilos d. having a bad cold
27. You should remember ………….your teeth regularly to have good teeth .
a. to brush b. brushes c. brushing d. brush
28. You shouldn’t spend too much time …………TV .
a. watch b. watching c. to watch d. watches
29. I need …………..your temperature first .
a. to check b. to take c. to weigh d. to measure
30. Last week Minh went to see dentist . He filled a ……………in his tooth .
a. cavity b. sound c. drill d. hole
31. What does Ngan look like ? - …………………………………….
a. She’s generous b. She’s strict
c. She likes jogging d. She’s tall and she has long brown hair
32. My brother is ……………….to make his family feel funny all day
a. sense of humor enough b. enough sense of humour
c. humorous enough d. enough humourous
33. ……………………………? - He’s sociable, kind and confident
a. What does your new class mate look like b. What is your new classmate like
c. What does your new classmate like d. How does your new classmate look like
34. What do you call the planet we are living ? -It’s ………………….
a. Mercury b. Mars c. moon d. earth
35. The person who rides a bike is a ………………
a. reader b. cyclist c. driver d. cycle
III. Write sentences with the cues :
1. Trang / write / old teacher / now.
………………………………………………………………………
2. My sister / take / part / WFF club / last year .
……………………………………………………………………………….
3. My last vacation / Nha Trang / wonderful .
…………………………………………………
4. What / kind / TV programs / you / like ?
………………………………………………………………………
5. Lan / not stay / home / last Sunday .
……………………………………………………………………
6. Lan / interested / swim .
……………………………………………………
7. Minh / like / play / badminton .
……………………………………………………
8. Lan / Ba / always / keep / touch.
………………………………………………………
Class : 8
Name :
REVISION ( 4 )
KTCL
I. Write the questions for the underlined words :
1. …………………………………………………………….?
Lan went to Da Lat last summer .
2. …………………………………………………..?
No , he doesn’t . He doesn’t play badminton .
3. ……………………………………………..?
Mai had a headache.
4. ………………………………………………………………
Mai is 45 kilos .
5. …………………………………………………………………..
Hoa pratices her music lessons in her free time .
6. …………………………………………….....?
Jane is tall and slim.
7. ………………………………………………………….?
I usually have rice , soup and fish for lunch .
8. ……………………………………………………………….?
This school bag is 95.000 dong .
9. …………………………………………………………?
I have three bowls of rice a day .
10. ………………………………………………………….?
Phong is very nervous because he’s going to see a dentist .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Class : 8
Name :
REVISION ( 4 )
KTCL
I. Write the questions for the underlined words :
1. …………………………………………………………….?
Lan went to Da Lat last summer .
2. …………………………………………………..?
No , he doesn’t . He doesn’t play badminton .
3. ……………………………………………..?
Mai had a headache.
4. ………………………………………………………………
Mai is 45 kilos .
5. …………………………………………………………………..
Hoa pratices her music lessons in her free time .
6. …………………………………………….....?
Jane is tall and slim.
7. ………………………………………………………….?
I usually have rice , soup and fish for lunch .
8. ……………………………………………………………….?
This school bag is 95.000 dong .
9. …………………………………………………………?
I have three bowls of rice a day .
10. ………………………………………………………….?
Phong is very nervous because he’s going to see a dentist .
II. Read the following passage carefully :
Last month Tom went to New York . That was the first time he has been there . He had waited for this trip
for many years . He had many friends in New York . They were very pleased when he could visit them so
so when the plane landed at the airport , all of them was waiting for them there . After that John and Mary
took him to their house in their big car . They had an extra room in their house so Tom didn’t stay in a hotel
for the next two weeks they drove him to see many interesting places . He saw the Statue of Liberty ,
Rockefeller Center , Museum of Modern Art and so on .
1. When did Tom go to New York ? ………………………………………………………………………
2. Did Tam have any friends in New York ? …………………………………………………………….
3. How did they feel when he could visit them ? …………………………………………………………….
4. Where were they waiting for him ?………………………………………………………………………..
5. Where did he stay when he was in New York ?…………………………………………………………..
6. How long did he stay in New York ? ……………………………………………………….
III. Write senteces, using the key words:
1. My friend, Lan / 14 years old .
………………………………………………………...
2. She / live / Nguyen Van Truong Street / her parents / brother.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. She / tall / fat / long curly hair
……………………………………………………………………………..
4. She / sociable / humorous / helpful
…………………………………………………………………….
5. Her friends / Dung, Tin, Ngoc
……………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
1. When did Tom go to New York ? ………………………………………………………………………
2. Did Tam have any friends in New York ? …………………………………………………………….
3. How did they feel when he could visit them ? …………………………………………………………….
4. Where were they waiting for him ?………………………………………………………………………..
5. Where did he stay when he was in New York ?…………………………………………………………..
6. How long did he stay in New York ? ……………………………………………………….
III. Write senteces, using the key words:
1. My friend, Lan / 14 years old .
………………………………………………………...
2. She / live / Nguyen Van Truong Street / her parents / brother.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. She / tall / fat / long curly hair
……………………………………………………………………………..
4. She / sociable / humorous / helpful
…………………………………………………………………….
5. Her friends / Dung, Tin, Ngoc
……………………………………………………………….
II. Give the correct form of verbs in parentheses :

1. She can ( do ) ………………..it by herself .
2. At the present Mrs. Hien ( play ) ………………...chess with Mrs. Hoa .
3. We ( make ) ………………..cakes every day to sell to some stores .
4. Manh and his father ( go ) ……………..to Ho Chi Minh City two days ago . They ( visit ) ……………..
Suoi Tien and ( buy ) ………………..some souvenirs for their family .
5. Does Ba’s sister like ( cook ) ……………………….?
6. We must ( prepare ) ………………..our lessons carefully before going to school .
7. Be careful ! You ( drive ) …………………..too fast .
8. I have ( stay ) ………………………..home today to take care of my mother .
9. The boys and the girls in this class ( take ) ……………………….the second exam tomorrow .
10. They ( not wash ) ………………………vegetables yesterday . Their son ( do ) ………………….
II. Give the correct form of verbs in parentheses :
1. She can ( do ) ………………..it by herself .
2. At the present Mrs. Hien ( play ) ………………...chess with Mrs. Hoa .
3. We ( make ) ………………..cakes every day to sell to some stores .
4. Manh and his father ( go ) ……………..to Ho Chi Minh City two days ago . They ( visit ) ……………..
Suoi Tien and ( buy ) ………………..some souvenirs for their family .
5. Does Ba’s sister like ( cook ) ……………………….?
6. We must ( prepare ) ………………..our lessons carefully before going to school .
7. Be careful ! You ( drive ) …………………..too fast .
8. I have ( stay ) ………………………..home today to take care of my mother .
9. The boys and the girls in this class ( take ) ……………………….the second exam tomorrow .
10. They ( not wash ) ………………………vegetables yesterday . Their son ( do ) ………………….
REVISION ( a )
1. She …………….to take a rest because she was very tired .
a. must b. has c. had d. should
2. This boy isn’t old enough ……………….a car
a. to drive b. drives c. drive d. driving
3. Mai and Nam ………………………see a movie . They have two tickets .
a. ought to b. are going to c. will d. have to
4. Hoai can’t do this exercise ……………………it’s difficult .
a. herself b. himself c. hiself d. yourself
5. Your father and I will go out in three days . You and your sister will have to take care of ……………………
a. ourselves b. themselves c. yourself d. yourselves .
6. Your brother runs ……………………..there on time .
a. too fast to b. enough fast to c. fast enough to d. very fast for
7. What …………..Lan like ? - She’s sociable and humorous .
a. must b. can c. is d. does
8. Nien lives next to Hoa’s house in Hue . She was Hoa’s next door ……………………
a. neighbor b. classmate c. friend d. pen pal
9. Mrs . Hue looks beautiful in ao dai because she’s …………………..
a. fat b. slim c. generous d. reserved
10. He always makes us laugh a lot . He has good ………………….
a. joke b. sense of humor c. humorous d. smile
11. They always turn on TV very loudly at mid noon . This …………….everyone near his house .
a. introduces b. conducts c. makes d. annoys
12. She has …………………………..hair .
a. short curly blond b. short blond curly
c. blond short curly d. curly blond short
13. Can I speak ………………Mai , please ?
a. on b. to c. at d. with
14. Mr Nam ………………..a message for Mrs. Chi because he telephoned her but she was out .
a. took b. left c. gave d. leave
15. Ba usually gives what he has to his friends . He’s a ……………….boy .
a. polite b. nice c. generous d. out-going
16. What does he look like ?
a. He’s humorous b. He’s tall and thin c. He likes joking d. He has a sense of humor
17. Hello . Can I speak to Mr. Nguyen , please . This is Tam .
a. Hello . Who’s calling ? b. Hello . Who do you want to meet ?
c. I’m sorry . He’s out at the moment d. He’s out . Would you like to take a message ?
18. Which of the underlined part has different pronunciation ?
A. a. reserved b. annoyed c. excited d. burned
B. a. affected b. joined c. moved d. caused
19. Choose the word in each line that has different stress pattern
A. a. character b. generous c. volunteer d. sociable
B. a. orphanage b. principal c. librarian d. classmate
C. a. transmit b. arrange c. emigrate d. experiment
20. Which of the underlined part pronounced differently from the others ?
A. a. conduct b. deaf-mute c. rug d. public
B. a. device b. exhibition c. emigrate d. assistant
21. George is a person who enjoys meeting people and is easy to talk to someone . He’s ………….
a. talkative b. strict c. outgoing d. funny
22. Although his friends enjoy his funny stories , they are sometimes ……………..by his jokes .
a. annoyed b. sorry c. worried d. sad
23. Mai and Nien have different ……………..Mai is rather sociable while Nien is reserved .
a. appearance b. dislikes c. characters d. hobbies
24. I received a letter ……………my pen pal yesterday .

a. by b. from c. in d. to
25. He looks ……………to be a professional footballer .
a. young enough b. enough young c. very old d. enough old
26. She often spends her free time …………..volunteer work at a local orphanage .
a. to do b. do c. working d. doing
27. Thomas Watson helped Bell do experiments . He was Bell’s …………….
a. helper b. worker c. assistant d. Friend
28. Some people is ………………They only think of themselves.
a. gernerous b. selfish c. communicative d. reserved
29. He lived in Canada but then he…………….to the USA to find a good job.
a. came b. emigrated c. transmitted d. reached
30. Who is GrahamB ell ? - A person who ………………the telephone.
a. invented b. demonstrated c. conducted d. succeeded
II. Complete the passage by circling the best answers below :
In class I enjoy ( 1 ) ………….next to Dolly . She’s my best friend and she want to be an actress ( 2 ) …………
she grows up . She comes ( 3 ) ……………Canada , and she seems ( 4 ) ……………from the other girls . Shes’
really confident , and I love being ( 5 ) ………………her because she is so funny . . She ( 6 ) ……………..
expensive clothes , though her parents can’t afford them . She’s the kind of person who prefers to buy ( 7 )
…………….T-shirt even if she can ( 8 ) ………….cheaper ones . She likes to look better ( 9 ) ……………all
the other girls . Another thing : I dislike performing ( 10 ) ……………of other people , but she loves getting up
at parties and singing .
1. a. to sit b. sitting c. sit d. sat
2. a. when b. while c. until c. before
3. a. in b. at c. from d. by
4. a. different b. the same c. as d. like
5. a. by b. with c. for d. to
6. a. is b. has c. was d. had
7. a. cheap b. expensive c. inexpensive d. cheaper
8. a. make b. do c. find d. look
9. a. of b. as c. to d. than
10. a. in front b. before c. above d. Behind
1. Jane / not strong / enough / carry / this bag .
……………………………………………………………………………
2. Nga / ought / stay / bed / because / she / have / flu / now .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. I / not like / answer / the phone / night .
…………………………………………………………………………………
4. you / have / finish / your homework / before / go out
………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Lan / like / beef / and / ba
……………………………………………………………..
6. We / interested / watch / news / TV .
…………………………………………………………………………..
7. They / buy / two tickets / yesterday . They / see / movie .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
8. Ba / often / play / badminton / me / afternoon .
…………………………………………………………………………..
9. Let’s / go / Youth Theater / Friday night .
…………………………………………………………………………………..
10. The children / mustn’t / spend / too much time / play / video games
……………………………………………………………………………
Grade : 8
Name : REVISION ( b )
1. My brother is very ………………….in public . He rarely talks to someone .
a. generous b. reserved c. humorous d. sociable
2. Hoa’s father phoned Mr. Lam but he was out so Hoa ……………..a message .
a. left b. received c. took d. got
3. He was born in Can Tho but when he was five his family ………………to Ho Chi Minh City to live there
a. came b. went c. demonstrated d. emigrated
4. Do you know Graham Bell ?
Yes . He ……………….the telephone in 1876
a. invented b. introduced c. made d. explored
5. This is Mai’s photo. She is my …………………neighbor. She lives next to my house .
a. close b. classmate c. next-door d. next to
6. What ………..she …………..? - She’s sociable and generous .
a. does / like b. does / look like c. is / character d. is / like
7. His brother is 13 . He isn’t …………………..to ride a motorbike .
a. old enough b. enough old c. very old d. too old
8. Tam : Nam , ………………......
Nam : Nice to meet you , Hoa
Hoa : Nice to meet you , too
a. How do you do ? b. I’d like you to meet my sister , Hoa
c. It’s pleasure to meet you d. Let me introduce myself . I’m Tam
9. My brother is a ……………….student . He always gets good grades
a. working hard b. work hard c. hardworking d. hard works
10. What does your new friend look like ? - …………………………………….
a. She’s 15 years old b. She’s out going c. She studies well d. She’s beautiful with long brown hair
11. Tom is ……………….. I’m on the third foor and he’s on the second floor
a. upstairs b. over there c. downstairs d. outside
12. Which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others ?
a. closed b. crashed c. picked d. hoped
13. He loves the children who have no parents so he spends his free time doing volunteer work in an………
a. workshop b. orphanage c. library d. art club
14. Which plane close to the Earth ?
a. Moon b. Mercury c. Mars d. Jupiter
15. The Sun ……………..in the east .
a. rises b. goes c. sets d. moves around
16. Lan and Mai are close friends but they have …………………characters .
a. the same b. different c. similar d. like
17. Nien was Hoa’s next- door neighbor in Hue . Hoa …………….a letter from Nien yesterday .
a. sent b. gave c. received d. wrote
19. Ba has ……………..He always makes his friend laugh a lot .
a. humorous b. humor c. generous d. sense of humor
20. We mustn’t let children ……………..in the kitchen .
a. play b. to play c. playing d. plays
21. It is safe to ……………..electrical sockets .
a. destroy b. injure c. cover d. reach
22. Playing in the kitchen is very ……………..for young children .
a. safe b. dangerous c. suitable d. comfortable
23. I think you ……………….study harder because last month you got bad marks .
a. are going to b. can c. could d. ought to
24. Lan and you have to finish this work by …………………
a. themselves b. yourself c. yourselves d. our selves
25. They ………………..see a movie . They bought two fishing tickets yesterday .
a. are going to b. must c. should d. can
II. Complete the passage by circling a , b, c, or d :
Galileo Galilei was born in 1564 ( 1 ) …………the city of Pisa , Italy . About twenty years ( 2 ) ………….he
attended the university of Pisa . At first he wanted to become a doctor , ( 3 ) ………… while he was there he
became ( 4 ) …………..in science and decided ( 5 ) …………….a scientist . In 1592 a year later his father’s
( 6 ) …………, the university of Padua invited him to be a professor of mathematics . He stayed there ( 7 ).……
19 years , where he became interested in the stars . He ( 8 ) …………….an instrument which made far from
things look larger and easier to examine . This was called the telescope . When he was studying the stars , he
( 9 ) ……………that the “ stars” which moved were not really stars , but worlds like the earth . He proved that
Copernicus was right ; the earth and the planets moved ( 10 ) …………..the sun .
1. a. at b. in c. on d. from
2. a. after b. before c. later d. ago
3. a. but b. so c. and d. because
4. a. interesting b. interest c. interests d. interested
5. a. become b. to become c. becoming d. became
6. a. death b. died c. dead d. dying
7. a. in b. on c. for d. to
8. a. got b. made c. worked d. gave
9. a. discovered b. found out c. invented d. both and b
10. a above b. around c. about d. away
III. Rewrite the following sentences :
1. Tuan isn’t strong . He can’t carry this table .
Lan isn’t ……………………………………………………………
2. The room is dirty .
What ………………………………………………
3. Lan intends to buy a new motorbike .
Lan is ………………………………………………………………………………
4. We must finish this test in 45 minutes .
We have ………………………………………………………………
5. Nam is bad . He can’t do this exercise himself .
Nam isn’t …………………………………………………………………..
6. Nga’s hair is black , straight and long .
Nga has………………………………………………………………………………
7. There is a calendar between the refrigerator and the clock .
The calendar ……………………………………………………………………….
8. Ba is humorous .
Ba has ………………………………..
9. He’s too dull to understand what the teacher explained.
He isn’t …………………………………………………………………….
10. My brother is young. He can’t drive a car.
My brother isn’t ………………………………………………
IV. Write a passage about your bedroom , using the cues :
1. There / many rooms / my house / I / like / my bedroom / best .
2. There/ desk / left / room // On / desk / many books / folders .
3. Above / desk / picture // bed / near / desk .
4. On / right side / room / window .// wardrobe / beside / window / opposite / desk .
5. lamp/ table / left corner / room .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………
LISTENING (3)
Grade : 8
1 toName
3 : REVISION ( c )
I. Circle the best options :+
1. Deaf-mutes are the people who can …………….speak nor hear .
a. either b. both c. neither d. not only
2. We must take ……………..precaution in the home .
a. safety b. safe c. dangerous d. danger
3. We have to make ……………….children do not play with matches
a. surely b. sure c. unsure d. insurance
4. They covered all the electrical sockets so that the children couldn’t put anything …………..them .
a. onto b. at c. in d. into
5. Why do you have to put all ………………….and drugs in locked cupboard ?
- Because they look like soft drink or candy . I’m afraid that the children may drink or eat them .
a. chemicals b. matches c. beads d. scissors
6. - I failed my English test .
- You ………………..study harder .
a. are going to b. has to c. ought to d. used to
7. These things are dangerous . We must put them ……………..children’s reach
a. to b. from c. at d. out of
8. Quang and Nam are going to …………………. They have two tickets .
a. go fishing b. see amovie c. read a novel d. go to a party
9. ………………is a person who buys something .
a. A customer b. A delivery c. An inventor d. An assistant
10. Bell and Thonmas Watson ………………many experiences .
a. demonstrated b. conducted c. transmited d. emigrated
11. - Would you like to play chess with me tonight ? - ………………………………..
a. No , of course not b. I’m sorry . I can’t c. No , I don’t like d. No , I’m not
12. Choose the word has different stress pattern from the others
a. commercial b. stationary c. chemical d. sociable
13. Bell demonstrated his invention to the public at …………………exhibitions .
a. countable b. uncountable c. countless d. counted
14. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others .
a. enough b. country c. young d. would
15. A : Hello , Hoa . I’d like you to meet my brother , Hung
B : ……………………………..
a. How old are you Hung ? b. Pleased to meet you , Hung
c. Oh , What’s up ? d. Hello . I’m Hung
16. Lan is a hard-working student . She always gets …………….marks .
a. well b. good c. bad d. badly
17. Minh likes ………………volleyball with me .
a. play b. to play c. playing d. plays
18. Chau and Tu were ten when I ………………them .
a. meet b. met c. meeting d. am meeting
19 The Sun ……………..in the west .
a. moves b. sets c. rise d. rises
20. Is Susan going to use her father’s motorbike to the countryside ?
- Don’t be silly . She isn’t ……………………..drive a motorbike .
a. enough old to b. old enough for c. old enough to d. good enough
21. Which of the followings has different stress pattern from the others ?
a. device b. demonstrate c. countless d. emigrate
22.They could ……………freely underwater thanks to special breathing equipment .
a. swimming b. swim c. swam d. to swim
23. Let’s ………….a picnic with us tomorrow afternoon .

a. having b. have c. to have d. has
24. Which word has underlined part pronounced differently from the others ?
a. joke b. sociable c. photograph d. humorous
25. We saw the children ………………..soccer in the garden yesterday .
a. play b. played c. to play d. player
26. He was born in England, but his family …………….to the USA when he was only ten years old.
a. delivered b. lifted c. affected d. emigrated
27. Does he hear anything ? - No, he doesn’t . He’s ………………..
a. dumb b. deaf c. mute d. blind
28. You can find her address in the …………….on the table over there .
a. directory b. mobile c. textbook d. dictionary
29. The shop ………………..mdidn’t want to serve that impolite customer.
a. seller b. assistant c. patient d. partner
30. Many people don’t like to .......................experiments on animals.
a. arrange b. conduct c. transmit d. assist
31. The sports event was ……………live by satellite over the country.
a. conducted b. assisted c. arranged d. transmitted
32. They’re going to …………….some arrangements to play chess.
a. make b. take c. give d. break
33. Mai loves children. She …………….. a teacher when she is old enough.
a. becomes b. became c. is going to become d. was going
34. What’s ………….at the City Theater tonight ?
a. off b. about c. on d. in
35. We’ll have to use the stairs. The lift is ……………….order.
a. in b. outside c. out of d. without
36. In the dry season, you must take ……………….against fire.
a. precaution b. view c. danger d. care
II. Rewite the following sentences , keeping the same meaning :
1. My school has many beautiful trees .
There ………………………………………………..
2. Mr. Quang can’t go to tha shop because he is weak
Mr. Quang ……………………………………………………
3. Kien is young . He can’t ride this motorbike to school .
Kien ………………………………………………………….
4. Nobody helped Nam do these exercises .
Nam did ………………………………………………….
5. Hoa loves to read books in his free time .
Hoa enjoys …………………………………………………….
6. His brother likes to take part in outdoor activities better than watch TV .
His brother prefers …………………………………………………………………..
7. We have some fishing rods.
We are …………………………………………………
III. Make sentences from the words given :
1. Lan / tall / enough / play volleyball .
……………………………………………………………………..
2. She / tall / slim long straight brown hair .
………………………………………………………………..
3. Kien / reserved / generous .
…………………………………………………
4. Minh / ride / bike / school / every day / he / take / bus / there / last Sunday .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. The Earth / go / around / Sun .
……………………………………………………..
Name :
REVISION ( d )
Unit 1 to 3
1. Which of the following has different stress pattern from the others ?
A. a. destroy b. injure c. cover d. socket
B. a. dangerous b. safety c. electrical d. suitable
C. a. medicine b. precaution c. chemical d. dangerous
D. a. customer b. delivery c. stationery d. furniture
E. a. conduct b. transmit c. invent d. message
F. a. assistant b. emigrate c. demonstrate d. countless
G. a. humor b. device c. enough d. reserved
H. a. character b. confident c. available d. generous
2. Tom said he would pick Nancy ………….at 1.30 .
a. on b. up c. to d. over
3. Did Lan and you solve these problems …………………?
a. themselves b. ourselves c. yourselves d. yourself
4. You and I …………………must finish this work before 10 am .
a. ourselves b. yourself c. myself d. yourselves
5. Romio and Juliet killed ………………….
a. yourselves b. themselves c. ourselves d. herself
6. Choose the word whose underlined part has different pronunciation .
a. emigrate b.demonstrate c. dangerous d. transmit
7. It is raining heavily but he isn’t in his house , he’s playing soccer with his friends…………….
a. inside b. upstairs c. outside d. downstairs
8. I live on the first floor . Mary lives ………………., on the second floor .
a. upstairs b. downstairs c. there d. here
9. We are ……………..to build a new house .
a. have b. going c. must d. ought
10. Mr. Minh has a fishing rod . He ……………….fish this afternoon .
a. has to b. must c. ought to d. is going to
11. Lam’s sister is ………………..become Miss Viet Nam .
a. enough beautiful b. to beautiful enough c. beautiful enough to d. beautiful enough for
12. Where can we meet ? - ……………………………….
a. Is 6.30 all right ? b. Hold on
c. Let’s meet ouside the theater d. What about going to the movies ?
13. What is wrotng with you ? Why ………….you go to the hospital ?
a. had you to b. you have c. must you d. did you must
14. When Lan came to school for the first time , Nga …………….her to many new friends .
a. introduces b. will introduce c. has introduced d. introduced
15. Fire destroys home and …………..children because someone plays with matches .
a. covers b. reaches c. injures d. includes
16. Young children don’t understand that many …………….objects are dangerous.
a. household b. home c. house d. appliance
17. A : Can I speak to Thuy , please . This is Kien .
B : …………………………
a. Would you like to come ? b. Is it 7.30 OK ?
c. Hello , Kien , How are you ? d. I’m going to the movie theater .
18. Let’s put the rug between the couch and the armchair .
a. Yes , Of course b. OK . And I think we ought to put the cushions on the couch
c. No , we can’t . d. No . I don’t
19. Nam’s mother will come home late tonight so Nam ……………to cook dinner himself .
a. has b. have c. must d. going
20. Nga failed the English exam …………….she played computer games all day .
a. and b. because c. so d. but
21.A : Hello , Minh . Come and meet my old friend , Trang
B : ……………………………………
a. It’s a pleasure to meet you , Trang b. Hi , I’m Minh
c. What do you do ? d. How arer you ?
22. Miss Vi is beautiful . She has ………………………………….hair
a. black long straight b. long black straight c. straight long black d. long straight black
23. Bao always makes us laugh a lot . He’s ……………………..
a. sense of humor b. humorous c. slender d. generous
24. What is Nien …………….. ? - She’s sociable , helpful and generous
a. look like b. character c. like d. manner
25. She’s five years old . She isn’t ………………..to go to school .
a. young enough b. enough old c. enough young d. old enough
26. Tam lives on the second floor . I live on the first floor . Tam lives …………………
a. upstairs b. downstairs c. here d. outside
27. Nien is going to visit Hoa …………..Christmas .
a. at b. in c. on d. for
28. Let’s him ………..what he likes .
a. to do b. doing c. do d. does
II. Rewrite the following sentences :
1. It’s a good thing for you to make the house clean and tidy.
You ought ………………………………………………………..
2. Alexander Graham Bell invented the telephone.
Alexander Graham Bell was the………………………………….
3. The girl is very intelligent.
What ………………………………..!
4. Her hair is straight , brown and long.
She has ………………………………………………
5. Remember to put the drug in the locked cupboard.
Don’t ………………………………………………………………..
6. I intend to come over to pick you up.
I am…………………………………………………….
7. Nga couldn’t play volleyball because she was short.
Nga wasn’t ………………………………………………………….
8. Nobody helped Lan repair her bike.
Lan repaired ……………………………………
9. Peter is too young to see horror film.
Peter isn’t ………………………………………………………
10. It is necessary for me to speak English .
I have …………………………………………………..
III. Write a passage about your close friend , base on the information below :
1. I / many close friends .
……………………………………………….
2. I / like / My Hang / best .
……………………………………………….
3. She / live / Nguyen Van Cu Street / parents / uncle / brother
……………………………………………………………………………………
4. She / tall / thin ……………………………………………..
5. She / beautiful girl / short curly blond hair / oval face / big brown eyes .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. reserved / helpful . ……………………………………………
6. She / like / play volleyball / read books
………………………………………………………………………….

Grade : 8
REVISION ( e )
Name :
I. Choose the correct answers by circling a, b, c, or d :

1. He worked …………….deaf mutes ………………Boston University .
a. for/ in b. for / at c. with / at d. with / in
2. Are you looking for Ba ? I think he …………………..hide and seek with his cousin in the garden .
a. plays b. is playing c. play d. to play
3. You ………………..leave yet . We’ve got plenty of time .
a. must b. mustn’t c. don’t have to d. should
4. The school is a bit far ……………….my house .
a. from b. at c. to d. with
5. There is a bookshelf …………….the left of the room .
a. at b. in c. on d. of
6. It is safe ………………..medicine in locked cupboards .
a. putting b. to put c. put d. puts
7. Would you like ……………….a message ?
a. leave b. to leave c. leaving d. left
8. Could I speak to Susan , please ? - John ………………….
a. talking b. answering c. calling d. speaking
9. Don’t come in . Please wait …………………for your turn .
a. inside b. outside c. downstairs d. upstairs
10. Look ! Nam is playing very well . He ……………………..
a. is winning b. will win c. wins d. is going to win
11. Did someone help you draw the picture ? - No , I did it …………………
a. with one b. myself c. itself d. by me
12. Tom seems ……………………..today .
a. happy b. happily c. unhappily d. happiness
13. Each of us ……………………a different character .
a. have b. has c. is having d. are having
14. What was wrong with you ? Why ………………..go to the hospital ?
a. had you to b. did you have to c. must you c. did you must
15. People use a pair of …………….to cut cloth.
a. knives b. scissors c. shoes d. jeans
16. Bell demonstrated his invention to the public at ………………exhibitions.
a. countable b. count c. counted d. countless
17. Bell and his assistants conducted many experiments and finally came up ………….a device which
they first introduced in 1876.
a. with b. to c. on d. at
18. We’ll organize a party …………………May 27th .
a. between b. in c. at d. on
19. People in my country are very warm and ………………………
a. friend b. friendly c. friends d. unfriendly
20. Mai …………….to play tennis this afternoon .
a. have b. is going c. should d. can
21. The calendar is ………………the fridge and the clock .
a. in the middle of b. opposite c. on the left of d. between
22. Do you ……………….dinner yourself today ?
a. is cooking b. must cook c. have to cook d. is going to cook
23. A: Can I speak to Thuy , please . This is Kien .
B : Sorry . He’s out at the moment . Would you like to …………………………….?
a. have a message b. take a message c. do a message d. leave a message
26. Experimenting with ways of transmitting speech over a long distance …………to the invention
of the telephone.
a. conducted b. demontrated c. delivered d. led
27. Bao’s volunteer work does not ……………his school work. He always gets good grades.
a. annoy b. cause problem c. affect d. agree
28. I …………..a message for Mr. Tuan yesterday because I called him but he was out.
a. left b. took c. wrote d. got
III. Write sentences with the words given :
1. We / going / see / movie / tonight .
……………………………………………………………..
2. Deaf-mutes / people / who / can / neither / speak / hear
…………………………………………………………………………….
3. he / emigrate / Canada / then / the USA / 1870s
……………………………………………………………………………….
4. moon/ move / around / earth
………………………………………………………….
5. Oanh / has / finish / homework / before / go / bed .
………………………………………………………………………………..
6. This man / strong / enough / carry / this heavy table .
…………………………………………………………………………..
7. He / usually / spend / free time / do / volunteer work / local orphanage
………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. her character / different / her sister’s
………………………………………………………………….
9. This hat / not / big / enough / me / wear
………………………………………………………………….
10. This / my kitchen
……………………………………….
11. There / refrigerator / right corner / room.
………………………………………………………………….
12. Next to / refrigerator / stove / oven
………………………………………………………………….
13. On / other side / oven / sink / next to / sink / towel rack.
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
14. Disk rack / counter / to the right / window.
……………………………………………………………………
15. the middle / kitchen / four chairs / table.
………………………………………………………………………
I. Give the correct form of verbs in the parentheses :

1. We ( use ) ……………………... public telephone because we are out at the moment .
2. What ……………..( your sister / give ) ………………….you yesterday ?
3. Nam’s mother frequently ( scold ) ……………………him when he ( get ) ……………………bad marks .
4. I don’t know why the children in my village ( make ) ………………………noise last night .
5. ………………your mother ( talk ) …………………….on the phone at present ?
6. They ( build ) …………………….a new hospital in this city in 2009 .
7. She ( not tell ) …………………the truth although I insisted her for 2 hours .
` 8. ……………her parents ( go ) ……………….out on the weekend ?
9. He ( not agree ) …………………….to sell this house for you next month .
10. Mai ( not prepare ) …………………………..her lessons before she goes to school .
II. Arrange the following sentences in the correct order to make a complete dialogue then
practice speaking with your partner :
a……..Well , The film begins at 7.45 , so I’ll meet you at about 7.30 outside the cinema , OK ?
b……..No , why ?
c……..Fine. I’m seeing Jenny later this evening . Shall I ask her if she wants to come , too ?
d……..Are you doing anything tomorrow evening , Mary ?
e……..Yes , do that . I’ll see you tomorrow then , Bye .
f……..OK , I’ll come with you . What time shall we meet ?
g……..Well , do you fancy going to the cinema ? “ The King Lion” is on . I want to see it but I don’t want to
go alone
II. Read the passage carefully and do the task below :
I have two friends : Linh and Chi . We are in the same class at the primary school and the secondary school . We
are also neighbors , so we spend most of our time studying and playing together . Chi is a beautiful girl with big
black eyes and an oval rosy face . She is an intelligent student and always studies the best in my class . She
always likes reading . Linh isn’t as beautiful as Chi but she has a lovely smile and looks very healthy . Linh is
very sporty . She spends most of her free time playing sports . Linh is a volleyball star in our school team . She
is very sociable and has a good sense of humor . Her jokes always make us laugh . I love both of my friends and
I always hope our friendship will never die .
1. Linh and Chi are writer’s………………….
a. classmates b. neighbors c. roommates d. both a and b
2. Chi studies ………………the writer and Linh .
a. the best b. better than c. well d. good than
3. Chi is ………………….Linh .
a. not as beautiful as b. more beautiful than c. the most sociable d. less beautiful than
4. Linh is the girl who …………………………….
a. is intelligent student b. likes reading c. plays volleyball well d. studies the best in class
5. It’s easy for ………..to make friends .
a. Linh b. Chi c. Linh and Chi d. the writer
1. What does Chi look like ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. What’s Linh like ?
………………………………………………………………………..
3. How many close friends do you have ?
……………………………………………………………
4. What are they like ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
V. Complete the letter by circle the best answers below :

Dear Lan ,
I have just returned ( 1 )……………….a four-day trip to Da Lat . It’s my parents’ reward for my good ( 2 )
……………….in the last school year . The trip was very ( 3 )………………….and I’m eager ( 4 ) …………..
you about it .
My parents and I stayed in a small hotel ( 5 )…………………Xuan Huong Lake . Walking around the lake
and enjoying the ( 6 ) …………………cool air , we felt very comfortable . Da Lat has many interesting ( 7 )
………………….such as Camly Fall , Bao Dai Palace and Cu Hill . The weather was rather cold ( 8 ) ………
night and in the early morning , but it was cool during the day . The food was excellent there and we enjoyed
a lot of fresh vegetables and fruit . Returning from Da Lat , we all felt very ( 9 ) …………………
Did you go anywhere during this summer holiday ? Write to me ( 10 ) ………………..you have time . It
would be nice to hear about what you have been doing .
With love ,
Mai
* Circle the best answers :
1. a. form b. by c. for d. of
2. a. effect b. work c. results d. consequence
3. a. interest b. interesting c. interested d. to interest
4. a. tell b. telling c. to tell d. told
5. a. near b. next to c. by d. all are correct
6. a. fresh b. salty c. polluted d. dirty
7. a. sites b. places c. areas d. spaces
8. a. in b. by c. at d. on
9. a. health b. healthy c. healthily d. healthy
10. a. where b. when c. what d. which
III. Read the paragraph carefully :

It is not easy for adult students of English to improve their accents. Unlike children , who are flexible , adults
often find it hard to change the way they speak . This is why even the top , or smartest adult students have
difficulty with pronunciation . There are several things that an international student can do to improve his or
her pronunciation .
One method is to sign up for a pronunciation class . Studying pronunciation can help students to understand
the rules of English , , but in order to practice speaking , students often need to be exposed to English outside
the classroom as well . This is why many students say that studying in an English-speaking country greatly
affects their English . Living with native speakers can help students to pick learned important cultural
information . This can help to prevent misunderstandings that can occur when people from different cultures
live together .
Living with someone from another culture can be difficult . International students are usually excited when
they first showed up at their new homes but after a few months they may start to think about their home
countries and get homesick . Students who are homesick and get depressed quikly . They may cry a lot or
want to be alone . This makes it difficult for them to make friends with English .
* True or False ?
1. ….. Adults students of English cannot improve their accents because they are sow to change .
2, ….. Most younger students cannot change pronunciation .
3. ….. Attending a pronunciation class can be very helpful to adult learners who have problem with their
pronunciation .
4…… All that they need to improve their pronunciation is to practice more outside the classroom .
5. ….. To avoid misunderstandings about cultures , students should live wit native speakers .
6…… Many students feel depressed because they can not improve their pronunciation .
7…… On their arrival , most international students may forget about the problems because they are vary
excited .
8. …. The passage implies that adults learners shouldn’t study English in a English-speaking country to avoid
these problems .
VI. In each of the following sentences there is one mistake . Underline it and rewite the
correct sentences :
1. There are some milk in the fridge
2. You have keep all dangerous objects out of children’s reach
3. Let put the telephone next to the lamp .
4. You use the rice cook to cook rice .
5. What’s she doing ? - She’s making aerobics .
6. The armchair is in the middle of the television and the sofa .
7. I strongly believe that friend plays a very important role in our life .
8. As students , we ought obey our parents .
*Correction :
1. ……………………………………………………………………..
2. …………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. ……………………………………………………………………………
4. ………………………………………………………………………
5. …………………………………………………….
6. ……………………………………………………………………………………….
7. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. …………………………………………………………………………………
II. Read the passage , then do the task below :

about physicist interested and when ago
by later assistant chance so
Michael Faraday, the great English ………………… , was born in 1791 in London . His family was very
poor ……………….. he didn’t learn much . ……………. he was fourteen , he worked in a bookshop where
he had good …………..to read books . He used to go to some talks …………….. science . One day Michael
went to a talk ………….Humpry Davy , England’s greatest scientist of the time . He liked Davy’s talk very
much and a few months…………………. he became Davy’s laboratory …………………... Like Davy , he
became ………………in electricity which could be made a machine . He died in 1876 .
III. Write a passage about your close friend ( His / her name ; age , address ; family ;
appearance ; characters ; hobbies ; friends ) :
..........................................................................................................................................................................
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………..
EXERCISE ( e )
I. Circle the best options : Unit 1 to 3
1 The people who can neither speak nor hear are ………………. .
a. assistants b. deaf-mutes c. emigrants d. inventors
2. ……………………………….. ? - He’s sociable , humorous and helpful
a. What’s he like b. What does he like
c. What does he look like d. What does he seem
3. Did the girl cut …………………..?
a. themselves b. herself c. yourselves d. myself
a. inside b. upstairs c. downstairs d. outside
5. A : Hello , Minh . Come and meet my old friend , Trang
B : ……………………………………
c. What do you do ? d. How are you ?
6. Miss. Thanh has a novel and she is free tomorrow. She ……………….read it .
7. Nga is beautiful. She is tall and ………………
a. slender b. short c. bald d. curly
8. The sun always ……………..in the East .
a. raises b. rises c. rose d. moves
9. Sang always shares what he has with his friends. He’s ………………
a. reserved b. sociable c. humor d. generous
10. We must let the children play in the kitchen because it’s a ……………….place
a. safe b. suitable c. dangerous d. comfortable
11. You work too much nowadays. You…………….relax.
a. have to b. ought to c. are going to d. must
12. Hello. Can I speak to Mr. Nguyen, please. This is Van Anh.
- Sorry, he’s out at the moment. …………………………………………
a. Please hold on. b. Would you like to leave a message ?
c. Can you take a message for him ? d. OK. Wait a minute
13. We should ………………an arrangement for the trip next summer .
a. take b. leave c. make d. get
14. We must put dangerous objects out of children’s reach because they can …………..the children
a. destroy b. burn c. injure d. affect
15. Choose the word has underlined part pronounced differently from the others
a. injure b. invent c. assistant d. device
16. A : Hello . 3 845 262
B : Can I speak ………….Nhi , please ? This is Hoa .
17. The children must do their homework ………………
a. ourselves b. yourselves c. themselves d. himself
18. Peter doesn’t talk much in public . He’s rather ……………………..
19. Mr. Toan called you about his furniture delivery . He said you could reach him ……0939 281 742.
a. at b. to c. for d. on
20. ……………………………….? She’s pretty with a lovely smile . This is her photo
a. What’s your friend like b. What does your friend look like
c. What does your friend like d. What does your friend seem
21. . .…………did Na go to the dentist yesterday ? - Because she had a toothache.
a. What b. When c. Why d. Who
22. Which has different stress pattern from the others ?
A. a. assistant b. emigrate c. demonstrate d. countless
B. a. humor b. annoy c. enough d. reserved
23. Lan called me but I was out so my sister …………………….a message .

a. leave b. took c. take d. left
24. I’m going to go to the concert . Would you like …………………with me ?
a. coming b. come c. to come d. came
26. His family lived in Scotland, but when he was five they ………………to the USA.
a. demonstrated b. emigrated c. transmitted d. conducted
27. I ……………..a letter from my old friend last week .
a. sent b. gave c. took d. received
28. A home for children whose parents are dead is a( n ) …………………
a. resort b. orphan c. motel d. orphanage
29. My sister hair is not ……………….
a. curly b. sociable c. slim d. fat
30. Young children can put anything in electrical ……………and electricity can kill them
a. objects b. sockets c. device d. objects
II. Complete the following passage by circling the letter : a, b , c or d :
Alexander Graham Bell ( 21 ) …………..born in Scotland on March 3 ,1847 . He moved with his parents to
Canada ( 22 ) …………. he was twenty-three . Then he ( 23 )…………… his family and went to Boston .
In Boston , he worked as a ( 24 ) …..……… of the deaf . He worked far into the night experimenting ( 25 )
………….. the electrical transmission of the sound . This led to the ( 26 ) ……………….of the telephone .
1. a. is b. will be c. was d. were
2. a. while b. when c. during d. for
3. a. left b. moved c. loved d. lived
4. a. worker b. father c. teacher d. driver
5. a. on b. to c. at d. with
6. a. demonstration b. invention c. experiment d. exhibition
III. Rewrite the following sentences, keeping the same meaning :
1. They have two tickets.
Ther are ………………………………………
2. He can’t carry this heavy box because he’s weak.
He …………………………………………………………………….
3. Lan isn’t intelligent, so she can’t do this difficult math exercise
Lan …………………………………………………………………………….
4. Minh is tall. He can play basketball.
Minh ………………………………………………………..
5. Lien’s friend invited her to her next birthday
Lien is ………………………………………………………………
6. We intend to build a new house.
We are ……………………………………….
IV. Make sentences, using the key words
1. There / refrigerator / right corner / room.
…………………………………………………………………
2. Next / refrigerator / counter
……………………………………………………
3. On / counter / dish rack / cooker/ bowl of fruit
…………………………………………………………………………
4. cupboard / the wall / above / counter
……………………………………………..
5. right left side / counter / sink /
………………………………………………………….
EXERCISE ( f )
I. Read the following passage carefully and do the task below :
parents decided to move to London , and from that time on , Dickens spent most of his life there . Because his
family was very poor , he left school when he was eleven , and a year later , he was sent to work in a factory
labeling bottles for six shillings a week to help his family . Later he devoted all his time to writing . He wrote
many interesting books such as David Copperfield , Oliver Twist …..After Shakespear , Dickens created the
most wonderful characters concerned in one way or another with the evils of his old days . He died in 1876 .
1. Dicken spent most of his life in …........
a. in Portsmouth b. in a poor family c. factory d. London
2. In …………..He left school .
a. 1823 b. 1821 c. 1833 d. 1826
3. A the age of ………………, he worked in a factory labeling bottles .
a. eleven b. twelve c. fifteen d. thirteen
4. Charles Dickens was a famous …………………..
a. poem b. musician c. writer d. novelist
5. He began to live in London when he was ………………
a. three b. twenty c. two d. eleven
My friend , Abdul , lives in an apartment near school . He walks to school almost every day . Sometimes he
catches a bus , especially if it’s cold and rainy outside . Abdul shares the apartment with Pablo . Pablo comes
from Venezuela . Abdul and Pablo go to the same school . They take English classes . Abdul speaks Arabic as
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
EXERCISE ( f )
I. Read the following passage carefully and do the task below :
parents decided to move to London , and from that time on , Dickens spent most of his life there . Because his
family was very poor , he left school when he was eleven , and a year later , he was sent to work in a factory
labeling bottles for six shillings a week to help his family . Later he devoted all his time to writing . He wrote
many interesting books such as David Copperfield , Oliver Twist …..After Shakespear , Dickens created the
most wonderful characters concerned in one way or another with the evils of his old days . He died in 1876 .
1. Dicken spent most of his life in …........
a. in Portsmouth b. in a poor family c. factory d. London
2. In …………..He left school .
a. 1823 b. 1821 c. 1833 d. 1826
3. A the age of ………………, he worked in a factory labeling bottles .
a. eleven b. twelve c. fifteen d. thirteen
4. Charles Dickens was a famous …………………..
a. poem b. musician c. writer d. novelist
5. He began to live in London when he was ………………
a. three b. twenty c. two d. eleven
his first language , and Pablo speaks Spanish . They communicate in English . Sometimes Abdul tries to teach
Pablo to speak a little Arabic , and Pablo gives Abdul Spanish lessons . Abdul enjoys having Pablo as his
roommate , but he misses his family in Saudi Arabia .
* Circle the answers that would best complete the sentences below :
1. Abdul walks to school every day because ………………………………..
a. his house is near his school b. his apartment is near his school
c. it’s cold and rainy d. he catches a bus
2. He shares the apartment with ………………………..
a. a friend from Venezuela b. an English friend c. a strange man d. a beautiful girl
3. Abdul and Pablo communicate in ……………..
a. Spanish b. Arabic c. French d. English
4. Abdul’s family live in …………………
a. Spain b. Venezuela c. Saudi Arabia d. England
5. When does Abdul go to school by bus ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. Does Abdul teach Pablo Arabic ?
…………………………………………………………..
III. Write a short passage to describe your room , using the key words :
1. This / my living room . There / armchair / opposite / couch .
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. the coffee table / between / armchair / couch . / On / coffee table / flower vase .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. right corner / the living room / beside / window / shelf .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. When does Abdul go to school by bus ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. Does Abdul teach Pablo Arabic ?
…………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Television / stereo / video recorder / magazines / on / shelf .
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. altar / opposite / door / against / wall / .
………………………………………………………………………..
6. There / calendar / left side / altar / near / coffee table / on /wall .
………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. Above / calendar / clock .
……………………………………………………………….
Supply the correct form of verbs :

1. Mr Tam ( take ) …………………his children to the park every other week .
2. Bao and ba ( spend ) ……………. ……...two days doing volunteer at the local orphanage last week .
3. Where ( you / be ) ……………………….yesterday ?
4. The Browns often ( bring ) …………………… food to Mr Brown’s mother .
5. What …………….she ( buy )…………………..at the stationary store ?
6. We ( not send )…………………….. him money two months ago because we ( be ) ………………..broke .
7. Miss . Chau has an interesting novel and she’s free today . She ( read ) ……………………….that novel .
8. Mai invited me to her birthday party this weekend . I ( wear ) …………………………new jeans and colorful
T. shirt there .
ư
III. Fill in each blank with one word in the box :
telephone family conduct deaf life
experiments invention born encourage by
Alexander Graham Bell was ( 1 ) ……………..in Edinburgh , Scotland in the 19th century , and later came to
the United State . Several members in his ( 2 ) ………………did a great deal to ( 3 ) …..……………..him in
his field of science . His father helped him a lot ( 4 ) ……………..supervising his work with the deaf . when
he worked with the ( 5 ) ……………and investigated the science acoustics , his study inventually led to the
( 6 ) ……………….of multiple telegraph and his greatest invention_ the ( 7 ) …………………..He
dedicated the last quarter century of his ( 8 ) ……………….to advances in aviation .
EXERCISE ( 10 )
Grade : 8
Name :
I. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a complete conversation . Then practice with
your partner :
a……..What are your favorite books ?
b…….. No , I like detective stories .
c…….. Yes , I do .
d. …….Do you like reading ?
e……...Yes , I like lots of things .But I don’t like answering lots of questions .
f………Have you got any other hobbies besides reading ?
g………I like fairy tales . Do you ?
II Complete the sentences , using one of the best words from the box :
appear escaped folk tales traditional upsets tied
look after burn fairy servant choose rags
1. When I was a little girl , my grandparents used to tell me many …………………….

2. When did animals ………………………on the earth ?
3. Joe has to stay at home to …………………….her younger sister
4. They …………………him to a chair with cables .
5. The man…………………..from a prison this morning .
6. The children were dressed in ……………………….
7. It’s …………………….in America to eat turkey on Thanksgiving Day .
8. They treat him as a …………………….
9. It ………………….me to think of her alone in this big house .
10. We have to …………………a new manager from a list of seven candidates .
III. Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions :
1. I usually listen ………………music …………..my free time .
2. They will come …………….a few minutes .
3. He will be back …………………..5.25 and 6.20
4. We meet ………………Easter Day and went ……………….a walk across the hills .
5. He came to live …………….London …………..the age …………..twenty .
6. Mom had to do everything ………………….the help ………………modern equipment .
7. They always go out ……………a meal ………………….their wedding anniversary .
8. A fairy appeared and magically changed Little Pea’s rags …………….beautiful clothes .
9. Her step mother is very cruel …………….her .
10. Everyone was excited as the prince wanted to his wife ………………the village .
IV. Make meaningful sentences from the following cues :
1. You / free / 2 pm / 4 pm / June 3
………………………………………………………………………….
2. I / not / interested / read / fairy tales .
………………………………………………………………
3. Comic / interesting / that / I / read / twice .
……………………………………………………………………….
4. My family / used / live / village / when / I / young .
…………………………………………………………………………………………
5. We / not use / have / electricity / when / live / country .
………………………………………………………………………………….
6. She / have / do chores / all day / after / father / marry / new wife .
………………………………………………………………………………………..
7. People used / travel / horse / but now / travel / car .
…………………………………………………………………………………
8. I / used / like sweets / much / now .

………………………………………………………………………..
9. New wife / cruel / husband’s stepchild .
………………………………………………………………………….
10. If / you / go / 5 pm / shop / close .
………………………………………………………………………..
VI. Ask your friends what they used to do in the past and fill their answers in the table :
Name In the past Now
………………………………. ……………………………….
……………………………… ………………………………
………………………………. ……………………………….
………………………………... ………………………………...
………………………………. ……………………………….
……………………………… ………………………………
………………………………. ……………………………….
………………………………... ………………………………...
………………………………. ……………………………….
……………………………… ………………………………
………………………………. ……………………………….
………………………………... ………………………………...
Me ………………………………. ……………………………….
……………………………… ………………………………
………………………………. ……………………………….

Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 11 )
I. Match the phrases in A with the ones in B to have complete phrases :
A B
1. be cruel a. with what you have
2. not to be b. to animals
3. to die c. is difficult
4. to be happy d. in love with her
5. to change rags e. foolish and greedy
6. to make f. of a broken heart
7. to hear fairy tales g. her do chores all day
8. to find gold h. is interesting
9. to fall i. into beautiful clothes
1 …. 2 ….. 3….. 4. …… 5……. 6. ….. 7…….. 8……. 9………

II. Fill in the blanks with appropriate of form of words in parentheses :
1. The ……………………of photographic studio was expensive . ( equip )
2. I was so …………………..about the football match last night . ( excitement )
3. Ao dai is a kind of ……………………..costume of Viet Nam . ( tradition )
4. The fairy changed Little Pea’s rags in to beautiful clothes ……………………… ( magic )
5. Our hometown held a traditional ……………………a week ago . ( festive )
6. I can’t stand people who are ……………………to animals ( cruelty )
7. He is so proud of his ………………….( wise )
8. His father soon dies because of a …………………..heart ( break )
9. Don’t be foolish and…………………..( greed )
10. ……………………, I lost all my money on the way home . ( fortune )
III. Complete the sentences with the words in the parentheses :
1. I think you behaved very …………………..( selfish , selfishly )
2. Rose is ………………….upset about losing her job . ( terrible , terribly )
3. There was a………………….change in weather . ( sudden , suddenly )
4. The driver of the car had …………………..injures . ( serious , seriously )
5. Everybody at the party was ………………dressed . ( colorful , colorfully )
6. Linda likes wearing …………………….clothes . ( colorful , colorfully )
7. She fell and hurt herself quite ………………….( bad , badly )
8. He says he didn’t do well at school because he was ………………..taught . ( bad , badly )
9. Don’t go up that ladder . It doesn’t look ……………………..( safe , safely )
10. He looked at me …………………….when I interrupted him . ( angry , angrily )
IV. Read the sentences and change them into reported speech :
1. “ Don’t worry , Sue” , John said .
………………………………………………………………………….
2. “ Can you open your bag , please” The clerk said to me .
…………………………………………………………………………
3. “ I don’t have any brothers and sisters” , she said .
…………………………………………………………………………….
4. “Could you repeat what you said ,please ?” Nam said to Lan .
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. “You can’t park here” said the police officer to Jack .
………………………………………………………………………………….
6. “The trousers have to be ready this afternoon” said Paul to the tailor .
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. “Don’t wait for me if I’m late” Bill said .

……………………………………………………………………
8. “ You should work harder next semester , Nam ” his mother said .
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
V. Make meaningful sentences from the following cues :
1. Last semester / he / good grades / science / math but / literature result / poor .
…………………………………………………………………………………..
2. you / have / difficulty / learn / foreign language ?
………………………………………………………………………………..
3. Our way / practice English / be / do further exercises / read English magazines .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. My teacher / ask / us / not / spend much time / play video games .
………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Nga said / she / learn / ten English words / day .
…………………………………………………………………………………..
6. She / used / do / housework / without / help / modern equipment .
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
VI. Read the passage carefully :
Grandhi was born in 1869 . In elementary school , he was not a particularly bright boy . However he had a strong
will to improve himself . One of his teacher said : “ He is good at English , average in Math , weak
in Geography , but always tries his best” he was a simple man with great dream . His greatest dream was for
people to live together in peace ,without war and poverty . He had another dream . He wanted India to become
free from British rule . He told Indians to struggle for Independence without using violence . It was through his
efforts that India was independence in 1947 . That is why he is called the father of India .
* Questions :
1. When was Grandhi born ?
……………………………………………………..
2. Was he excellent boy in elementary school ?
…………………………………………………………………………..
3. Did he study English well ?
………………………………………………………………
4. What was his another dream ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………….
* True or False ?
1. …… He got good grade for Geography .
2. …… The reason why he is called the father of India is that through his efforts that the India won
independence in 1947 .
3. ……. He was pleased with his results .
VII. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence . Circle the letter a, b
, c, d and correct it .
1. Tim should work harder in his Spanish pronunciation . ……………………..
a b c d
2. We received our first semester report a few day ago . …………………….
a b c d
3. My grandfather can read good without glasses . ………………………
a b c d
4. Try to learn the meaning of new words with heart . ………………………..
a b c d
5. Mai’s sister said she should take better care on her eyes . …………………………
a b c d
REVISION
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
REVISION
I .Complete the following passage by circling the letter : a, b , c or d :
Alexander Graham Bell ( 21 ) …………..born in Scotland on March 3 ,1847 . He moved with his parents to
Canada ( 22 ) …………. he was twenty-three . Then he ( 23 )…………… his family and went to Boston .
In Boston , he worked as a ( 24 ) …..……… of the deaf . He worked far into the night experimenting ( 25 )
………….. the electrical transmission of the sound . This led to the ( 26 ) ……………….of the telephone .
1. a. is b. will be c. was d. were
2. a. while b. when c. during d. for
3. a. left b. moved c. loved d. lived
4. a. worker b. father c. teacher d. driver
5. a. on b. to c. at d. with
6. a. demonstration b. invention c. experiment d. exhibition

1. Their mother told them …………………..so much noise .
a. not to make b. not making c. not being make d. not make
2. You should …………………….these medicines every four hours .
a. to take b. taking c. to be take d. take
3. You …………………..fatty food .
a. ought not eat b. ought to eat c. ought not to eat d. ought eat
4. Nam’s mother advised he …………………..too fast .
a. shouldn’t drive b. should drive c. ought to drive d. drives
5. The police said “ …………………….anything in the room”
a. Don’t touch b. Not to touch c. Not touching d. Not touch
6. Tim should practice …………………..aloud passages in German .
a. to read b. reading c. being read d. read
7. Mary said to John “ Can you ………………my suitcase , please ?”
a. to carry b. carrying c. carried d. carry
8. They asked their mother ……………………..about them .
a. not to worry b. don’t worry c. not worrying d. not worried
9. He does morning exercise ………………..improve his health .
a. so as to b. in order to c. to d. All are correct
10. You can park your car ………………………the house .
a. against b. between c. in front of d. on
11. I like sitting …………………..a window in class .
a. behind b. by c. in front of d. to
12. The driver of the car was …………………injured .
a. seriously b. serious c. seriousness d. series

31. What does your close friend look like ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
32. Do you and your close friend have the same or different characters ?
………………………………………………………………………………………
III. Rewrite the following sentences . keeping the same meaning
33. Lan skipped rope when she was a young girl .
Lan used …………………………………………………………….
34. Tam is short . He can’t play volleyball .
Tam isn’t ………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

31. What does your close friend look like ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
32. Do you and your close friend have the same or different characters ?
………………………………………………………………………………………
III. Rewrite the following sentences . keeping the same meaning
33. Lan skipped rope when she was a young girl .
Lan used …………………………………………………………….
34. Tam is short . He can’t play volleyball .
Tam isn’t ………………………………………………………
Lam roi REVISION FOR ONE PERIOD TEST
I. Circle the best options : Unit 1 to 3
1 The people who can neither speak nor hear are ………………. .
a. assistants b. deaf-mutes c. emigrants d. inventors
2. ……………………………….. ? - He’s sociable , humorous and helpful
a. What’s he like b. What does he like
c. What does he look like d. What does he seem
3. Did the girl cut …………………..?
a. themselves b. herself c. yourselves d. myself
a. inside b. upstairs c. downstairs d. outside
5. A : Hello , Minh . Come and meet my old friend , Trang
B : ……………………………………
6. Mr. Minh has a fishing rod . He ……………….fish this afternoon .
7. Lam’s sister is ……………….. become Miss Viet Nam .
a. enough beautiful b. beautiful enough to c. beautiful enough for d. beautiful enough
8. The sun always ……………..in the East .
a. raises b. rises c. rose d. moves
9. It’s too cold . Don’t go …………….
a. outside b. inside c. here d. downstairs
B : Sorry . He’s out at the moment . Would you like to …………………………….?
a. have a message b. take a message c. do a message d. leave a message
13. We should ………………an arrangement for the trip next summer .
a. take b. leave c. make d. get
14. The girl …………..to do a lot of chores last Sunday .
a. has b. had c. have d. is going
15. Choose the word has underlined part pronounced differently from the others
a. injure b. invent c. assistant d. device
16. A : Hello . 3 845 262
B : Can I speak ………….Nhi , please ? This is Hoa .
17. The children must do their homework ………………
a. ourselves b. yourselves c. themselves d. himself
18. Peter doesn’t talk much in public . He’s rather ……………………..
19. Mr. Toan called you about his furniture delivery . He said you could reach him …………….0939 281 742
a. at b. to c. for d. on
20. ……………………………….? She’s pretty with a lovely smile . This is her photo
a. What’s your friend like b. What does your friend look like
c. What does your friend like d. What does your friend seem
21. . .…………did Na go to the dentist yesterday ? - Because she had a toothache.
A. a. assistant b. emigrate c. demonstrate d. countless
B. a. humor b. annoy c. enough d. reserved
23. Lan called me but I was out so my sister …………………….a message .

a. leave b. took c. take d. left
24. I’m going to go to the concert . Would you like …………………with me ?
1. Lan isn’t tall . She can’t play volleyball
Lan isn’t ……………………………………………………………
2. The toys are expensive .
What ………………………………………………
3. Lan intends to buys a new motorbike .
Lan is ………………………………………………………………………………
4. We must finish this test in 45 minutes .
We have ………………………………………………………………
III. Write a passage about your bedroom , using the cues :
1. There / many rooms / my house / I / like / my bedroom / best .
2. There/ desk / left / room // On / desk / many books / folders .
3. Above / desk / picture // bed / near / desk .
4. On / right side / room / window .// wardrobe / beside / window / opposite / desk .
5. lamp/ table / left corner / room .
1.…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………..
2. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………….
3……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………..
5…………………………………………………………
IV. Read the following passage carefully and do the task below :
Charles Dickens was born into a poor family in Portsmouth , on February 17th , 1812 . When he was two ,
his parents decided to move to London , and from that time on , Dickens spent most of his life there .
Because his family was very poor , he left school when he was eleven , and a year later he was sent to work
in a factory labeling bottles for six shillings a week to help his family .
Later he devoted all his time to writing . He wrote many interesting books such as David Copperfield ,
Oliver Twist ….After Shakespear , Dickens created the most wonderful characters concerned in one way or
another with the evils of his old days . He died in 1876 .
* True / False ?
…………………………………………………………………..
2. Did he work to earn money when he was very young ?
………………………………………………………………………………
Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 14 )
VI . Give the opposite form of the following words :

1. excited a. disappear
2. wise b. unfortunate
3. tie c. out of date
4. cruel d. calm
5. appear e. unselfish
6. greedy f. later
7. fortunate g. unite
8. modern h. kind
9. upset i. unexcited
10. immediately j foolish
1……. 2…….. 3……. 4…….. 5……. 6…… 7……. 8…….. 9……. 10……
VIII. Make complete sentences from the cues :

1. You / ought / study / hard / order / make / parents / happy .
…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Her teacher / ask / spend / time / do homework .
……………………………………………………………………………..
3. Ha / listen / English news / TV / everyday / order / improve / listening skill .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. My speaking / not good / writing .
……………………………………………………………………..
5. Yesterday / I / come / old friend / way / school .
………………………………………………………………………………………
IV. Write a passage to describe a room , base on the information below :
1. This / my kitchen
…………………………………………
2. middle / room / six chairs / table
………………………………………………………………….
3. There / refrigerator / right corner / kitchen
………………………………………………………………………….
4. dish rack / next / refrigerator / counter .
………………………………………………………………..
III. Make sentences , using the cues :
1. Mai / reserved / helpful .
………………………………………………………..
2. Ngan / slim / tall / long wavy hair .
…………………………………………………………………………
3. he / 28 / NL Binh Pho A hamlet .
……………………………………………………………..
4. next to / the picture / a clock .
……………………………………………………
5. the chopping board / the right / rice cooker .
………………………………………………………………………………
6. they / going / use / their father’s car / the countryside .
………………………………………………………………………………….
7. The Earth / move / the sun .
……………………………………………………………..
8. Ngoc / have / do / a lot / chores / yesterday ?
…………………………………………………………………………………
V. Write a passage about Lan , using the information in the box :

Name : Luu Ngoc Lan Age : 15
Appearance : tall , slim , white skin , long blond hair
Characters : out- going , generous , helpful
Address : 25 / 3B Hoang Van Thu Street
Family : Grandmother , parents , five year-old sister
Hobbies : travelling , reading , listening to music
Friends : Nhi , Tu , Ngan
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 11 )
I. Make a telephone call , using the situation :
A: You call your brother to tell him that you call to his house to pick him up for a visit your mother but he’s out
You leave a message for your nephew ( remember to tell him when you pick him up .)
B : You are nephew , you take a message for your father from your uncle .
II Circle the best options :
1. …………………………………..? - She’s tall and slim .
a. What does she look like b. What is she like
c. What does she like d. What is she
12. ………………………………..? - I had a fever .

a. What disease did you have b. How do you feel
c. How are you d. What was wrong with you
13.
V. Write a short passage about your weekend , using the key words :
1. I / usually stay / home / weekends .
2. My / family / have / good time / together / these days .
3. last weekend / we /not stay / home / we/ go / countryside / visit / my grandparents .
4. We / start / early / morning .
5. When / come there / my grandma / grandpa / happy .
6. We / have / delicious meal / talk / happily / together .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
II. LISTENING : ( UNIT 4 – PART 8 , P 23 ; KNOWHOW )
1. Allen is calling for information about a house . Is she going to rent the house ?
*. Listen again . What five things does Ellen ask about the house ?
a. …………………………………………….
b. …………………………………………………
c. …………………………………………………………
d. ………………………………………………………………
e. ………………………………………………………………..
2. Listen the conversations and put the pictures in correct order
( Unit 5 , P 27 – know how )
* Listen again and list the five cities mentioned in the conversations .
1. Hong Kong 2. ………………… 3. …………………… 4. ………………….. 5. …………………
* Listen again and match each sentences with the the dialogue :
a. It’s snowing in Boston , and the airport is closed …… 1……
b. I’m looking for my suitcase ……….
c. he’s traveling to Los Angeles ……….
d. They’re putting some baggage from Mexico Cioty over there ……….
e. We’re putting people on flights to New York ……….
f. He’s standing right here . ………
` II. SPEAKING :
1. Talk to your class about your close friend :
You should talk about :
a. His / her name , ……………….
b. His / her age …………..
c. His / her address ………………………………………..
d. Her / His appearance ……………………………………………………
e. His / Her characters ……………………………………………..
f. His / her / hobbies / interests in his / her / free time . …………………………………………………
g. How he / she / helps you …………………………………………………………….
h. What she / he and you often do together
2. Make a call to your friend , invite him / her to somewhere . You should talk to him/ her about :
a. where and when you want to go with him / her .
b. the place to meet
c. the time to meet .
III. READING ( know how – Page 11 )
IV. Vocabulary Revision ( things in the house and prepositions ) – know how P 20 )
II. SPEAKING :
1. Talk to your class about your close friend :
You should talk about :
a. His / her name , ……………….
b. His / her age …………..
c. His / her address ………………………………………..
d. Her / His appearance ……………………………………………………
e. His / Her characters ……………………………………………..
f. His / her / hobbies / interests in his / her / free time . …………………………………………………
g. How he / she / helps you …………………………………………………………….
h. What she / he and you often do together
2. Make a call to your friend , invite him / her to somewhere . You should talk to him/ her about :
a. where and when you want to go with him / her .
b. the place to meet
c. the time to meet .
Name : Tran Thanh Thuy Age : 24
Appearance : tall , slim , long dark hair
V Characters : reserved , strict , confident
Address : 32 Ngo Quyen Street
VI. Describe your cousin Family , base :on the information
parents , aunt , brother in the box :
Hobbies : reading , watching TV , swimming
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
III. Complete the sentences with the words given :
1. I / have / many friends // I / like / Kieu / best // 2. She / my / classmate .
………..…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………….
3. She / live / her parents / two brothers / 34 Ly Thai To Street .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. She / tall / slim / short curly dark hair .
…………………………………………………………………………………….
5. She / kind / reserved // …………………………………………………
6. She / like / read / watch TV .
……………………………………………………………………………………………..

Grade : 8
Name :
REVISION ( 2 )
I. Circle the correct answers by circling a, b , c or d :
1. They have two fishing rods . They ……………………
a. is fishing b. fish c. are going to fish d. fished
2. Miss Ngoc ………………to do a lot of chores today .
a. has b. will c. should d. must
3. We’re………………our father’s car to my grandma’s house .
a. use b. to use c. using d. uses
4. She isn’t ……………………….be at home alone .
a. old enough for b. enough old to c. old enough to d. very old to
5. They ………………….to stay at home because they are having flu .
a. must b. ought c. should d. has
6. Hung and I did that homework …………………….
a. myself b. himself c. themselves d. ourselves
7. What ……………your teacher look like ? - She’s slim and has long brown hair .
a. is b. does c. will be d. can
8. The computer will turn off ………………….if you don’t use it .
a. itself b. himself c. herself d. yourself
9. The girls decorated that Christmas tree ……………………….
a. herself b. itself c. themselves d. ourselves
10. The coffee table is ……………the middle of the living room .
a. on b. at c.in d. to
11. A : Can I speak to Mr John , Please ?
B : I’m sorry ………………at the moment .
A : Can you take a message for him ?
B : Yes, of course .
a. I’m John b. He’s out c. I’ll call him d. Hold on
12. The rice cooker is on the counter and it’s ………………..the bowl of fruit and the dish rack .
a. at b. between c. in d. opposite
13. You and I must finish this work before ten .
a. yourselves b. themselves c. myself d. ourselves
14. Which of the underlined part is pronounced differently from the others ?
a. reserved b. electricity c. generous d. slender
a. emigrate b. transmit c. demonstrate d. sociable
16. …………did Na go to the dentist yesterday ? _ Because she had a toothache.
17. The Mars ………………near the Earth .
a. are b. was c. were d. is
18. A : Hello , Mai . I’d like you to meet my sister , Lan .
B : …………………
a. How do you do ? b. How are you c. Hello , I’m Lan d. Hi , Mai
II. Write a passage of description of a room :
1. There / five chairs / table / middle / room .
2. on / right / table / counter . Next / counter / refrigerator .
3. The door / near / refrigerator .
4. Opposite / counter / window .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

from what by works uses
changed mean important
One of the invention made the world of science and technology is the telephone . This instrument has become an
…………………part in our daily life .
The word “ telephone comes …………………..two “Greek words “tele” and “phone” . These words ………….
“far” and “sound” . The telephone ………………….electricity to carry sound over a long distance . So you see ,
two Greek words tell us exactly ………………….the instrument does .
Since its invention ………………….Alexander Graham Bell in 1876 , the design of the telephone set has ……..
………..greatly , However the way the telephone ……………………..is still the same .
IV. Read the passage carefully :
Dick went downtown to his friend’s farm last August to help him . August is the busiest time of the year for
farmers , because it is then that they have to cut the corn . It’s also the time he had chosen for his holiday , so he
decided to do something different from his work at the office in London . Luckily , the weather was fine during
his two weeks on the farm . One can cut corn when it is wet because then it will go bad when one piles it up .
The farmers have to wait for sunshine , and then cut and dry the corn quickly before rain comes
1. How long did Dick stay on the farm ?
…………………………………………………………………..
2. What was the weather like when he was there ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
3. Why did he decide to go to his friend’s farm ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. When did he go there ?
……………………………………………………………………………..
5. Why can’t farmers cut corn when it is wet ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. Where does Dick work ?
……………………………………………………
V. Write a message form base on the passage :
A customer telephoned the Thang Loi Delivery Service on June 12th after midday . He wanted to speak to Mrs .
Lai but she was out so Miss Lan took a message for her . The customer name’s was Mr Tuan . He wanted to
know about his furniture delivery . He said Mrs . Lai could reach him at 1918 743 723 .
Date : ……………………………
Time : …………………
For : ……………………
Message : ………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………
Taken by : ……………………..
VI. Viết dạng số nhiều của các danh từ sau và sau đó xếp chúng vào 3 cột bên dưới :
book , door , window , board , clock , bag , pencil , desk , school , classroom , ruler , eraser , house , pen ,
street , student , teacher , chair , bookshelf , doctor , couch , engineer , lamp , nurse , table , telephone , stereo
television , bench , city , tomato
1. /s / : ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. / iz / : ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. / z / : …………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Class : REVISION
Name : ( for the first term ) / GV : Võ Thị Phụng
I. THE SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE : 2. Cách thành lập :

( Thì hiện tại đơn ) a. Thể khẳng định :
1. Cách dùng : Thì hiện tại đơn dùng để diễn tả :
S + V2 / Ved
a. một sự thật , một chân lý lúc nào cũng đúng .
EX : The Earth moves around the sun . b. Thể phủ định :
( Trái đất quay xung quanh mặt trời )
b. Diễn tả một thói quen , một hành động được lập đi l S + did + not + V0 : … Không….
lập lại hàng ngày ( hàng tuần , hàng tháng , hàng năm ) c. Thể nghi vấn :
EX : She goes to school in the morning .
Did + S + V0 ….?
He gets up at five o’clock every morning . : …Phải không …?
c. Diễn tả một nghề nghiệp , một trạng thái ở hiện tại .
EX : I’m a nurse . My mother is a housewife . 3. Dấu hiệu nhận biết của thì quá khứ đơn :
She looks very happy _ Yesterday , last , ago
2. Cách thành lập : _ in /on + mốc thời gian quá khứ . ( in 2003 , on July 23th
a. Thể Khẳng định : 2008 )
III. THE SIMPLE FUTURE TENSE :
S + V1 / Vs / Ves
( Thì tương lai đơn )
1.Cách dùng : Thì tương lai đơn diễn tả Một hành độnh
I , we , you , they , danh từ số nhiều …………V1 sẽ xảy ra trong tương lai .
He , she it , danh từ số it ……………………Vs / Ves 2. Cách thành lập :
( Thêm – es sau những động từ tận cùng bằng – o , -sh ,
-x , -s , -ch , -z hoặc phụ âm + y ) S + will + V0
b. Thể phủ định :
S + do / does + not + V0 3. Dấu hiệu nhận biết của thì tương lai đơn :
: ……Không ….. - tomorrow , next + thời gian(next week / month / year)
- in / on + mốc thời gian tương lai ( in 2020, in 2023 )
I , we , you , they , danh từ số nhiều ………..do IV. THE PRESENT PROGRESSIVE TENSE
He ,she , it , danh từ số ít ……………………does ( Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn )
c. Thể nghi vấn : 1. Cách dùng : Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn diễn tả :
a. một hành động đang diễn ra trong lúc nói .
Do / Does + S + V0…? :…..Phải không….? b. một dự định ở tương lai .
2. cách thành lập :
3. Dấu hiệu nhận biết của thì hiện tại đơn :
S + am / is are + Ving
- Every + từ chỉ thơi gian ( Every morning ,Every day
, every week , every month , every year )
- Always , usually , frequently , often , sometimes , I …………am
rarely (ít khi ), seldom (ít khi ) , never . he , she . it , danh từ số ít …………..is
II. THE SIMPLE PAST TENSE : we , you , they,danh từ số nhiều ….are .
( Thì quá khứ đơn ) 3. Dấu hiệu nhận biết :
1. Cách dùng : Thì quá khứ đơn diễn tả : - at the moment , at present ( hiện giờ )
a. Một hành động đã xảy ra trong quá khứ xác định rõ - now .
thời gian . - It is + từ chỉ giờ ( It’s 2 : 00 . We are reading books )
EX : He went to Ho Chi Minh City yesterday . - Có câu hỏi , câu yêu cầu , ra lệnh ở hiện tại .
b. Một hành động xảy ra trong quá khứ , chấm dứt EX : Where is your mother ? _ She’s cooking in the
không còn liên quan đến hiện tại .
EX : They were sick but they are better now . IV. THE PRESENT PERFECT TENSE : ( THÌ HIỆN
( Họ bị bệnh nhưng bây giờ họ khoẻ rồi ) TẠI HOÀN THÀNH ) :
c. Diễn tả một trạng thái thói quen ,một nghề nghiệp ở 1 ) Cách dùng : Thì hiện taị hoàn thành diễn tả :
quá khứ a) Một hành động từ trong quá khứ kéo dài đến hiện tại
EX : She was a student ( now she isn’t a student . She is b) Mộk hành động vừa mới xảy ra hoặc chưa bao giờ xảy
a teacher /nurse … ) ra .
c) Một hành động đã xảy ra trong quá khứ nhưng không EX : She enjoys playing badminton .
rõ thời gian . 7. Adjectives & Adverbs : ( tính từ và trạng từ )
d) Một hành động lập đi lập lại nhiều lần trước lúc nói . a / be, seem, look, taste, smell, feel, get, turn + Adj
2 ) Dấu hiệu nhận biết Adj ( tính từ ) + Noun ( danh từ )
- ever , never , just , already (đứng sau have / has )
- recently , lately , so far , up to now several times , b/
many times , already (đứng cuối câu ) động từ chỉ hành động
- yet ( dùng trong câu phủ định ) Adv ( trạng từ ) tính từ / trạng từ khác
- for + khoảng thời gian( two days , a week , five years) cả câu
- since + mốc thời gian ( last week , 1999 , June , nine
o’clock , 27th May 2008 ) 8 . Reported speech of statement :
3 ) Cách thành lập : ( Câu tường thuật của câu nói thường )
S + have / has + V3 / Ved
S + said + ( to O ) + S + V2 / Ved
I , we , you , they , danh từ số nhiều + have EX : “ I go to school in the morning”
He , she , it , danh từ số ít + has Mai said to me she went to school in the morning .
B. SOME GRAMMAR STRUCTURES IN 9. Reported speech of advice :
THE FIRST TERM : ( câu tường thuật của câu khuyên bảo )
1. S + said + ( to O ) + S + should + V0
Adj / Adv + enough + to V : Đủ ……..để ...
2. Diễn tả tương lai có dự định : EX : “ You should learn more English words”
a. Miss Jane said to Tam he should learn more English
S + am / is / are + Ving : Sắp sửa , sẽ words .
10. Reported speech of imperative :
( Câu tường thuật cảu câu yêu cầu ra lệnh )
b. S + am / is / are + going to V : Sắp sửa , sẽ S + asked + O + to v / not to V
told + O
3. Khuyên bảo :
11. Prepositions of time ( Một số giới từ chỉ thời gian )
a. Should + V0 : : nên a. in :
- Trước các buổi trong ngày
b. ( in the morning / afternoon / evening )
ought to + V - Trước các tháng ( in July , in August , in May ,..)
: nên
4. Chỉ sự cần thiết phải làm việc gì : - Trước các mùa ( in summer , in spring , in the
fall , in winter )
a. have to + V : Phải - Trước các năm ( in 1998 , in 2007 …)
- Trước các thế kỷ ( in the 19th century .. )
b. on :
b. must + V0 : Phảimang tính bắt buộc - Trước các thứ trong tuần ( on Monday , on
hơn “have to” Tuesday , on Thursday …)
5. Chỉ sự việc đã từng xảy ra trong quá khứ - Trước ngày và tháng ( on May 21st , on
September 2nd …)
used
: to + :V : đã từng , thường - on the weekend , on Christmas Day ,
on Easter Day , on Tet Holiday , on birthday ,
6. Sau một số động từ ta dùng Ving : on weekdays
c. At :
love - Trước từ chỉ giờ ( at 5 o’clock , at 7.10 …)
like - At noon , at midnoon , at night , at midnight ,
enjoy + Ving - At dawn , at lunchtime , at present ,
dislike at the moment
hate - At Christmas , At Easter
- At times ( thỉnh thoảng )
I. Write the telephone message , base on the dialogue below :
Ba : 071 889 171
Mr . Nhat : Hello . Can I speak to Mr. Toan , please ? This is Nhat .
Ba : Hello , Uncle Nhat . My father is out at the moment .Would you like to leave a message ?
Mr. Nhat : Yes , Can you tell him that your grandma’s roof needs mending . We’ll come there to help him .
Ba : What time will you go there ?
Mr .Nhat : I made appointment to see your grandma at 8: 30 tomorrow so I’ll come over to pick him up at
7: 30 .
Ba : OK .I’ll tell him when he comes back .
Mr. Nhat : Thank you . Bye Ba .
Ba : Bye .
Date :………………………..
Time :………………….
For : ………………….
Message : ………………………………………………..
………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………
………………………………………………….
Taken by : ……………………….

1. Nga’s hair is black , straight and long .
Nga has …………………………………………………………………..
2. Nam isn’t tall . He can’t play volleyball .
Nam isn’t ……………………………………………………………
3. The dress is beautiful .
What ………………………………..
4. There is a calendar between the refrigerator and the clock .
The calendar ……………………………………………………………………….
5. Ba is humorous .
Ba has ………………………………..

Grade : 8
Name :
REVISION ( 6 )
21. Miss Ngoc ………………to do a lot of chores today .
a. has b. will c. should d. must
22. We’re………………our father’s car to my grandma’s house .
a. use b. to use c. using d. uses
23. She isn’t ……………………….be at home alone .
a. old enough for b. enough old to c. old enough to d. very old to
26. What ……………your teacher look like ? _ She’s slim and has long brown hair .
28. The children decorated that Christmas tree ……………………….
a. himself b. itself c. themselves d. ourselves
a. on b. at c. in d. to
30. The rice cooker is on the counter and it’s ………………..the bowl of fruit and the dish rack .
a. at b. between c. in d. opposite
31. My sister is fat and …………………..
a. thin b. brown c. curly d. short
32. It’s easy for him to make friends . He’s …………………..
a. sociable b. reserved c. generous d. humorous
33. I called Hoa but she was out at that time . Her sister ……………a message for her .
a. gave b. took c. left d. sent
34. …………did Na go to the dentist yesterday ? _ Because she had a toothache.
35. The Mars ………………near the Earth .
36. The girl …………..to do a lot of chores last Sunday .
a. has b. had c. have d. is going
II. Write a short passage about your close friend , using the form :
Name : Nguyen Hai Duy Age : 15

Appearance ; short , thin , short dark hair .
Character : gernerous , humorous , kind .
Family : grandparents , parents , sister
Friends :Lan , Khanh
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Class : 8
REVISION ( 7 )
Name :

2. This boy isn’t ……………… drive a car
a. old enough to b. enough old to c. to old enough d. old enough for
3. Lan and Hoa………………………come to Hien’s birthday party . They have Hien’s invitation card .
4. Tam can’t do this test by ……………………. It’s difficult .
a. herself b. himself c. themselves d. yourself
5. Your father and I will go out in three days . You and Lan will have to take care of ……………………
7. Nien lives next to Hoa’s house in Hue . She was Hoa’s next door ……………………
8. She has …………………………..hair .
a. short curly blond b. short blond curly
c. blond short curly d. curly blond short
9. Ba usually gives what he has to his friends . He’s a ……………….boy .
a. polite b. nice c. generous d. out-going
a. on b. at c .in d. to
A : Will you tell him that the time of the meeting has changed ? It will be at 7. pm
17. Which of the followings has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others ?
a. reserved b. electrical c. generous d. slender
a. emigrate b. transmit c. demonstrate d. telephone
19. …………did Na go to school late this morning ? - Because she watched TV late last night .
20. The Mercury ………………near the Sun .
B : …………………
22. I live on the third floor . Mary lives ………………., on the second floor .
23. Where can we meet ? - ……………………………….
c. Let’s meet at the Central Chess Club d. What about playing chess tonight ?
24. The Earth always ……………..around the Sun .
a. go b. goes c. is going to move d. is going
25. Lan …………….her old friend to me last week .
a. introduces b. will introduce c. has introduced d. introduced
B : …………………………
29.A : Hello , Minh . Come and meet my old friend , Trang
B : ……………………………………
30 . Which of the followings has underlined part pronounced differently from the others ?
A a. sociable b. outgoing c. close d. lovely
B a. precaution b. delivery c. chemical d. electricity
II. Which of the following has different stress pattern from the others ?
1. a. destroy b. prefer c. cover d. enjoy
2. a. dangerous b. safety c. electrical d. suitable
3. a. medicine b. precaution c. chemical d. dangerous
4. a. customer b. delivery c. stationery d. furniture
5. a. conduct b. transmit c. invent d. injure
6. a. assistant b. emigration c. demonstration d. volunteer
7. a. humorous b. available c. enough d. reserved
IV. Complete the passage by circling a , b , c or d :
Ernest Miller Hemingway was born in 1899 . His father was a doctor and he was the second of six
children .Their home was at Oak park , ( 1 ) ………… Chicago .
His parents wanted him ( 2 )………………a doctor or a musician , but fortunately he chose to become a
( 3 ) ……………... He wrote many books . Among his best-known novels are “ A Farewell to Arms” , “ The
Sun Also Rises” . “ The Old Man and the Sea” . He ( 4 ) ………….. awarded the Nobel Prize for Literature in
1954 . Most of his works dealt with the effects of war upon man and women of our century . He ( 5 ) ……….
in 1961 .
1. a . on b. in c. at d. to
2. a. was b. be c. to be d. is
3. a. a writer b. a doctor c. musician d. poem
4. a. is b. were c. would be d. was
5. death b. died c. die d. dead
EXERCISE ( 12 )
Revision for extra exam ( khong lam )
I. Odd out one word has different stress from the others :
1. a. character b. orphanage c. principal d. appearance
2. a. reserved b. annoyed c. cruel d. upset
3. a. device b. master c. servant d. fairy
4. a. foolish b. intelligent c. greedy d. clever
5. a. appear b. marry c. decide d. escape
6. a. excellent b. average c. wonderful d. excited
7. a. underline b. highlight c. improve d. practice
8. a. revise b. remember c. satisfy d. forget
II. Odd out one word has underlined part pronounced differently :
1. a. reserved b. annoyed c. excited d. burned
2. a. escaped b. joined c. caused d. used
3. a. arrange b. assistant c. dangerous d. behavior
4. a. daughter b. caught c. laugh d. August
5. a. conduct b. rug c. public d. deaf-mute
III. Circle the best options :
1. Which of the following different stress from the others ?
a. escape b. servant c. wisdom d. master
2. Who …………………….at the party last night ?
a. were you meet b. did you meet c. did you met d. was you meet
3. My father …………………..three kilometers every morning when he was young .
a. runs b. has to run c. must run d. used to run
4. There was no electricity so we …………………….everything in the dark .
a. have to do b. will have to do c. had to do d. are going to do
5. I received a letter ……………my aunt yesterday .
a. in b. to c. from d. at
6. …………………, he failed the exam .
a. Unfortunately b. Fortunately c. Fortunate d. Unfortunate
7. Columbus discovered America …………….1492 .
a. at b. in c. on d. from
8. He came ………………..and picked my sister ………..
a. in / up b. over / up c. to / in d. with / on
9. Let’s put dangerous objects ………………of children’s reach .
a. in b. at c. out d. to
10. He decided ………………….all his chickens to find more gold eggs .
a. cut open b. cutting open c. to cut open d. cuts open
11. Nam bought a fishing rod . He ……………………go fishing .
a. is going to b. has to c. must d. ought to
12. My grandma had to look …………her younger sisters and brothers .
a. at b. after c. for d. up
13. He worked ……………deaf-mutes ……………….Boston University .
a. in / in b. with / on c. to / in d. with / in
14. Let’s ............... medicine in locked cupboard .
a. keeping b. keep c. to keep d. keeps
15. I’m going to Metro Supermarket this afternoon . Would you like to come ?
…………………….What time can we meet ?
a. I’d love to but I can’t b. Yes , I do c. Of course d. I’m sorry . I can’t
16. He always gets good marks . He studies ………………….
a. well b. badly c. excellent d. good
17. Deaf-mutes are the people who can neither speak ……………hear .
a. or b. nor c. and d. but
18. Her step mother is very cruel …………her .

a. with b. to c. in d. at
19. The water ……………in 100 degree.
a. boiling b. boil c. boils d. boiled
20. He always makes us laugh a lot . He’s ………………….boy .
a. generous b. talkative c. humorous d. reserved
21. “Lost shoe” is a ………………..story .
a. tradition b. traditionally c. old folktale d. traditional
22. We ……………..let children play in the kitchen .
a. ought to b. have to c. are going to d. mustn’t
23. Mai’s sister is ………………….drive a car .
a. old enough for b. old enough to c. enough old to d. very old to
24. We first met together ………….July , 1998 .
a. on b. at c. to d. in
25. ………………………………..? - He’s sociable and generous .
a. What’s he like b. What does he do c. What does he like d. What does he look like ?
IV. Fill in the blanks with the suitable prepositions :
1. Mike always gets up ………………….5.30 every morning .
2. Mary was born ………….March 15th
3. I couldn’t sleep well …………..night .
4. We came to Minh’s birthday ………….Sunday .
5. He likes playing football with his friends …………….the weekends .
6. It’s very cold ……….winter .
7. Children often get a lot of presents …………..Tet vacation .
8. The movie will start …………..7 pm so we must go to the movie theater ………………7pm
9. He’ll come here …..………….8 am and 9.30 am .
10. My mother goes to bed ………….10 . If you come to my house …………..10 , she is sleeping
V. Complete the passage
Every year , fire and hot ( 1 )……………cause most accidents in the home and many children ( 2 )
…………… themselves with knives . Others get an electrical shock . Some children are made very ill when
taking their parents’ ( 3 )……………. . Many children ( 4 ) …………..to be taken to hospital every year ( 5 )
……………..they think a box of medicines is a box of …………….. .
1. a. food b. water c. match d. socket
2. a. cut b. do c. take d. make
3. a. beads b. scissors c. medicines d. chemicals
4. a. can b. ought c. are going to d. have
5. a. and b. because c. but d. so
6. a. drugs b. drink c. sweets d. snack
VI. Rewrite sentences , keeping the same meaning :
1. Mr. Nam worked in that factory but now he doesn’t work there .
Mr. Nam used …………………………………………………………………………………..
2. Ba is short . He can’t play volleyball .
Ba isn’t tall enough ………………………………………………
3. What about putting this couch opposite the armchair ?
Let’s ………………………………………………………………………
4. They are going to buy a new house .
They intend ………………………………………….
5. “Your father is waiting for you at the school gate”
Mai said to Tam ………………………………………………………………………………
6. You should spend more time on History .
My teacher said to me …………………………………………………………….

Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 12 )
Revision for extra exam ( 1 to 5 )
1. a. wisdom b. fairy c. device d. folktale
2. a. discover b. understand c. escape d. appear
3. a. marry b. behave c. improve d. revise
4. a. excellent b. generous c. humorous d. upset
5. a. highlight b. underline c. annoy d. emigrate
II. Choose the word has underlined part pronounced differently :
1. a. device b. equipment c. precaution d. chemical
2. a. children b. character c. chores d. change
3. a. used b. escaped c. sticked d. washed
4. a. revised b. satisfied c. decided d. annoyed
5. a. rag b. match c. character d. tale
III. Circle the best options :
1. She’s going to Lao ……….January .
a. at b. in c. on d. between
2. Ba , come and meet my cousin , Lien .
………………………………………………..
a. Hello . I’m Ba b. Hi , How are you c. What do you do d. It’s a pleasure to meet you
3. I’m going to English Speaking Club tonight . Would you like to go with me ?
………………………I’m going to do a lot of homework . What about tomorrow night ?
a. Yes , I’d love to b. No , I don’t c. I’m sorry . I can’t d. No , I wouldn’t .
4. Bao spends his free time …………..volunteer work at a local orphanage .
a. doing b. to do c. do d. does
5. He can………….speak nor hear .
a. either b. neither c. both d. but
6. Why are you standing here ? - I ………………..take a bus to the supermarket .
a. have to b. must c. am going to d. will
7. She said to me she ……………good grades the following semester .
a. will get b. got c. would get d. should get
8. My friend , Tuan always gets ten marks for all subjects . He studies ………………….
a. good b. excellent c. badly d. excellently
9. Do you learn all the words you come ……………….?
a. across b. in c. over d. to
10. Her parents are very proud ……….him because he always gets good marks and he’s a good boy .
a. in b. of c. on d. about
11. She ………….have long hair . Lan has short hair now .
a. must b. used to c. had to d. ought to
12. Hao got poor grade for History last semester . He’ll try ………………to get good marks for this subject .
a. himself b. bad c. his best d. better
13. The meeting will be ………..7.30 am . We’ll leave home for it ………….7.30 am .
a. at / before c. before / at c. at / at d. from / to
14. The prince immediately fell in love …………..Little pea .
a. at b. in c. for d. with
15. Students : Will you come to help us ?
Mr. Nhat : Yes , I will . But you’ll have to do it ……………….first .
a. yourself b. ourselves c. themselves d. yourselves
16. We ………….cover electric sockets so that children do not try to put anything into them .
a. have to b. mustn’t c. are going to d. used to
17. Let’s put these magazines on the shelf .
…………………And I think we ought to put the newspapers next to them .
a. I can’t agree with you b. Yes, we do c. OK d. Yes , we let

18. It is raining so we can’t go ………………
a. inside b. outside c. upstairs d. downstairs
19. Hello . 3 845 321
Hello . …………………………..Mr. Thanh , please ?
a. Would you like to leave a message for b. Can I speak to
c. Can you take a message for d. This is
20. Morning , Hoa .
Hello , Trung . Trung , I’d like you to meet my mother .
……………………………………
a. Hi , Mrs. Nhung b. Hello , Mrs. Nhung c. Hi , I’m Trung d. How do you do ?
IV . Change the following sentences into reported speech :
1. “ Don’t sit too long in front of the computer” , my doctor warned me .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. “ Can you go to the supermarket and me some milk ?” , said my mother to my sister .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. “ Your father is waiting for you at the school gate” - Mai said to Tam .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. “ I can’t understand what you say , Thuy” , said Nam
………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. “ My brother often invites your sister to go to the movies , Ba” , said Ngoc .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. “Will you please do me a favor , Lan ?” , said Lan’s boyfriend .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
7. “ I won’t go there by motorbike” , said Chi .
……………………………………………………………………………….
8. “ Your mother usually phones my aunt to ask about your study at school , Tuan” - Nga said .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
9. “ You should try your best on your English pronunciation, Tim”, said Miss Jackson.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
10. “ Learn by heart these grammar rules, boys ”, said Mrs. Tram
………………………………………………………………………………………………
VI. Write a story , base on the word cues :
1. Once / poor farmer / have / daughter / name / Little Pea .
2. His wife / die / he / get married / again
3. second wife / cruel / Little Pea
4. she / make / Little Pea / do / chores / all day
5. There / harvest festival / village .
6. A fairy / appear / magically / change / Little Pea’s rags / beautiful clothes .
7. Little Pea / drop / shoe / festival .
8. The prince / decide / choose / girl / who / own / shoe
9. Finally / he / marry / Little Pea .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Grade :
Name :
EXERCISE ( 13 )
1. a. foolish b. upset c. cruel d. greedy
2. a. cooperate b. discover c. understand d. behave
3. a. character b. excellence c. amazement d. intelligence
4. a. equipment b. precaution c. delivery d. chemical
5. a. assistant b. orphanage c. experiment d. appearance
1. Lan doesn’t believe …………….ghosts but I do .
a. on b. at c. in d. of
2. Tam’s parents are very proud …………….his study result .
a. of b. to c. on d. in
3. He got good grade ……………..Math , English , Physics .
a. at b. for c. on d. with
4. Hanh doesn’t go to school today because she has to look …………….her sick mother .
a. at b. for c. out d. after
5. She wants to know ……………..her grandmother’s past life was like .
a. how b. why c. what d. where
6. Yesterday , I came ………………my old teacher on the way to the market .
a. to b. at c. across d. in
7. My Chemistry result is poor . I think I must spend more time to ………………it .
a. tie b. improve c. satisfy d. underline
8. His team is losing the game . They’ll ……………….their best to draw it .
a. try b. make a list c. highlight d. believe
9. They used …………………..stay up late .
a. stay b. to stay c. stayed d. staying
10. Her teacher asked her …………………..her listening every day .
a. practice b. practicing c. practiced d. to practice
11. She ………………to me she was going to study abroad .
a. says b. told c. said d. asked
12. Their mother told them ……………………too much time watching TV .
a. to spend b. not to spend c. don’t spend d. to not spend
13. Tim got ……………………report this semester .
a. excellence b. excellent c. excellently d. good
14. She worked very …………………to support her family .
a. hard b. hardly c. studious d. hardship
15. The man was ………………..injured after accident .
a. good b. bad c. serious d. badly
16. I used to visit my grandparents . I ……………….them every weekend .
a. visit b. will visit c. visited d. am going to visit
17. “ Lost shoe” is an old …………….
a. name b. shoe c. folktale d. tradition
18. Which of the followings has underlined part pronounced differently from the others ?
a. discovered b. practiced c. escaped d. disliked
19. A : How much time do you spend on Math ?
B : …………………………………………………….
a. I do Math exercises b. half an hour c. I need to improve it d. I do Math homework after school
20. She got …………..grades for English last semester . Her teacher said she should improve it .
a. good b. excellent c. poor d. fair
III. Give the correct form of verbs in parentheses :

1. They ( visit ) ……………………….me last week .
2. Ba usually ( help ) …………………..his mother do the housework .
3. I used ( play ) …………………..badminton with Tuan .
4. Next week the students in my school ( take ) …………………part in sports competition .
5. She must ( finish ) …………………….this test on time .
6. Nam ( have ) ………………….to cook dinner himself .
9. The sun ( shine ) …………………..every day .
10.. You must ( take ) ………………..an umbrella . It ( rain ) ……………………….now .
IV. Write meaningful sentences , using the words given :
1. There / a TV / right corner / the room .
……………………………………………………….
2. the counter / many jars / sugar / flour / tea .
…………………………………………………………………….
3. next / refrigerator / middle / the room / table .
…………………………………………………………………………….
4. magazines / newspapers / the shelf / under the coffee table .
………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Tam / going / play chess / his friend / this afternoon .
……………………………………………………………………………………….
6. He / intelligent / enough / pass / this difficult exam .
…………………………………………………………………………………….
7. We / use / swim / river .
…………………………………………………………….
8. My teacher / tell / improve / English .
……………………………………………………………………………
9. Tim / ought / work / hard / his Spanish pronunciation .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
10. She / promise / try / best / / learn / English .
………………………………………………………………………………………….
IV. Write a letter to your friend to talk about your study result , base on the key words :
1. Dear Mai
2. I / very happy / know / you / get / good grade / last semester .
3. I / also receive / my first semester report / two weeks ago .
4. I / good grades / English / Math / Chemistry /
5. my History / Geography results / poor .
6. My teacher / say / I / intelligent / lazy .
7. She / ask / me / try /best / learn / heart / two subjects .
8. I / going / spend / week-holiday / Da Lat / my parents .
9. I / send / postcards / from there .
10. Write / me / soon / tell / all your news .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………
Grade : 8
Name : EXERCISE( 14 )
Unit 4 to 6
I. Choose the correct words or phrases by circling a, b, c or d :
1. The Y & Y is …………….to help the community .
a. participating b. encouraging c. planning d. recycling
2. By recycling things , we can save …………………and earn some money for my school .
a. natural resources b. sidewalk c. cans d. environment
3. She’ll have a meeting in her company from 8.00 ……………….. 10 .00
a. at b. in c. on d. to
4. Your children joined our trip ……………..July 24th .
a. between b. on c. at d. in
5. The students in my school will participate …………….cultural program next week .
a. to b. in c. at d. from
6. My father will come back home from Ha Noi this evening …………….6.30 and 7.15 .
a. from b. in c. between d. on
7. She likes ……………….activities such as : playing sports , going on a picnic ….
a. outdoor b. indoor c. outside d. inside
8. I’m interested in ………………..used glasses .
a. collect b. to collect c. collecting d. collection
9. Mai’s grandfather ………………….her folktales every night .
a. told b. tell c. tells d. will tell
10. Please……………..this application form and take it to your form teacher to sign it .
a. bring b. take c. get d. fill out
11. My sister told me she ………………….good grade for Literature and English .
a. gets b. got c. to get d. getting
12. They ………………..some young trees and flowers to my school last week .
a. sell b. to sell d. will sell d. sold
13. Her Math and Geography results were ……………………
a. good b. excellently c. well d. badly
14. He worked really………………….this semester .
a. bad b. softly c. well d. fast
15. Her elder brother told her ………………….up late to watch television .
a. to not stay b. don’t stay c. not to stay d. not stay
16. “ ……………… your mobile phone at the meeting” , said the principal
a. Not to use b. Don’t use c. Not use d. No use
17. Will you please help me tidy the yard ? I’ve ……………..my leg .
a. broken b. been c. taken d. burnt
18. ………….. carry my bags ? I hurt my arm . - Yes , of course . I’ll help you .
a. Can you b. May I c. Could you d. a and c are correct
19. Do you learn all English words you come …………………?
a. in b. to c. across d. over
20. To remember words better, after learning them by heart, you need to …………….them regularly.
a. translate b. underline c. revise d. make
21. She had to ………………. after her younger sisters and brothers .
a. learn b. come c. look d. take part
22. Could you …………. me a favor ?
a. give b. make c. send d. do
23. May I help you with this problem ? - Yes , thanks . That’s very kind ……………you .
a. to b. of c. at d. on
24. The farmer tied a tiger to a tree with a ……………
a. rope b. straw c. wisdom d. buffalo
25. “Will you please show me the way to the nearest bank ?”
a. The man said to me to show him the way to the nearest bank .
b. The man asked me you would show him the way to the nearest bank .
c. The man told me to show her the way to the nearest bank .
d. The man asked me to show him the way to the nearest bank .
26. Little Pea …………..one of her shoes and lost it .
a. chose b. changed c. dropped d. fell in love
27. By taking part recycling programs, we can ………………funds for our class.
a. save b. encourage c. register d. raise
28. Her father was upset and soon he died ……………a broken heart .
a. on b. of c. by d. for
II. Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions :
1. Nam and I took part …………….the sport competition .
2. Don’t try to learn all these words ……………heart .
3. Susan was born …………..August .
4. Na’s school holds an environment day …………….the weekend .
5. We enroll …………….. summer activities in our village every year .
III. Write a letter to your friend , using the words given :
Dear Tam ,
1. I / glad / tell / I / going / take part / Y & Y Green Group.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. We / have / environment month.
………………………………………………………………………………
3. We / going / collect / all used paper / plastic bags.
…………………………………………………………………………………….
4. We/ also plant / young trees / flowers / school yard.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Our principal / ask / decorate / classrooms / flowers / pictures / plants .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………..
6. it / interesting ? ……………………………………..
7. I / tell / more / our Green Group / later .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Write / soon / tell / all your news .
………………………………………………………………………….
IV. Report what these people said :
1. “ Please phone me when you arrive in Nha Trang, Chi” , said Tuan
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. “You should work harder on your English, Tam”
Miss Trang …………………………………………………………………….
3. “ Don’t call me after 10pm , Binh”
Nga …………………………………………………………………….
4. “ We usually ride our bikes to the countryside” , said Ngan
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. There was a big old tree at the entrance to the village but now there isn’t .
There used ……..………………………………………………………..
6. “ Ngoc always tell me about you , Tri”
Chau said ……………………………………………………………………..
7. “ Can you draw the map for me , Nam” , said Cuc .
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. My brother is a good English speaker .
My brother speaks …………………………………………………
Class : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 15 )
1. I’m from Viet Nam. Vietnamese is my ………………………
a. language b. foreign language c. mother tongue d. second language
2. She made helpful …………………….on my work.
a. co-operation b. comments c. participation d. presentation
3. I’m ……………. to get the highest mark in my class.
a. cruel b. foolish c. upset d. proud
4. I’m not in the …………………of letting strangers into my apartment.
a. habit b. interest c. agreement d. need
5. The farmer said to the tiger he had something ………………wisdom.
a. call b. called c. calling d. to call
6. His second wife was very cruel to his daughter. This made him …………………
a. worried b. nervous c. upset d. excited
7. - My grandmother had to cook the meals, clean the house and wash the clothes.
- That sounds …………..hard work.
a. as b. the same c. like d. similar
8. My great-grandma had to do everything …………the help of modern equipment because there
wasn’t electricity.
a. with b. having c. in d. without
9. It asked me why the buffalo ……………my servant.
a. is b. were c. has been d. was
10. The prince decided to marry the girl who…………….the shoe.
a. owned b. made c. bought d. wore
11. Before the farmer brough some straw, he tied a tiger ……………a tree ………..a rope.
a. to / with b. with / to c. on/ in d. around / with
12. He should ……………..his best on his Neglish pronunciation.
a. make b. try c. cry d. strike
13. He lit the straw and the fire ……………..the tiger.
a. escaped b. burnt c. appeared d. destroyed
14. The bank closes at 4.30pm. If you arrive …………..4.30pm, the bank will be closed.
a. at b. after c. between d. before
15. His father was born in Vinh Long…………..the twelfth of May.
a. at b. in c. on d. for
16. What ……………..did you have yesterday ? - Math and Biology.
a. grades b. folktales c. subjects d. stories
17. Her reading is very good. She gets ………………….mark for it .
a. excellent b. poor c. fair d. good
18. Tim’s mother takes ………………in Tim because he studies the best in his school.
a. pride b. good behavior c. promise d. advange
19. A : ………………………………………………?
B : Half an hour a day on English
a. What do you do to improve you English b. Who helps you with your English homework
c. When do you do oyur English homework d. How much time do you spend on English
20. Choose the word that has underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
a. improved b. learned c. grazed d. escaped
21. She’s from England. She’s used ………………….on the left.
a. to drive b. drive c. to driving d. driving
22. Kien asked me …………………anyone about what he said.
a. not telling b. didn’t tell c. to not tell c. not to tell
II. Complete the sentences with appropriate form of the words in parentheses :
1. He drives ……………………., so he caused an accident .( careless )
2. We had an …………………..holiday last summer . ( enjoy )

3. You aren’t …………at Math this semester . You must study ………….next semester . ( well , hard )
4. There are also different ways of …………………..the same number of words . ( learn )
5. I have difficulty in my …………………..( pronounce )
III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below :
Every year students in many countries learn English . Some of these students are young children .
Others are teenagers . Many are adults . Some learn at school . Others study by themselves . A few
learn English just by hearing the language in films , on TV , in the office or among their friends . But
not many are lucky to do that . Most people must work hard to learn another language .
Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects . They study their own
language , mathematics and English . In England , America or Australia , many boys and girls study
their own language which is English , mathematics and another language , perhaps French , German or
Spanish . Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work . Teenagers often learn English for their
higher studies , because some of their books are in English at the college or university . Other people
want to learn English because they want to read newspaper or magazines in English
1. According to the writer ……………..
a. English is used only by teenagers b. only adults learn English .
c. English is popular in most parts of the world . d. No children like learning English .
2. Many people learn English by …………………..
a. watching video only b. working hard on their lessons
c talking with the film stars on TV d. hearing the language in the office .
2. Many boys and girls learn English because ………………
a. their parents make them b English can give them a job
c. it is included in their study course d. they have to study their own language
3. In America and Australia many school children study ………………
a. English as a foreign language b. their own language and no foreign language
c. English and mathematics only . d. such foreign languages as French , German or Spanish
31. Why do many adults learn English ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………
32. As a secondary students , what do you learn English for ? ( use your own words )
………………………………………………………………………………..………….
IV. Write a letter to your friend , base on the words given :
Dear Mai,
1. I / happy / know / you / study / well / last semester .
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. I / also / receive / first semester report card / a week ago .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. I / get / good grade / Geography / History / Physics .
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Math / English / Chemical / results / poor /
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. form teacher / tell / work / harder / these subjects .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. I / going / Nha Trang / family
……………………………………………………………………..
7. I / send / postcard / there .
………………………………………………………………….
8. Write / soon / tell / your news .
……………………………………………………………………………
Your friends ,
……………………………
Class : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 14 )
1. a. wisdom b. fairy c. device d. folktale
2. a. discover b. understand c. escape d. appear
3. a. chemical b. behave c. improve d. revise
4. a. orphanage b. character c. humorous d. upset
5. a. highlight b. underline c. equipment d. emigrate
1. Nga and Hoa cooked dinner ………………………
a. himself b. themselves c. ourselves d. yourselves
2. They ……………..to finish these exercises before ten .
a. must b. should c. have d. going
3. We are very proud …………….you , Tam . You studied very well this semester .
a. of b. to c. on d. in
4. Morning , Hoa .
Hello , Trung . Trung , I’d like you to meet my mother .
……………………………………
a. Hi , Mrs. Nhung b. Hello , Mrs. Nhung c. Hi , I’m Trung d. How do you do ?
5. When my grandpa was young , he ………….....run five kilometers every morning
a. used to b. have to c. must d. ought to
6. His English result was very poor . He’ll try ………………. to improve it .
a. his best b. himself c. more carefully d. his health
7. They ………………….. stay up late but now they go to bed early .
a. are going to b. used to c. have to d. ought to
8. Her teacher asked her ……………Math and Chemistry .
a. improve b. improving c. improved d. to improve
9. They looked at the strange animal in……………
a. amaze b. amazed c. amazement d. amazing
10. My brother studied …………………..last year . He got good grades for all subjects .
a. good b. badly c. excellent d. excellently
11. My form- teacher said I should ………………my English .
a. improve b. underline c. demonstrate d. volunteer
12. Their mother told them ……………………too much time watching TV .
a. to spend b. not to spend c. don’t spend d. to not spend
13. A : I’m going to see Metro Supermarket this afternoon . Would you like to come ?
B : ………………………… Where will we meet ?
a. No , I can’t b. I’m sorry , I can’t c. Of course . d. I’d love to but I can’t
14. My birthday is ……………..July 12th
a. in b. at c. on d. between
15. A : How much time do you spend on Math ?
B : …………………………………………………….
a. I do Math exercises b. half an hour c. I need to improve it d. I do Math homework after school
16. His close friend ……………him do Math homework every evening .
a. help b. is helping c. helps d. helped
17. I’m going to play chess tonight . Would you like to come ?
……………………….I’m doing homework
a. Yes , of course b. No , I don’t c. I’m sorry . I can’t d. No , I wouldn’t .
18. They’ll go to Singapore …………….January .
a. on b. in c. at d. from
19. We can …………..play tennis nor badminton .
a. either b. neither c. both d. but
20. What did Mai buy a stamp for ? - She ……………….send a letter to her friend .
a. have to b. must c. is going to d. will
21. Where did you buy this book.
- I ……………it from Phuong Nam bookstore .
a. buy b. am buying c. have to buy d. bought
22. She said to me she ……………good grades the following semester .
a. will get b. got c. would get d. should get
23. Nga has short hair now but she ………………long hair.
a. should b. has c. used to d. has had
24. Could you………..me a favor ?
a. do b. give c. take d. get
25. Some language learners make a list and put ………it the meanings of new words in their mother tongue
a. pinto b. in c. on d. at
III. Read the passage and decide if each of the statement is true or false :
Dear Mary ,
Thanks a lot for your gift. I’m very happy to hear that you had a nice holiday in Italy .
I’ve finished the school year, but I’m not very satisfied with my results. I got good grades for all the subjects
except for English. My English teacher said I should improve it, especially writing and speaking . Although
I’ve tried my best, I can’t improve my English. Can you show me how to study it well ? I’ll be graceful if you
can drop me a few lines about it . If only you were here : then I could learn something from you .
Write to me soon and tell all your news. By the way, send my best regards to your parents .
Warmest regards,
Mai
* Choose the best answers for each questions :
1. ……………had a nice holiday in Italy.
a. Mary b. you c. Mai d. Mary and Mary
2. Mai is ………………..with her results.
a. pleased b. unhappy c. happy d. excited
3. Mai got good grades for all subjects …………..English
a. including b. and c. or d. but
4. Mai’s writing and speaking are ………………..her listening and reading.
a. better than b. worse than c. more excellent than d. as bad as
5. Mai asked Mary to ………………..about the way to improve English.
a. phone b. read c. mail d. write
IV. Rewrite the following sentences as directed :
1. Why don’t we put this couch opposite the armchair ?
Let’s ………………………………………………………………………….
2. Ngan is weak . She can’t carry this suitcase .
Nga isn’t …………………………………………………………………….
3. “ Will you please give me the salt , Nam ?”
Mrs. Vui …………………………………………………………………….
4. “ My sister doesn’t want me to go out at night”
Chi said …………………………………………………………………………………..
5. “ Your mother is talking to my aunt over there , Lan”
Tuan said ……………………………………………………………………………………………
6. “ Don’t touch these button ”
The man asked us …………………………………………………
7. We’ll visit you one day .
We are …………………………………………………………………
8. She took me to the supermarket but now she doesn’t .
She used …………………………………………………………………
Dear Mary ,
Thanks a lot for your gift. I’m very happy to hear that you had a nice holiday in Italy .
I’ve finished the school year, but I’m not very satisfied with my results. I got good grades for all the subjects
except for English. My English teacher said I should improve it, especially writing and speaking . Although
I’ve tried my best, I can’t improve my English. Can you show me how to study it well ? I’ll be graceful if you
can drop me a few lines about it . If only you were here : then I could learn something from you .
Write to me soon and tell all your news. By the way, send my best regards to your parents .
Warmest regards ,
* True or False ?
1. ……..Mai received a gift from Mary .
2. ……..Mary had an enjoyable holiday in Italy
3. ……..Mai is very pleased with the results of her studying .
4. ……..She wasn’t good at English but she could speak and write it very well .
1. What did Mai ask Mary to do to help her ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Did Mai try her best to improve her English .
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Which subjects are you good at ?
…………………………………………………………………………
4. Which subjects do you need to improve ?
………………………………………………………………………………………….

Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE (15)
Bỏ
1. My grandma looked ……………us when my parents away home .
2. He had to do everything without the help of ………………………….
a. equipment modern b. modern equipments c. modern equipment d. equipments modern
3. The step-mother was very ………………to the little poor girl .
a. cruel b. generous c. out-going d. humorous
4. The buffalo was grazing in ………………….
a. flower garden b. field c. wisdom d. straw
5. When I was a little girl , I used to …………………..my father’s advice .
a. listen b. hear c. listen to d. hear to
6. I can’t remember ……………………when I was young .
a. what life was like b. how life was like c. what like was d. how life was
7. She used to do all the chores ………………………………………..
a. when she is still seven years old . c. when she was still seven years old .
b. because she’s still seven years old d. because she was still seven years old
9. ……………… cook dinner for your family ?
a. Used to you b. Used you c. Did you used to d. Did you use to
10. When the prince found her shoe , he decide to ………………her .
a. marry with b. marry c. marry to d. marry at
11. I wanted to know ……………..she left early .
A. Why b. What c. When d. Where
12. Don’t let children ………………with matches .
a. play b. playing c. to play d. plays
13. She asked her children ………………
a. to stop playing b. stop to play c. stop playing d. stopping to play
15. Mary was born in France . French is her …………………….
a. mother tongue b. first language c. foreign language d. a & b
17. Different language ………………..learn words in different ways .
a. learner b. learners c. people d. person
20. She asked me …………….you this dictionary .
a. give b. giving c. to give d. to giving
21. She told me that you didn’t learn English very ………………….
a. excellently b. excellent c. extreme good d. extreme well
24. I know you work really ………………this semester .
a. hardly b. good c. bad d. hard

1. “ Don’t make so much noise”
2. Show me your driving license , please
3. Could you give me a hand , please ?
4. “ Don’t swim out too far , boys” _ said the safeguard
……………………………………………………………………………
5. Can you carry my suitcase , please , John ? _ said Mary .
…………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Your son is staying with me .
Mr Nam said to Mrs. Nga …………………………………………….
7. Lan will come to your school one day .
He said to Thuy ………………………………………………
8. I don’t go to work on Saturday .
Mai said ……………………………………………………….
9. Will you please pass that jar of salt to me , Tai ? _said Thi .
……………………………………………………………………………
10. My daughter often buys me some fruit when she visit me .
Mrs. Lien said ……………………………………………………………
III. Write complete sentences , using the cues :
1. Mai / have / English / Math lessons / yesterday .
……………………………………………………………………………
2. He / young / enough / work / this factory.
………………………………………………………………….
3. Mrs Mai / make / call / her younger sister / last night ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………
4. They / usually / write / me / the end / month .
………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Their parents / buy / new car / them / tomorrow
…………………………………………………………………………
6. We / study / hard / the moment .
………………………………………………………………….
7. you / not / home / yesterday ?
……………………………………………………………
8. Mrs. Ngan / not come / my party / two weeks ago .
………………………………………………………………………………
9. our new school year / begin / next week ?
………………………………………………………………………
10. Jane / get / some beautiful roses / every week ?
…………………………………………………………………………………..
IV. Give the correct form of verbs in parentheses :
3 The sun ( shine ) …………………..every day .
4. You must ( take ) ………………..an umbrella . It ( rain ) ……………………….now .

Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 15 )
1. Nam looked at the strange object in ………………………….
a. amazed b. amaze c. amazement d. amazingly
2. When he discovered a gold egg , he shouted ……………..to his wife : “ We’re rich . We’re rich”
a. excited b. excitedly c. excitement d. excite
3. She ………………..to stay in bed because she’s having flu .
a. used b. should c. can d. ought
4. Mr Hao bought some bricks and cement . He…………………………. a new house .
a. is building b. will build c. builds d. built
5. The girls in your class play volleyball very …………………….
a. good b. well c. bad d. terrible
6. She said she …………………going to use her father’s car .
a. is b. was c. are d. will be
7. Miss Jackson asked Tim ………………….harder on his Spanish pronunciation .
a. work b. working c. to work d. worked
8. Some learners …………..a list and put into it the meaning of new words in their mother tongue .
a. take b. stisk c. highlight d. make
9. “ Your sister is waiting for me in the living room”
* Mai said to Tuan ……………………………………………………
a. her sister was waiting for her in the living room .
b. his sister was waiting for her in the living room .
c. her sister was waiting for him in the living room .
d. his sister is waiting for her in the living room .
10. Many people admired him because of his ……………..
a. wise b. wisdom c. intelligent d. clever
11. When she gave her report card to her mother , she felt very ………………………
a. disappointment b. disappoint c. disappointed d. disappointing
12. We always have a picnic ……………..September 2nd .
a. in b. on c. at d. between
13. Hello . 3 845 321
Hello . Can I speak to Mr. Quang , please . This is Hao .
I’m sorry . Mr. Quang is out at the moment . ………………………………………….?
a. Would you like to leave a message b. What’s your telephone number
c. Can you take a message for him d. Who’s speaking , please ?
14. He worked very hard ……………Math , English and Physics .
a. at b. on c. for d. in
15. He discovered his chicken ……………a gold egg .
a. lay b. laid c. lays d. laying
17. We ……………….part in sports competition last Sunday
a. take b. took c. are taking d. will take
18. The secretary asked me to …………… the application form to my form teacher to sign it .
a. bring b. take b. get d. go
19. Many language learners do not try to learn all new words they ……………….
a. revise b. underline c. come across d. cooperate
20. In learning a foreign language , revision is ………………
a. nececity b. need c. needed d. necessary
21. The fire burnt the tiger. The tiger ………………..but it still has black stripes from the burn today.
a. escaped b. grazed c. left d. appeared
22. It wanted to know why a small man was a ……………….and the big animal was a servant.
a. boss b. manager c. leader d. master
23. Tim promised ……………..his best to improve his Spanish pronunciation.
a. trying b. to try c. try d. to trying
24. Many people don’t like him because of his bad……………….
a. study b. co-operation c. participation d. behavior
II. Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions :
1. My interview is ……………2 o’clock …………….Monday .
2. We’ve been waiting here ……………ten minutes .
3. Are you leaving HCM City for Ha Noi …………….Saturday morning ?
4. Ken and Kate are on holiday …………..August .
5. The accident happened ………….a cold evening .
6. I always visit my grandparents ………………Christmas .
7. Mike usually plays football ……………..the weekend .
8. It sometimes rains …………Autumn .
9. He is a strange man who often calls us ……………midnight .
10. They have work hard …………….Monday …………..Sunday .
11. My sister is good ……………Math .
12. Do you believe ……………..ghosts ?
13. Try to learn the meaning of new words ……………..heart .
14. I got good grade ……………English and History .
15. They are very proud ……………….their new house .
III. Complete the sentences with the correct form of verbs in the box :
appear drop lay escape burn
graze discover tie light cut open
1. Yesterday he was very with his naughty son so he ………………….him to a pillar with a rope .
2. Where’s my buffaloes ? - They ………………………..over there .
3. That farmer raises a lot of ducks . He hopes they …………..………many eggs for him
4. On these days , there wasn’t electricity so my grandma used to ……………….the kerosene lamps .
5. Who …………….……….America ? - Christopher Columbus .
6. He usually …………………..the straw after the harvest time .
7. Her little daughter often …………………..the dishes when she has dinner .
8. The farmer ……………………..all his chickens because his wife wanted more gold eggs .
9. This prisoner is going to ……………………..the prison through the hole on the wall .
10. Last night I saw a strange object …………………….on the sky .
IV. Complete the dialogue with the words in the box :
where biology please here it is proud matter
very well improve report card better believe
Mother : Tan , …………….. are you ?

Tan : I’m here . What’s the ………………….., Mom ?
Mother : Where’s your ………………………….? Is it good ?
Tan : ………………….It isn’t very bad .
Mother : Let me see . Oh , you did ……………………
Tan : I’m your son . I always try to study hard to …………………..you .
Mother : I understand you . I’m ………………..of you , Tan . But I think you should work harder on your
…………………
Tan : Thanks , Mom . I’ll do my best to …………………….it .
Mother : I …………………you can do it , Tan .
Tan : Wait and see , Mom . I’m definitely ……………………..at it .
I. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in the box :
comments lunar meanings habit highlight improve
co-operation underline mother tongue proud try be
revise participation spell stick learn tell
1. Vietnamese is my ……………………..
2. She made helpful ……………………..on my work
3. Hue festival attracts the ……………………of many volunteers .
4. Words often have several ……………………
5. I’m …………………to get the highest mark in my class .
6. ………………….month is the average time between one new moon and the next .
7. How do you ………………your surname ?
8. I’m not in the …………………….of letting strangers into my apartment .
9. The survey …………………….the needs of working women .
10. We’d like to see close …………………….between colleges and schools in developing computer use .
11. You should ……………..your best on your English pronunciation .
12. Some language learners …………………small pieces of paper with words and their uses
somewhere in the house .
13. Yesterday , I read a book .Then I …………………and ……………….the important words I wanted
to learn .
14. Mai’s grandmother used to …………………her traditional when she ……………alive .
15. What’s Lan doing ? - She…………………….her English words she learned . 6. She speaks so ..
……………………that we can’t hear her . ( soft )
7. Mrs . Brown lived alone in her ……………….......after her husband’s ………………… ( poor , die )
8. My father always emphasizes the ..……………………of learning English . ( important )
9. Be ………………now. Our form teacher is shouting at the boys …………………… ( quiet , angry )
10. My close friend , Thuy ………………..speaks English ………………..( usual , fluent )
III. Give the correct form of the verbs :
Minh ( play )………………….video games every day and he ( not study ) …………………….his
lessons . Last week , his teacher ( give ) ………………….his father his report card . His father ( punish )
………………. …. him when he ( see )…………………his report card . Now his mother ( scold )
…………………. him . Minh promised he ( study ) …………………...harder next semester .
IV. Fill in the blanks with suitable words :
Learning a language is , in some ways , like …………….. to fly or play the piano . There ………
important differences , but there is a very important similarity . It is this : learning how to do such things needs
lots …………….practice . It is never enough simply to “know” something . You must be able to “ do” things with what
……………know . For example , it is not enough simply to read a book on ………………to fly an airplane . A
……………….can give you lots of information about how to fly , but if you only read a book and then try to
……………….without a great deal of practice first , you will crash and kill …………….The same is true of
……………..piano . So do you think it is enough simply to read about it ? Can you play the piano without having lots of
…………………..first ?
He was upset and he soon died …………a broken heart.
a. on b. in c. with d. of
One there was a big dog . The dog got a piece of meat . He carried the meat home in his mouth so that he could
enjoy it later . On th way home , he came to a bridge over a river . When he crossed the bridge , he looked down
into the water . In the river he saw another dog . That dog was big and also had a piece of good meat in its
mouth . He wanted this meat too , so he tried to bite the other dog . But when he opened his mouth , his meat
fell into the water with a plash and disappeared . So he went home with nothing and stayed hungry .
1. Put the following sentences in the right order to have a good summary of the story :
a. …….The dog went home with nothing .
b. …….The meat fell in the water .
c. …….The dog came to a bridge .
d. …….The dog tried to take the other dog’s meat .
e. …….Once a dog had some meat .
f. ……..The dog saw another dog in the water .
2. True or False :
a. …….. The dog tried to bite another dog because he was afraid of the fact that the second dog would
take his meat .
b. ……..When he opened his mouth , he lost the meat .
c. …….. The dog was foolish and greedy .
3. Answer the questions :
a. What happened in the end of the story ?
………………………………………………………………………………
b. What did he actually see in the river ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Don’t look at the story , tell it again with your own words :
Class : 8
Name : EXERCISE ( 22+ )
Group 2
I. Read the following passage and do the tasks below :
One there was a big dog . The dog got a piece of meat . He carried the meat home in his mouth so that he
could enjoy it later . On th way home , he came to a bridge over a river . When he crossed the bridge , he
looked down into the water . In the river he saw another dog . That dog was big and also had a piece of
good meat in its mouth . He wanted this meat too , so he tried to bite the other dog . But when he opened
his mouth , his meat fell into the water with a plash and disappeared . So he went home with nothing and
stayed hungry .
2. True or False :
take his meat .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
EXERCISE ( 22+ )
Group 2
Class
I. : Read
8 the following passage and do the tasks below :
Name : One there was a big dog . The dog got a piece of meat . He carried the meat home in his mouth so that he
could enjoy it later . On th way home , he came to a bridge over a river . When he crossed the bridge , he
looked down into the water . In the river he saw another dog . That dog was big and also had a piece of
good meat in its mouth . He wanted this meat too , so he tried to bite the other dog . But when he opened
his mouth , his meat fell into the water with a plash and disappeared . So he went home with nothing and
stayed hungry .
2. True or False :
take his meat .
………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
II. Write a letter to your friend , base on the words given :
Dear Mai,
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………
Your friends ,
……………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
II. Write a letter to your friend , base on the words given :
Dear Mai,
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………
Your friends ,
……………………………
Class :
1. When my grandmother was young , she had to……………….after her younger brothers and sisters .
a. take b. look c. care d. find
2. In the past people had to do everything …………….the help of modern equipment .
a. with b. having c. without d. didn’t have
3. I don’t know ……………….the life in the past was like .
a. what b. how c. when d. who
4. My sister likes reading …………………such as The lost shoe , Cinderella ….
a. magazines b. newspapers c. reference books d. folktales
5. President Ho Chi Minh established the ……………….the Vietnamese Youth.
a. talks b. trails c. lanes d. guidelines
6. - My grandmother use to cook the meals , clean the house , and wash the clothes .
- That ……………..like hard work .
a. is b. sounds c. looks d. hears
7. The farmer in that story was ………………..to cut open all his chicken .
a. intelligent b. foolish c. wise d. greedy
8. Some students in may class usually donate some money to the ………………
a. community b. rich c. handicapped d. neighbor
9. After the farmer married again , his new wife was very ……………..to his daughter . She made his
daughter do chores all day .
a. cruel b. kind b. upset d. glad
10. The prince immediately fell in love …………….Little Pea.
a. to b. at c. with d. for
11. Little Pea had no beautiful clothes to the festival but fortunately , before the festival a ……………
appeared and magically changed her rags into beautiful clothes .
a. wizard b. woman c. fairy d. witch
12. My parents decided ……………...me a new bike because of my good study result .
a. reward b. rewarding c. rewarded d. to reward
13. I feel very upset because he considers me a ……………….
a. servant b. master c. boss d. manager
14. A farmer was in his field and his buffalo was …………….nearby
a. escaping b. grazing c. eating d. burning
15. The store will close ………….5 pm . If you come to the store ……………5 pm , it will close
a. at / before b. at / at c. before / after d. at / after
16. Now Lan has short hair but she ……………..short hair .
a. is having b. will have c. used to have d. has
17. She feels very ……………..of her son . He studies very well .
a. proud b. scared c. fond d. pride
18. They make a list and put ……………it the meaning of new words in their mother tongue .
a. onto b. into c. at d. near
19. Language learners learn words in ……………….ways .
a. the same b. different c. like d. similar
20. We should try different ways of learning words …………………find out the best way for ourselves
a. in oder b. so that c. so as to d. that
21. Choose the words has different stress pattern from the others
a. behavior b. recycle b. resources d. magically
22. - May I help you carry this heavy bag ?
- …………………I can manage
a. No , thanks b. No problem c. Yes , please d. I’m sorry . I can’t
23. What subject do oyu need to improve ? - …………………………….

a. I’m good at Math b. Three fours for math
c. My mother helps me with math homework d. Math
24. - Could you do me a favor ?
- ………………………………….
a. That’s very kind of you b. Do you need any help ?
c. What can I do for you ? d. No, thank you
25. . As a member of Y & Y Green Group , Nam wanted to participate……………….in recycling program .
a. at b. in c. to d. with
26. Her younger sister speaks English very ……………….
a. fluent b. good c. bad d. fluently
27. She said to her daughter she ……………….her a new school bag the following semester .
a. buy b. will buy c. would buy d. bought
28. They ran very …………………..to catch the bus .
a. well b. hard c. fast d. badly
29. Does your older sister hate ………………..the house ?
a. tidying b. tidy c. tidies d. to tidy
30. Which of the following has underlined part pronounced differently from the others
a. coughed b. missed c. cooked d. returned
31. I’m sorry . I behaved …………………….
a. well b . bad c. badly d. hard
32. My boss told me ………………….office telephone personally
a. don’t use b. not to use c. to not use d. shouldn’t use
33. Lan ……………her bike to school last week .
a. rides b. ride c. rode d. will ride
35. The Youth Union was ……………on March 26 , 1931. th
a. established b. built c. aimed d. founded

36. Their mother take them to the zoo ……………November 10th .
a. in b. from c. on d. at
38 . You should walk on the ………………….
a. street b. sidewalk c. avenue d. road
1. “Will you please lend me your dictionary , Trang ?”
Tam …………………………………………………………………….
2. “You should work harder on your English , Trung.”
Miss Hoa ……………………………………………………………………….
3. “I’ll let you do what you want , Kien.”
Mrs. Lien ………………………………………………………
4. “Don’t ask any questions me when I am working , Nhi.”
Nhi’s father ……………………………………………………………………
5. My brother often helps me with my math homework .
Trung said.……………………………………………………………….
6. She took her son to the zoo but now she doesn’t .
She used ………………………………………………………………
7. You shouldn’t spend too much time watching TV .
My sister advised me ……………………………………………….
8. Lan ’s English is fluent .
Lan speaks ……………………………….
9. My teacher told me not to spend much time playing video games.
“ ………………………………………………………………..”, my teacher said.
Class :
Unit 4 & 5
III. Write a letter to your friend to tell him / her about your study results , base on key words :
1. Dear Thanh ,
2. I / very glad / know / you / get / good grade / last semester . 7. She / ask / me / try /best / learn / heart /
3. I / receive / my first semester report / week ago . two subjects .
4. I / good grades / Physics / Math / Chemistry / 8. I / going / spend / three day-holiday
5. my History / Geography results / poor .. / Vung Tau / my aunt / uncle .
6. My teacher / say / I / intelligent / lazy 9. I / send / postcards / from there .
10. Write / me / soon / tell / all your news .
…………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………..
………………………
I. Put the sentences in the correct order to make a logical dialogue :

………..Thanks Mom . May I see the report ?
………..I believe you can do it Tam .
……….Your form teacher has just given me your report card .
………..I know , Mom . I’ll try my best to improve it .
………..Is it a good report , Mom ?
………..Tam , where are you ?
………..Here you are . It’s excellent , except one thing .
………..Mrs. Lan said you should study hard on English .
………..Why not ? You did very well . I’m very proud of you .
………..I’m here , in the living room . what’s the matter , Mom ?
………..What’s that ?
Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 19 )
I. Choose the correct words or phrases by circling a , b ,c or d :
1. What are you doing ? , Jay ? - I’m enrolling ……………………club activities .
a. for b. at c. to d. with
2. Get an application form and ………………………..
a. fill it into b. fill into it c. fill it out d. fill out it
3. Playing football and going camping are ……………….activities .
a. outside b. out house c. outdoor d. outer
4. Could you ………………me a favor ? - How can I help ?
a. make b. give c. do d. bring
5. Take this form to the teacher and after he signs it , Please …………….the form back to me .
a. get b. take c. bring d. hold
6. We hate ………………the washing up .
a. do b. doing c. to do d. to doing
7. She told me that she ……………………some food for me .
a. buys b. buy c. would buy d. will buy
8. Hoai asked me ………………..for him outside his room .
a. to wait b. wait c. waiting d. wait
9. You should walk on the ………………….
a. street b. sidewalk c. avenue d. road
10. The doctor asked him ……………….a rest and ………………any heavy work .
a. to take / doesn’t do b. take / not do c. to take / not to do d. don’t take / don’t do
11. “ May I help you ?”
…………………………………………
a. What can I do for you ? b. Yes . That’s very kind of you
c. How can I help d. I’m sorry . I’m busy
12. As a member of Y & Y Green Group , Nam wanted to ……………………….recycling program .
a. participate in b. take part c. join d. all are correct
13. They ran very …………………..to catch the bus .
a. well b. hard c. fast d. badly
14. …………………, she stopped at the man and asked him to show her the way to the police station .
a. Sudden b. Suddenly c. Hard d. Hardly
15. My father loves ……………… books and newspapers .
a. to read b. reading c. reads d. read
16. She ………………across her old friend when she went to the drugstore .
a. look b. fill c. participate d. come
17. They will participate ……………….cultural programs in the city .
a. on b. in c. at d. out
18. They are very proud of their daughter because she studies very ……………………..
a. excellent b. bad c. well d. badly
19. Where do you often buy sugar , cooking oil , rice , Ba ?
- At the ………………….in my neighborhood .
a. wet market b. grocery store c. drugstore d. hairdresser’s
20. May I help you ? - ……………………………….
a. Will you help me water these flowers ? b. Let me help you
c. I need a favor d. What can I do for you ? a. grocery store
21. We should save ………………….by recycling things .
a. natural resources b. plastic bags c. cans d. nature reserves
22. My …………..are drawing , listening to muscic , acting and outdoor activities
a. pastime b. interest c. activities d. hobbies
23. …………………………..? - Can you buy me some vegetables ?
a. Will you please help me ? b. Could you do me a favor ?

c. What can I do for you ? d. I need a favor
II. Change the following sentences into reported speech :
1. “ Please help me bring this suitcase , Lan” , said Mrs . Ha .
………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. “ I’ll take you to your grandma’s house , Nam” , said Mrs. Lien .
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. “ Will you please get me some sugar , Mai” , said Miss Chi .
……………………………………………………………………………………..
4. “Can you lend me your dictionary , Tai” , said Linh .
………………………………………………………………………………
5. “ Don’t take my son to the zoo , Mai ”
Mr Nam ……………………………………………………………..
6. “ Your brother usually phones my sister , Tuan” , said Chau
……………………………………………………………………………………………
7. “You should try your best to study English”
Mrs. My said to the children…………………………………………………..
8. “Show me your driving license , please .”
9. “Could you give me a hand please ?”
10 “Your father is waiting for you at the school gate” _ Mai said to Tam .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
11 “I can’t understand what you say , Thuy” , said Nam
……………………………………………………………………………………………
12 “My brother often invites your sister to go to the movies , Ba” , said Ngoc
.........................................................................................................................................................
IV. Give the correct form of verbs in the parentheses :
1. I ( come ) ……………………to live in Milan ten years ago so I ( live ) ………………………in Milan for
ten years .
2. There ( be ) ……………………five accidents on this road since September .
3. He ( write ) ……………………..this book for a year .
4. We ( not see ) …………………..Nam since he ( get ) ………………….married .
5. Don’t make noise . My children ( sleep ) ………………………They ( begin ) …………………..to sleep
ten minutes ago . They ( sleep ) …………………….for ten minutes .
6. She (study ) …………………….in this college since 2006 . She ( graduate ) ……………………from this
college in 2010 .
7. She ( not go ) ……………………to the English speaking club yesterday afternoon .
8. He ( smoke ) ………………ten cigarettes a day . His doctor asked him ( stop ) ……………. smoking .
V. Complete the dialogue with the words in the box :
today banks after school environment parks really
excellent interesting join anything green color
Mother : You look very happy ( 0 ) today . Is there anything ( 1 ) ………………….at school , Mai ?
Mai : Yes , Mom . I’m going to ( 2 ) ……………..” Green Forever” Group .
Mother : ( 3 ) ………………? What will you do ?
Mai : We’re having an ( 4 ) …….………..month . And we’re going to clean Huong River’s ( 5 ) …………
on weekends .
Mother : Is there ( 6 ) …………………..else ?
Mai : Oh , yes , Mom . We’re going to plant trees and flowers in the ( 7 ) ………………..and water them
( 8 ) ………………………
Mother : ( 9 ) ………………..!
Mai : By doing this , we hope that we can give more ( 10 ) ……………….to the city .
Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( 19 )
I. Choose the correct words or phrases by circling a , b, c or d :
3. ………..December , we’ll have the first term exam .

4. Their mother take them to the zoo ……………November 10th .
5. Our school was established ……………1976 .
a. at b. to c. in d. on
8. We’ll plant some young trees and flowers in the ……………and water them every day .
a. lakes b. parks c. stadium d. drugstore
10. When shopping in a mall , the customers will shop in comforst and won’t …………..the weather
a. offer b. contact c. affect d. notice
11. Next week our class will hold a meeting to ……………how to keep the environment clean
a. talk b. organize c. discuss d. say
12. She said her grandma ………………..in the USA .
a. lives b. living c. lived d. has lived
13. In the summer , the weather is hot and ………………..
a. cool b. humid c. snowy c. cloudy
16. The Y & Y is …………….to help the community by encouraging all members to participate
in recycling programs.
a. planting b. saving c. planning d. growing
17. Have you ever tried the food in that restaurant ?
- Oh , yes . It is ………….I usually go there with my family to enjoy many kinds og food
a. awful b. tasty c. terrible d. sour
18 Lan ……………her bike to school last week .
19. My mother is ……………..to cook tonight so I want to buy some fast food .
a. very tired b. too tired c. so tired that d. too much tired
II. Choose the words which is pronounced differently from the others :
1. television b. leisure c. pleasure d. sure
2. a. comb b. climb c. doubt d. suburb
3. a. burn b. return c. curtain d. bury
4. a. account b. young c. about d. doubtful

5. a. reply b. supply c. envy d. deny
1. When did Tom go to New York ?
………………………………………………………………………
2. Did Tam have any friends in New York ?
…………………………………………………………….
3. How did they feel when he was in New York ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Where were they waiting for him ?
………………………………………………………………………..
5. Where did he stay when he was in New York ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. How long did he stay in New York ?
………………………………………………………………………….
* True or False ?
1. ……..Tom went to New York by car .
2. ……. Tom had never been in New York before .
IV. Rewrite the following sentences , using “ The same….. as” . “ as …as” , “ like” , or “
different from”
1. Thu’s shirt is green . My shirt is green , too .
The color of ………………………………………………………………….
2. Mr. Brown speaks English . Mrs. Green speaks English , too
Mr. Brown ……………………………………………………………………………….
3. Viet is 14 years old . Nam is 14 years old .
Viet is ………………………………………………………………….
4. This bike is 800.000 dong . That bike is 500.000 dong .
This bike isn’t ……………………………………………………………………………..
5. It’s hot today . It was hot yesterday .
The weather ………………………………………………………………….
6. She is French . her husband is Russian .
Her nationality …………………………………………………………….
IV. Write complete sentences , using the key words :
1. Nam / get / good grades / English / Literature / last semester .
………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. I / happy / get / your gift .
…………………………………………………………
3. Her mother / tell / work harder / Math / last week .
…………………………………………………………………………….
4. My teacher / ask / improve / Chemistry
……………………………………………………………………………………
5. Nga / going / visit / her grandma / the countryside / this weekend .
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
+. She / stay there / two days .
………………………………………………..................
+ She / go fishing / fly kite / there .
……………………………………………………………………….
II. Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions : at , in , for , since , before , after , between :
1. Mike always gets up ………………..five every morning .
2. Columbus discovered America ………………..1492 .
3. Mary was born …………...March 15th .
4. I couldn’t sleep ……………..night and I always get up early ………………..the morning .
5. We came to my Minh’s birthday party ………………Sunday .
6. He likes playing football ………………weekends .
7. They’ve lived here …………..ten years .
8 Children often get a lot of presents ……………….Tet vacation .
9. They moved to Ho Chi Minh ……….2002 . We haven’t met them …………2002 .
10. It’s very cold ……………..winter .
11 . Mai will come to my house ……………..6.45 . We’ll left home for movie …………..6.45 .
12. We’ve been waiting for you at this school gate …………..8 o’clock .
13. Minh usually helps his uncle on the farm ……….August .
14. Sang’s parents have been in Da Lat …………..last week .
15. He’ll come here ………….9 and 10 am .
Class :
Name : REVISION ( 1 )
1. My grandma looked ……………us when my parents away home .
2. My father went to Ha Noi ……………..July 27th .
a. at b. on c. in d. between
3. Mr. Thanh will come to the meeting …………7.30 .
a. at b. in c. on d. to
4. They’ll come here ………………….9 am and 10 am .
a. in b. between c. on d. at
5. When I was a little girl , I used …………………..my father’s advice .
a. listen b. listening c. to listen to d. listen to
6. They are very proud of their daughter because she studies very ………….
a. well b. good c. badly d. excellent
7. He discovered his chicken ……………a gold egg .
a. lay b. laid c. lays d. laying
9. We ……………….part in sports competition last Sunday
a. take b. took c. are taking d. will take
10. He should ………………his best to improve his Spanish pronunciation .
a. trying b. to try c. try d. will try
11. She ………………across her old friend when she went to the drugstore .
a. look b. fill c. participate d. come
12. She asked her children …………………….playing .
a. to stop b. stop c. stopping d. stopped
14. Nam was born ………….. 1987 .
a. on b. at c. in d. from
16. They always …………….to work by motorbikes .
a. goes b. go c. went d. will go
19. She told me that you didn’t study English very ………………….
a. excellently b. excellent c. badly d. extreme well
22. My parents told me ………………out at night .
a. to not go b. don’t go c. not go d. not to go
23. They take part ……………….cultural programs in the city .
a. on b. in c. at d. out
24. ………..December , we’ll have the first term exam .
25. Their mother take them to the zoo ……………November 10 . th
26. The children enjoy ………………. cartoons very much .

a. watching b. watch b. to watch d. watched
27. He should ……………..smoking
a. stopping b. stop c. to stop d. stopped
28. Her father used…………………in that factory ?
a. work b. working c. worked d. to work
29. I love ………………to music and outdoor activities .
a. listen b. listened c. listening d. listens
30. She said her grandma ………………..in the USA .
a. lives b. living c. lived d. has lived
31. His teacher asked him …………………the floor last week .
a. clean b. to clean c. cleaning d. cleaned
32. He said to Minh she …………………….too much in class .
a. doesn’t talk b. not to talk c. don’t talk d. shouldn’t talk

1. “Don’t make so much noise”
4. “Your father is waiting for you at the school gate” _ Mai said to Tam .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. “I can’t understand what you say , Thuy” , said Nam
……………………………………………………………………………………………
6. “My brother often invites your sister to go to the movies , Ba” , said Ngoc
.........................................................................................................................................................
7. “Lan will come to your school one day .”
He said to Thuy ………………………………………………
8. “My daughter often buys me some fruit when she visit me .”
Mrs. Lien said ……………………………………………………………
9.Nam and Minh are fifteen years old. They are too young to ride motorbikes to school.
They aren't ………………………………………………………………………….
10. It started raining an hour ago.
It has …………………………………………………………………..
11. 10. Phat is good at English .
Phat studies ……………………………………….
12. They have a movie ticket . They are free today .
They are going ……………………………………………………………..
13. She is young . She can’t get married .
She isn’t old …………………………………………………………….
14. Minh Hung should stay in bed .
Minh Hung ought …………………………………………
15. Miss Hoa walked to the market but now she doesn’t .
Miss Hoa used ………………………………………………………………
16. He must cook dinner himself .
He has ………………………………………………………….

Class :
Name :
REVISION (1)
For the first exam
1. He’s attended this English course ……………..2002 .
a. at b. on c. in d. since
2. These children ……………….the elderly people every month .
a. helps b. help c. are helping d. have helped
3. Hello . can I speak to Lan , please ? This is Nga .
……………………………….How are you ?
a. Who’s speaking b. Hold on c. Hello Nga d. Hello , Lan
4. My father and my brother …………………in Da Lat for a week .
a. has been b. were c. have been d. are
5. Could you help me tidy the yard ? I’m busy cooking meal . - ……………………………
a. No , thank you b OK . What can I do for you ?
c. Yes , please d. Sure . I’ll help you
6. Mrs. Oanh said that she …………to work six days a week .
a. went b. goes c. has gone d. go
7. Mrs. Nguyen called the principal but he was out so Mrs. Nguyen made ……………..to see him .
a. a message b. an experiment c. a call d. an appointment
8. When my grandfather was young , he used ……………….three kilometers every morning .
a. runs b. to run c. ran d. running
9. She can’t go to the movies …………. ….she has a lot of things to do .
a. because b. but c. and d. so
10. We have ………………….our lessons carefully because the first exam is coming .
a. studied b. study c. to study d. studying
11. He has flu . He ……………………..to stay at home.
a. must b. is going c. ought d. should
12. Miss Hoa and Mr. Bang killed …………………….when they couldn’t pay the debt .
a. himself b. herself c. ourselves d. themselves
a. entertainment b. appointment c. amazement d. precaution
14. They’re going to ……………in the Spring activities .
a. collect b. participate c. join d. attend
15. When Mr. Hai lived there, he …………….chickens and plant vegetables .
a. raises b. used to raise c. has raised d. will raise
16. My friend’s has got this expensive computer …………...2006 .
a. since b. for c. in d. on
a. encourage b. escape c. register d. experiment
18. My sister speaks English ……………………
a. bad b. fluently c. good d. excellent
19. The long reading table is ………..the middle of the library .
20. She dislikes ……………….the washing up .
a. do b. did c. doing d. does
21. Mai is interested in ………………stamps .
a. collect b. to collect c. collects d. collecting
22. Trung is very different …………….his father .
a. with b. from c. on d. at
23. This dress isn’t as expensive………your dress . It’s 120. 000 dong but your dress is 180 000 dong .
a. to b. as c. than d. from
24. He ………………..this organization in 1994 .
a. established b. has established c. establishes d. will establish

25. What’s your new teacher like? - She …………………………..
a. is beautiful b. has long blond hair c. is sociable but strict d. has brown eyes
26. He likes cooking but he hates ………………..the washing up .
a. do b. to do c. does d. doing
27. Mai ……………….Tam’s classmates for many years .
a. were b. has been c. was d. is
28. This boy is neither intelligent ……..studious .
a. nor b. or c. and d. but
29. Miss Chi asked Hoa …………….. that button .
a. not touch b. don’t touch c. not touching d. not to touch
30. ………………………………….? - He’s tall boy with dark black hair .
a. What’s your brother like b. What does your brother look like
b. What does your brother like d. How is your brother
31. Ba spends two hours …………………the volunteer work every weekend
a. doing b. does c. do d. to do
32. Ba is very ……………..He usually shares what he has with his friends
a. humorous b. generous c. reserved d. sociable
33. Many students in my school are the members of Young Pioneer and Youth ………………..
a. Programs b. Community c. Street children d. Organization
34. She’s going to ……………for the activities for this summer .
a. fill b. water c. join d. enroll
35. She is sick . I’ll go to the ……………………to buy some medicines for her .
a. drugstore b. swimming-pool c. grocery store d. hairdresser’s
36. That restaurant ……………the food from Hue .
a. sends b. tries c. serves d. organizes
37. My boss told me ………………….office telephone personally
a. don’t use b. not to use c. to not use d. shouldn’t use
38. Lan ……………her bike to school last week .
39. I know you worked really ……………this semester so you get good grades
a. hardly b. hard c. badly d. good
II. Rewrite the following sentences , keeping the same meaning
1. He doesn’t like doing the washing up
He dislikes …………………………………………………..
2. Can you help me tidy the yeard ?
Please ……………………………………………
3. My sister took me to the zoo when I was young
My sister used ………………………………………………….
4. They began to attend this course in July 2012 .
They have ……………………………………………………………………
5. “ Could you lend me some money , Hoa ?”
Hai ……………………………………………………………….
6. “ My older brother will take me to the supermarket next week .”
Kim Anh said ………………………………………………………………….
III. Complete the letter , using the words given :
1. I / glad / tell / you / that / I/ going / have / environment month
………………………………………………………………………………………
2. We / going / clean / banks / the lakes / weekends
………………………………………………………………………….
3. We / also / plant trees / flowers / the school garden
…………………………………………………………………………….
4. I / hope / give/ more color / city / earn / money / school Y & Y
………………………………………………………………………………………..
REVISION ( 2 )
For the first exam
I. Fill in the blanks with : “in , on , since , for , at , before , after” :
1. She’s read this book ……………9. 30 .
2. The movie will start at 7.00 so we’ll leave our house for it ……………7.00
3. Minh Hoang was born in General Hospital …………May 20th , 1994 .
4. He’ll be here …………9 am .
5. Ha stays with her friends …………the weekend .
6. We’ve taught in this school ……………over five years .
7. Last year we went to school ……..…the afternoon .
8. She came to Ha Noi ………October 2008 .
1. My bag is cheaper than Hoa’s bag .
My bag isn’t ……………………………………………..
2. Will you please give me a hand ?
……………………………………., please .
3. The man should mend the roof of his house .
The man ought …………………………………………………….
4. “ I’ll wait for you at the bus stop , Binh ”
Nga said…………………………………………………….
5. Mrs. Chi told her son not to play video games any more”
“ ……………………………………………………………….” , said Mrs. Chi
6. We moved to Can Tho in 1985 . Now we still live in Can Tho .
We have ……………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
REVISION ( 2 )
For the first exam
I. Fill in the blanks with : “in , on , since , for , at , before , after” :
1. She’s read this book ……………9. 30 .
2. The movie will start at 7.00 so we’ll leave our house for it ……………7.00
3. Minh Hoang was born in General Hospital …………May 20th , 1994 .
4. He’ll be here …………9 am .
5. Ha stays with her friends …………the weekend .
6. We’ve taught in this school ……………over five years .
7. Last year we went to school ……..…the afternoon .
8. She came to Ha Noi ………October 2008 .
1. My bag is cheaper than Hoa’s bag .
My bag isn’t ……………………………………………..
2. Will you please give me a hand ?
……………………………………., please .
3. The man should mend the roof of his house .
The man ought …………………………………………………….
4. “ I’ll wait for you at the bus stop , Binh ”
Nga said…………………………………………………….
5. Mrs. Chi told her son not to play video games any more”
“ ……………………………………………………………….” , said Mrs. Chi
6. We moved to Can Tho in 1985 . Now we still live in Can Tho .
We have ……………………………………………………….
7. They began attend this course three months ago.

They have …………………………………………………..
8. She called her son “ a small dog” when he was a child .
She used to ……………………………………………………………………………
9. Minh is very short . He can’t play volleyball .
Minh isn’t tall …………………………………………………………………..
10. Hoa is good at Math .
Hoa studies ……………………………………….
III. Write a short passage about the your weekend , using the key words :
……………………………………………………………
2. My family / have / good time / together / these days .
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. Last weekend / we /not stay / home / we /go / country / visit / my grandparents
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………….
4. It / quiet / peaceful / here .
…………………………………………………….
5. people / country / very friendly / helpful .
…………………………………………………………………
6. We / spend / nice weekend / my grandparents .
………………………………………………………………………..
7. I / think / I / go / country / more often / visit / my grand parents / enjoy / fresh air there .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
]
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
7. They began attend this course three months ago.

They have …………………………………………………..
8. She called her son “ a small dog” when he was a child .
She used to ……………………………………………………………………………
9. Minh is very short . He can’t play volleyball .
Minh isn’t tall …………………………………………………………………..
10. Hoa is good at Math .
Hoa studies ……………………………………….
III. Write a short passage about the your weekend , using the key words :
……………………………………………………………
2. My family / have / good time / together / these days .
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. Last weekend / we /not stay / home / we /go / country / visit / my grandparents
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………….
4. It / quiet / peaceful / here .
…………………………………………………….
5. people / country / very friendly / helpful .
…………………………………………………………………
6. We / spend / nice weekend / my grandparents .
………………………………………………………………………..
7. I / think / I / go / country / more often / visit / my grand parents / enjoy / fresh air there .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Class :
Name :
REVISION (3)
For the first exam
I. Choose the word that has different stress pattern
1. a. development b. appointment c. agreement d. entertainment
2. a. precaution b. exhibition c. prediction d. suggestion
3. a.device b. service c. festival d. countless
4. a. habit b. order c. addictive d. message
5. a. reserved b. character c. behavior d. annoy
II. Choose the word that has underlined part pronounced differently from the others :
1. a. Chritmas b. children c. cheese d. chore
2. a. chemistry b. character c. chicken d. scholarship
3. a. agree b. annoy c. safety d. assistant
III. Choose the correct words or phrases by circling a, b, c or d :
1. My grandma used ………………the most beautiful woman in the village .
a. was b. to being c. to be d. be
2. Do you need any help ? - ………………………………….
a. Yes, I do b. No, I don’t c. Yes, I am fine d. Yes, That’s very kind of you
3. The farmer’s second wife was …………….to his daughter.
a. cruel b. nice c. bored d. annoyed
4. We …………….. a cartoon called “ Snow White and Seven Dwarfs last week.
a. watched b. have watched c. will watch d. watch
5. She always helps us do difficult exercise. She’s very………………..
a. reserved b. humorous c. helpful d. generous
6. We are …………..of you because you won the first prize in the English speaking contest.
a. fond b. proud c. get rid d. tired
7. Mrs. Brown and Mr. Green ………………English at my school for fifteen years .
a. taught b. teach c. have taught d. are teaching
8. Tim worked very ……………..this semester, so he gets the highest marks.
a. hardly b. excellent c. good d. hard
9. …………………………………………..? - She’s slim with long curly blond hair.
a. What does your friend look like b. What’s your new friend like
c. What does your new friend like d. How is your new friend
10. Where were you when I phoned ? - I ……………..at my grandma’s house
a. stayed b. have stayed c. wil stay d. stay
11. …………are you late ? - Because I got stuck in the traffic jam.
a. How b. Why c. Where d. What
12. Would you like to go to the ……….with me ? There are hundreds of photos taken by young photographers.
a. museum b. gallery c. photo exhibition d. gym
13. My mother told me ……………..my lessons carefully before school.
a. should study b. studied c. to study d. studying
14. You always come to class late. You …………...to get up early.
a. should b. must c. are going d. ought
15. ………….you help me water the flowers ? - Of course. I’ll help you
a. Could b. Do c. Should d. Shall
16. May I help you ? - ………………………
a. Yes, That’s very kind of you b. What can I do for you ?
c. I’m sorry. I’m busy d. Sure. I’ll help you
17. ………………………………………….? - I learn equations, how to draw graphs, do more exercises
a. Which subjects do you need to improve b. Who help you with your Math homework
c. What do you do to improve Chemistry d. What do you do to improve Math
18. Ba and Nam have just bought two rackets. They …………………….to play tennis
a. can b. will c. ought d. are going
19. Lipton Tea is …………………….from Dilmah tea

a. the same b. different c. similar d. like
20. The students in my class ……………study harder for the coming exam.
a. ought b. are going c. must d. need
21. Two weeks ago, Tim’s mother ……………..to meet Miss Jackson, Tim’s form teacher at school.
a. came b. is coming c. has come d. comes
22. I’d like to send this letter ……………mail.
a. airline b. post office c. ship d. surface
23. They are going to lose the game if they don’t …………….their best.
a. make b. try c. work d. play
24. What do you do to improve English ?
a. My mother helps me with English homework b. I need to improve it
c. My English speaking is excellent d. I do grammar exercises, read English books
25. Hong Hoa is ………………to become Miss Vietnam
a. enough beautiful c. beautiful enough c. very beautiful d. too beautiful
26. Don’t worry . I know the children can take care of …………………
a. herself b. yourselves c. themselves d. ourselves
IV. Rewrite the following sentences, keeping the same meaning :
1. Ngan is fifteen years old. She’s too young to ride a motorbike.
Ngan isn’t ………………………………………………………………
2. My father is too tired, so he can’t help me.
My father isn’t strong……………………………………….
3. When Lan’s parents were young, they lived in Vinh Long.
Lan’s parents used …………………………………………………………….
4. We don’t like watching horror films.
We dislike ………………………………………..
5. “ Can you put out your cigarette ?” , Mrs. Hoa said to Mr. Thanh
Mrs. Hoa …………………………………………………………………..
6. You should pay much attention to your teachers’ explanation, said my mother
My mother ……………………………………………………………………………………….
7. “ Put all your books away.” , our teacher
Our teacher ……………………………………………………….
8. Mr. Ba is too weak. He can’t carry this heavy box.
Mr. Ba isn’t ………………………………………………………………..
9. Lam and Nhi began to play badminton twenty minutes ago .
Lam and Nhi ……………………………………for twenty minutes
10. When my aunt was rich, she gave me a lot of money.
My aunt used ………………………………………
V. Complete a letter, using the words given :
Dear Mary,
Thank you for your gift
1. I / be / pleased / hear / you / have / happy holiday / Japan
………………………………………………………………………………………
2. I / get / good grades / Math / History / English result / poor
……………………………………………………………………………………….
3. My English teacher / say / I / work / harder / English Grammar
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. you / help / me / how / learn / it / well ?
…………………………………………………………………….
Write to me soon and tell me all your news .
Regards,
John
Grade : 8
Name : REVISION (4)
For the first exam
I. Choose the word that has different stress pattern
1. a. festival b. habbit c. behavior d. message
2. a. service b. device c. order d. message
3. a. addictive b. countless c. reserve d. annoy
II. Choose the correct words or phrases by circling a , b ,c or d :
1. Put this knife away. It can ……………your baby.
a. injure b. destroy c. kill d. suicide
2. When my gradma was young, she ……………….live on a farm.
a. uses to b. used to c. was used to d. is used to
3. Miss Jackson asked you …………………your Spanish pronunciation.
a. improving b. improve c. should improve d. to improve
4. Do you need any help ?
a. Yes, that’s very kind of you b. No, I don’t need
c. All right, I’m Ok d. Yes, I do
5. The prince immediately ………………….in love with Little Pea.
a. fall b. fell c. falling d. falls
6. Shopping in a shopping mall is very …………………..from the present shopping areas.
a. comfortable b. different c. convenient d. commercial
7. She promises to ……………her best in learning English.
a. take b. make c. work d. try
8. …………………………………………………..?
- I do grammar exercises, listen to English songs, …
a. When do you do you English homework b. What do you do to improve your English
c. Who helps you with your homework d. Which subject do you need to improve
9. Trang has a novel. She…………………. read it this afternoon.
a. is going to b. can c. ought to d. will
10. You ……………….spend much time studying your lessons.
a. must b. need c. ought d. have
11. The boys can do these Math exercises by …………………….
a. himself b.yourselves c. themselves d. ourselves
12. That is my brother. He is …………………to carry that heavy box.
a. very strong b. too strong c. strong enough d. enough strong
13. Lan ………….me a postcard last week.
a. sends b. will send c. has sent d. sent
14. We must keep some dangerous ………………such as : scissors, knives, …out of children’s reach
a. subjects b. objects c. topics d. drugs
15. My mother said ……………………………..
a. I will study harder b. I study harder c. I can study harder d. I should study harder
16. Choose the word which is different from the others
a. bookshelf b. himself c. yourself d. herself
17. We have studied English …………….2011.
a. since b. for c. in d. at
18. ……………you help me with this bag ? - No problem.
a. Do b. May c. Can d. Shall
19. Choose the word that has different stress pattern from the others
a. amazement b. entertainment c. appointment d. precaution
20. Where did you go last night ? - I ………………to the movie theater.
a. go b. have gone c. will go d. went
21. My grandparents ……………….in Ha Long Bay for a week.
a. have been b. were c. has been d. are
22. ……………………………….? She’s tall girl with long curly hair.
a. What does your sister look like b. What does your sister like
c. What’s your sister like d. How is your sister
23. I don’t like John. He’s very …………………..to animals.
a. nice b. cruel c. helpful d. happy
24. We ………………our grandfather every weekend last year.
a. visit b. visited c. have visited d. are visiting
25. You are overweight. You …………………to be on diet.
a. should b. must c. may d. ought to
26. We can see hundreds of photos at the ………………….
a. museum b. gallery c. photo exhibition d. mausoleum
27. Which of the folloing has underlined part pronounced differently from the others
a. cheese b. chemistry c. Christmas d. character
28. My parents told me ………………out at night .
a. to not go b. don’t go c. not go d. not to go
29. We’ve lived in Can Tho ……………..fifteen years.
a. at b. for c. since d. in
1. Kien’s brother is only five years old . He can’t go to school .
Kien’s brother isn’t old ………………………………………………..
2. Mr. Hoang will watch a good action movie tonight .
Mr. Hoang is ………………………………………………………………………….
3. Tuan has a sense of humor .
Tuan is ……………………….
4. No one helped her do English homework .
She did ……………………………………………….
5. She loves to play badminton .
She enjoys………………………………………………….
6. They walked to school but now they ride bikes to school .
They used …………………………………
7. Hanh is good at Chemistry .
Hang studies ……………………………………………
8. Binh can speak fluent English .
Binh can speak English ……………………………
9. “ Could you please keep it secret for me ”
Chau asked Nhien ……………………………….
10. “My father usually stays at home on Sunday”
Lan said …………………………………………………………………….
11. “ You should improve your English pronunciation , Ba”
Mrs Bich …………………………………………………………………………………………..
12. Her new school is different from her old school.
Her new school isn’t ………………………………………………………….
13. My school bag is cheaper than her school bag.
Her school bag is ……………………………………………………………………….
My school bag isn’t …………………………………………………………………………..
14.Nam is the tallest boy in this class.
No one ……………………………………………………………………….
15. It started to rain half an hour ago.
It has ………………………………………………………
16. They began to build this school in September.
They have ………………………………………………………….
17. Hoa started doing her homework an hour ago.
Hoa has ……………………………………………………………..
18. The last time we went to the cinema was two years ago.
We haven’t ………………………………………………………….
Class : 8A
Name : REVISION FOR
THE FIRST EXAM ( 6+ )
I. Write sentences , using the cues :
1. They / go / Dam Sen Park / this week .
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. We / study / the same school / three years .
………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Last weekend / my aunt / come / Ho Chi Minh City / buy / good books / me .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. I / receive / first semester report / few days ago .
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
+ I / get / good grades / Geography / History / Math / English // My Chemistry result / poor .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………..
+ My form teacher / ask / spend / more time / Chemistry .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. I / travel / Ha Long Bay / next week .
………………………………………………………………………………….
+ I / send / postcard / there .
………………………………………………………………….
6. There / refrigerator / right / corner / room .
…………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Class : 8A
Name : REVISION FOR
THE FIRST EXAM ( 6+ )
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………
7. My close friend / tall/ slender / long wavy hair .
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. She / sociable / generous / helpful .
…………………………………………………………………………..
II. Write a notice about the meeting to discuss how to celebrate the Teacher’s Day .
The old students of the school year 2009- 2010 is going to hold a meeting to discuss how to celebrate the
Teacher’s Day . The meeting will be at the Hall 102 , Building H , from 5pm to 7pm on November 15th . The
person to contact is Nguyen Minh Thu of class 10 A .
…………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………….
Date : ……………………..Time : ………………………….

Place : …………………………………………………………
Please contact………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………..
III. Write a telephone message base on the passage below :

The man called his brother , Tri on June 15th after midday . The man’s name is was Mr. Nam and he asked
Mr. Tri to go to their mother to visit her but Mr . Tri wasn’t at home so his son , Ba took a message . Mr. Nam
said he would come over to pick him up at 4pm .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………..
II. Write a notice about the meeting to discuss how to celebrate the Teacher’s Day .
The old students of the school year 2009- 2010 is going to hold a meeting to discuss how to celebrate the
Teacher’s Day . The meeting will be at the Hall 102 , Building H , from 5pm to 7pm on November 15th . The
person to contact is Nguyen Minh Thu of class 10 A .
…………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………….
Date : ……………………..Time : ………………………….

Place : …………………………………………………………
Please contact………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………..
III. Write a telephone message base on the passage below :

The man called his brother , Tri on June 15th after midday . The man’s name is was Mr. Nam and he asked
Mr. Tri to go to their mother to visit her but Mr . Tri wasn’t at home so his son , Ba took a message . Mr. Nam
said he would come over to pick him up at 4pm .
EXERCISE ( 6+ )
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………
..............................................................................................................................................................................................
EXERCISE ( 6+ )
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………..
9. On / counter / dish rack / next / dish rack / chopping board
....................................................................................................................................
10. table / middle / room.
...................................................................
11. She / be / my close firend / since / we / study / secondary school
............................................................................................................................................................
12. Once / a poor farmer / had / daughter / name / Little Pea
.................................................................................................................................................................
13. fairy / appear / magically / change / Little Pea's drags / beautiful clothes.
..............................................................................................................................................................
14. You / have / work hard / your English
.......................................................................................................
15. They / going / see / movie / tonight.
...........................................................................................
16. When / he / a child / he / used / run / 5 kilometers / every morning
........................................................................................................................................................
17. Nga / often / send/ me postcards / when she / holiday.
............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................

………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………..
9. On / counter / dish rack / next / dish rack / chopping board
....................................................................................................................................
10. table / middle / room.
...................................................................
11. She / be / my close firend / since / we / study / secondary school
............................................................................................................................................................
12. Once / a poor farmer / had / daughter / name / Little Pea
.................................................................................................................................................................
13. fairy / appear / magically / change / Little Pea's drags / beautiful clothes.
..............................................................................................................................................................
14. You / have / work hard / your English
.......................................................................................................
15. They / going / see / movie / tonight.
...........................................................................................
16. When / he / a child / he / used / run / 5 kilometers / every morning
........................................................................................................................................................
17. Nga / often / send/ me postcards / when she / holiday.
............................................................................................................................
Class :
Name :
REVISION (5)
For the first exam
I. Choose the word that has underlined part pronounced differently
1. a. brushes b. bridges c. does d. cottages
2. a. reserved b. stopped c. booked d. missed
3. a. looked b. wanted c. laughed d. watched
4. a. pens b. rulers c. friends d. Students
5. a. liked b. stopped c. watched d. invited
1. Can I speak to Lan, please ? This is Nga
a. Hello, Lan b. Hello, Nga c. How are you ? d. Who speaking ?
2. The Earth ……………around the Sun.
a. moves b. move c. is moving d. moved
3. We must cover ……………….sockets so that the children do not put anything into them
a. electric b. electronic c. electrical d. electron
4. Alexander Graham Bell ………………..the telephone in 1870.
a. invent b. invents c. will invent d. invented
5. Hong Hoa makes friends easily because she is ………………
a. reserved b. sociable c. kind d. reliable
6. They will ……………….finish their test on time .
a. must b. should c. need d. have to
7. After his parents died, he was sent to an …………..
a. orphan b. hospital c. orphanage d. workshop
8. Mr. Hoang has made an …………………to see us.
a. appointment b. appoint c. appointed d. appoints
9. I don’t know the reason why he left his room without …………………
a. explain b. explanation c. explained d. explaining
10. Fax machine was a wonderful ……………….
a. invented b. invention c. invent d. inventor
11. I’m tired tired, so I want …………….to bed early.
a. go b. going c. went d. to go
12. We are fond of ……………….to jazz music.
a. listen b. to listen c. listening d. listens
13. What subject are you good …………………?
a. at b. in c. to d. for
14. What’s his birthday ? - It’s …………….June 5 th
a. on b. since c. in d. at
15. Do you need any help ? - ……………………………………
a. Sure b. No, thanks c. No problem d. Certainly
16. Miss Chi looks …………..,so she looks beautiful in ao dai.
a. slender b. reserved c. humorous d. rude
17. I like to live in the countryside because it’s very quiet and ………………….
a. peace b. peaceful c. graceful d. grateful
18. The life in the country is ……………and people are very friendly .
a. simple b. principle c. luxury d. modern
19. The students in my class …………………….members of Y & Y for 5 years .
a. were b. have been c. are d. will be
20. When I talk to my grandfather, I must talk so loud because he’s …………..
a. blind b. deaf c. dumb d. paralysed
21. We’ll ………………….in Y & Y Green Group .
a. participate b. collect c. recycle d. encourage
22. ………………, we won the games.
a. Lucky b. Fortunate c. Luckiness d. Luckily
23. It’s very dangerous ………………. something into electric sockets .

a. to put b. putting c. put d. puts
24. We went camping and got home ………………..
a. lately b. latest c. late d. later
25. Her father died …………..a broken heart because he was very upset.
a. on b. in c. at d. of
26. First he lived in California. Then, he and his family……………to Canada.
a. traveled b. lived c. emigrated d. came
27. Sang’s parents have been in Da Lat …………..last week .
a. for b. since c. in d. 0
28. Some things in our house are dangerous for young children, so we must take ……………precaution
a. safe b. safety c. safely d. safeness
29. Let him ………………what he wants.
a. doing b. to do c. do d. does
30. They open the window in ……………….to let the fresh air in.
a. so that b. order that c. order d. as
31. We decided ………………..each other at a restaurant.
a. not to meet b. not meet c. not meeting d. to not meet
32. My sister is studying English very well. She hopes …………………a good job in the futute
a. will find b. find c. finds d. to find
33. Every year, fires …………….many houses in the country.
a. transmit b. destroy c. kill d. conduct
III. Rewrite the following sentences, keeping the same meaning :
1. The vegetables are fresh.
What ………………………………….
2. There are many trees and flowers in my school yard.
My school yard ………………………………………………
3. To play in the kitchen is dangerous.
It’s …………………………………………………….
4. Remember to buy me a newspaper on your way to work.
Don’t ………………………………………………………………………
5. I plan to invite some old friends to my birthday.
I’m ………………………………………………………………
6. My uncle is too weak to lift that box.
My uncle isn’t ……………………………………….
7. My neighbor is very clever. She can make beautiful dresses
My neighbor is ……………………………………………………………………
8. Minh is taller than Lan
+ Lan is ………………………………………
+ Lan isn’t ……………………………………………..
9. Hien intends to visit her grandpa next weekend.
Hien is ………………………………………………………………
10. My doctor said “ You should do more exercise.”
My doctor said …………………………………………………….
11. Please help me tidy the yard .
Could ………………………………………………….?
12. Please do it yourself, Tam
Tam’s teacher asked ………………………………….
13. The last time we went to the zoo was three years ago.
We haven’t ……………………………………………………..
14. When did you begin to study English ?
How long …………………………………………………….
15. My bike isn’t as expensive as his.
His bike is ………………………………………………
Class : 8
Name :
REVISION ( 6 )
I. Circle the best options : ( For the first exam)
1. I’ll ask my personal ………………….to deal with this
a. assist b. assistance c. assistant d. assisting
2. It is ………………..not to cover electrical sockets
a. dangerous b. convenient c. safe d. danger
3. Ba’s brother is humorous boy . He likes …………………jokes .
a. tells b. telling c. to tell d. to telling
4. You can carry ………………when you go out
a. an answering machine b. public telephone
c. fax machine d. mobile phone
5. - I need a favor - ………………..
a. No, I’m fine b. Yes , thanks c. Yes , please d. No problem
a. message b. device c. order d. service
7. My father used ……………….us to the zoo when he was alive
a. taking b. to take c. took d. take
8. -Who helps you with English homework ?
- ……………………………..
a. I do homework after school b. Dad picks me up
c. Mom helps me d. I take a bus to school
9. You ………………to improve your listening skill . It is too bad
a. should b. may c. must d. ought
10. What is the synonym of the underlined word ?
I can’t reach him by phone
a. arrive b. achieve c. contact d. come
11. She told me ……………..for you here
a. to wait b. wait c. waiting d. waited
12. Lan’s sister and Lan ……………….the cartoons on TV every Sunday last summer
a. watched b. watches c. watch d. are watching
13. We should stay at home because it’s raining ……………………
a. here b. outside c. upstairs d. over there
14. Choose the word that has underlined part pronounced differently from that of the rest
a. liked b. stopped c. watched d. invited
15. I want to send this ………………to Qui Nhon by surface mail
a. grocery b. drugstore c. parcel d. hairdresser’s
16. When our parents away, my aunt usually helps them look ……………us
a. after b. for c. up d. at
17. They did these difficult exercise …………..
a. himself b. yourselves c. themselves d. ourselves
18. John ………………..for you since 8 o’clock
a. waited b. has waited c. wait d. are waiting
19. Little Pea was very sad …………….she had no new clothes to the festival .
a. so b. because c. and d. but
20. A ………………appeared and magically changed her rags into beautiful clothes
a. prince b. princess c. step mother d. fairy
21. The new wife was very cruel to the farmer’s daughter so he felt very ………………
a. broken heart b. kind c. sadness d. upset
22. Little Pea’s step mother made her do …………….all day .
a. chores b. homework c. cakes d. shopping
23. People …………………many health programs on TV recently
a. have shown b. showed c. has shown d. had shown
24. They moved to live in the city ……………….1997 .
a. since b. at c. in d. on
25. Do you think he’s ……………………a car ?
a. old enough driving b. enough old to drive c. old enough to drive d. enough to old drive
Lan’s family lives in a small , noisy neighborhood . They have lived there since 1980 and they really love it .
Her neighborhood is not a fashionable place but houses there are well built with bricks and tiled roofs . Most of
her neighbors are officers and factory workers , some are doctors and lawyers . They work very hard from early
morning and hardly see each other . However , they are friendly people and always ready to help .
There are two things she doesn’t like about her neighborhood . First , it is very noisy in the evening because
there is a cinema nearby . Second , it is rather dirty . So , to make it a better place to live in , she thinks the
cinema should not play the music too loud so that everybody can study and rest . Moreover , she plans to
organize a group of young pioneers to tidy up the place every Sunday morning . Everyone really needs fresh air
and a clean environment for their living .
* Complete the sentences by circling a , b , c or d :
1. Lan’s family has lived in a small , noisy neighborhood for ………………years .
a. 18 b. 10 c. 30 d. 20
2. ……………….her neighbors are doctors and lawyers .
a. Some of b. Most of c. All of d. Mostly
3. The neighbors in Lan’s neighborhood hardly see each other but ……………………….
a. they work hard b. they are officers and factory workers
c. they are fashionable d. they are friendly and ready to help
4. Two things that Lan doesn’t like about her neighborhood are ………………..
a. cinema and music b. noise and dirt
c. fresh air and a clean environment d. cinema and fresh air
1. Why shouldn’t the cinema play the music too loud ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………........................
...................................................................
2. What are your neighbors like ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………
III. Read the passage carefully and do the task below :
When I think of my neighborhood I get depressed . For one thing it is in a crowded street with many storeyed
buildings on both sides . One can’t see the sunrise or sunset when one lives in this street . It is always crowded
and noisy but for the small hours of the night . All kinds of vehicles move about the streets , especially in the
morning and during office hours . These vehicles raise continuing , loud , unpleasant noise. As the road is well –
tarred , there is no dust .
There are a school and a department store nearby . The school children add crowd and noise of the place . Very
often they encroach upon the road for there is no proper playground for them .
Having lived in this neighborhood for quite a long time , I long for a rural atmosphere which the poets have
sung so much about .
+ True or False ?
1. ……. The writer is very pleased about his neighborhood .
2. ……..The buildings are very tall on both sides .
3. ……..The streets are very crowded and noisy at night .
4. ……..The writer doesn’t like to live there any more .
+ Answer the questions :
1. Why can’t people see the sunrise or sunset in this neighborhood ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. What facilities are there in his neighborhood ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Why does the writer long for a rural atmosphere ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Are there a lot of vehicles during office hours ?
……………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………
1. My father …………………the newspaper at the moment .
a. reads b. is reading c. will read d. has read
2. …………..Minh …………here tomorrow ?
a. Will / come b. Has / come c. Does / come d. Is / coming
3. They’ve ……………Mr. Hao’s house since August .
a. build b. building c. built d. will build
4. You ought ……………….harder on Math and Literature .
a. work b. to work c. working d. works
5. What ………..Lan …………….now ?
a. does / do b. is / does c. will / do d. is / doing
6. It’s very……………………..to put something into electric sockets .
a. safe b. injure c. dangerous d. kill
7. May I help you ? - …………………………………
a. No problem b. How can I help you ? c. Certainly d. Yes, please help me carry this bag
9. Do you like ………………….volleyball after school ?
a. playing b. play c. plays d. played
10. Mr. Thanh said he often ……………………..his wife flowers on special occasion .
a. buys b. would buy c. has bought d. bought
11. Hoai and Trang ……………..in Ben Tre for a week . They are in Can Tho now .
a. will be b. are c. have been d. were
12. Tuyet ……………….in Ho Chi Minh City for ten years . She’s still living there .
a. have lived b. lived c. is living d. has lived
13. Nhan said his uncle …………………a new car .
a. will buy b. buys c. would buy d. were bought
14. He asked me …………….for her at the bus stop .
a. wait b. waited c. to wait d. waits
15. ………..you help me , please ? - Of course .
a. Should b. Have c. Do d. Could
16. Mai loves ………………..broken glasses .
a. gather b. gathering c. planting d. plant
17. We’ll ………………….in Y & Y Green Group .
a. participate b. collect c. recycle d. encourage
25. Na doesn’t want to live ………………..in the countryside because there there aren’t any entertainments
a. definitely b. immediately c. permanently d. accessibly
26. We call our aunts , uncles , cousins …are our ………………

a. relate b. relation c. relationship d. relatives
27. I like to live in the countryside because it’s very quiet and ………………….
a. peace b. peaceful c. graceful d. grateful
28. The life in the country is ……………and people are very friendly .
a. simple b. principle c. luxury d. modern
29. He looks very different …………his father .
a. from b. as c. in d. with
30. Could you do me a favor ? - …………………………………
a. Yes . That’s very kind of you b. Yes , let’s
c. Of course . What can I do for you ? d. Yes . Thank you
III. Complete the passage with the words provided :

either hard feed lot quiet flowers
lived people so comfortable in
Many ………………believe that life on the farm is very ……………….and easy , but it is very
……………..I myself have ……………….on the farm for nearly twenty years and I know what farm work
was like . You must get up early , ……………..the chickens and cows , water the …………….. , vegetables
, do a ………………..of gardening and then work ……………..the fields . But my aunt likes this way of
life and …………….do her all children .
IV. Write a complete letter , using the words given :
Dear Tim ,
1. Thank / your letter / you / send / last week
……………………………………………………………………………..
2. I / happy / know / you / get / good grades / last semester .
………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. I / also / receive / first semester report / last week
………………………………………………………………………….
4. I / get / good grades / Geography / History
……………………………………………………………………….
5. My math / Chemistry / results / poor
…………………………………………………………………
6. My / form teacher / tell / try / best / next semester
…………………………………………………………………………….
7. Tet / come / a few weeks
…………………………………………………..
8. We / going / Hue / visit / relatives / this festival
…………………………………………………………………….
9/ I / send / postcard / there
……………………………………………
10. Write / soon / tell / all / news
…………………………………………………………………….
Your friend ,
Grade : 8 EXERCISE ( 2)
Name :
I. LISTENING :
A. people are talking about meals they had at a restaurant . Did they like their meals ?
Listen and check the correct answer : ( self –study –tastic 1 unit 12 )
Liked didn’t like Liked didn’t like
1. the appetizer ……… ……… 3. the appetizer ……….. ……….
the main dish ………. ………. the main dish ……… ……….
the vegetables ……….. ………. the vegetables ………. ………
the dessert ………… ………… the dessert …….. ……..
2. the appetizer ……….. ………… 4. the appetizer ……. ……..
the main dish …….. ……… the main dish …….. ………
the vegetables ……….. ……… the vegetables …….. ……..
the dessert ……… ………. the dessert ……. ……….
B. People are giving directions . Listen and check the correct map :
1
Post office
Post office
2.
Park
Park
bank bank
Hotel
Park
hotel
Book-
Book- store
store

1. “Don’t make so much noise”
4. “Your father is waiting for you at the school gate” _ Mai said to Tam .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. “I can’t understand what you say , Thuy” , said Nam
……………………………………………………………………………………………
6. “My brother often invites your sister to go to the movies , Ba” , said Ngoc
.........................................................................................................................................................
7. “Lan will come to your school one day .”
He said to Thuy ………………………………………………
8. “My daughter often buys me some fruit when she visit me .”
Mrs. Lien said ……………………………………………………………
9.Nam and Minh are fifteen years old. They are too young to ride motorbikes to school.
They aren't ………………………………………………………………………….
10. It started raining an hour ago.
It has …………………………………………………………………..
11.Phat is good at English .
Phat studies ……………………………………….
They are going ……………………………………………………………..
She isn’t old …………………………………………………………….
Miss Hoa used ………………………………………………………………
He has ………………………………………………………….
Class :
Name : EXERCISE
I. Listen to the song and fill in the missing word :
Rhythm of the rain
Listen to the rhythm of the ( 1 ) …………………… rain
Telling me just what a fool I've been
I wish that it would go and let me ( 2 ) ……………….. in vain
And let me be alone again
The only girl I care about has ( 3 ) ……………….. away

Looking for a brand new start
But little does she know
That when she ( 4 ) ……………….. that day
Along with her she took my ( 5 ) ………………….
Rain please tell me now does that seem fair

For her to steal my heart away when she don't care
I can't love ( 6 ) …………………. when my hearts somewhere far away
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Class :
Name : EXERCISE
I. Listen to the song and fill in the missing word :
Rhythm of the rain
Listen to the rhythm of the ( 1 ) …………………… rain
Telling me just what a fool I've been
I wish that it would go and let me ( 2 ) ……………….. in vain
And let me be alone again
The only girl I care about has ( 3 ) ……………….. away

Looking for a brand new start
But little does she know
That when she ( 4 ) ……………….. that day
Along with her she took my ( 5 ) ………………….
Rain please tell me now does that seem fair

For her to steal my heart away when she don't care
I can't love ( 6 ) …………………. when my hearts somewhere far away
The only girl ………………………….
………………………….
Rain won't you tell her that I love her so

Please ask the ( 7 ) ……………… to set her heart aglow
Rain in her heart and let the love we ( 8 )………………. start to grow
Listen to …………………..
…………………………………….be alone again
Oh, listen to the falling rain

Pitter patter, pitter patter
Oh, oh, oh, listen to the falling rain
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
The only girl ………………………….

………………………….
Rain won't you tell her that I love her so

Please ask the ( 7 ) ……………… to set her heart aglow
Rain in her heart and let the love we ( 8 )………………. start to grow
Listen to …………………..
…………………………………….be alone again
Oh, listen to the falling rain

Oh, oh, oh, listen to the falling rain
Grade : 8
Name :
REVISION ( 1 )
For the first term exam
1. They……………….in the same school as I for three years .
a. have studied b. studied c. study d. have to study
2. The boys in my class love …………………volleyball .
a. play b. played c. playing d. plays
3. We are fond of ………………….to traditional stories .
a. listening b. listen c. to listen d. listens
4. ………………………………………? - Please help me tidy this school yard .
a. Could you help me b. Could you do me a favor
c. Do you need any help d. How can I help you
5. Which of the underlined part has different pronunciation ?
a. enroll b. encourage c. establish d. collect
6. My father frequently ………………..old books and newspapers .
a. collect b. collected c. collects d. is collecting
7. The students in my school …………………….their classrooms with flowers , pictures and plants
last week .
a. decorated b. decorate c. will decorate d. are decorating
8. The Y & Y ……………………an environment day a month .
a. held b. hold c. will hold d. holds
9. Our school ……………..established in 1976 .
a. is b. were c. was d. has been
10. The meeting will be …………...7.30 to 10 .
a. from b. between c. at d. after
11. She got her son’s second semester report ……………May 30 . th
12. Nga will come home ……………...6pm because she has an appointment at 6pm .
a. at b. before c. after d. between
a. community b. natural c. environment d. activities
14. She ………………to him she would visit his parents one day .
a. told b. said c. asked d. spoke
15. When I met Nam yesterday , he …………………me to phone him more often .
a. said b. told c. asked d. b& c are correct
16. Did her grandma use …………………..in a hard life ?
a. to live b. live c. living d. to living
17. The scouting builds character , encourages good ………………….and personal fitness .
a. citizen b. friendship c. citizenship d. education
18. He was very angry and he …………………….loudly at his son .
a. made a stand b. shouted c. united d. held hands
19. Some language learners ………………..examples with new words to remember words better .
a. underline b. enroll c. highlight d. give
20. Which of the following sentences is correct ?
a. Tri said me he could do this difficult homework
b. Tri asked me he could do this difficult homework .
c. Tri told me that he could do this difficult homework .
d. Tri said to me he can do this difficult homework .
21. Tuan’s brother is ………………….that heavy table .
a. enough strong for lifting b. strong enough to lift
c. to enough strong lift d. too strong to lift
22. Her father has a week holiday . He ……………………spend his holiday in Da Lat .
a. is going to b. has to c. should d. used to
23. Mai asked me ………..I liked tea or coffee .

a. if b. when c. whether d. how
24. Kien can neither speak English ……………write it .
a. or b. nor c. and d. but
25.You and I ought to do these exercise …………….
a. themselves b. yourselves c. ourselves d. myself
III. Give the correct form of verbs in the parentheses :

1. Trung ( go ) ………………….to the English Speaking club every Saturday . Last Saturday he ( be )
………………sick so he ( not come ) ………………………there .
2. We ( live ) …………………….in Nha Trang for 5 years but now we ( live ) ……………………in Ho
Chi Minh City .
3. Susan and her old friends usually ( meet ) ……………………each other on Christmas Day .
4. Next year , I ( buy ) …………………..you a new motorbike .
5. Miss Trang’s family ( move ) …………………….to Can Tho in 1998 , so they ( live )
……………………..there since 1998 .
6. Nga is having flu . She ought ( stay ) ………………………..at home .
7. We ( take ) ……………………..the first exam on December 26th 2010 .
8. How long ( you / wait ) ………………………………for me ?
9. When I ( be ) …………………….young , I used to take 45 minute walk to school .
10. Your form teacher ( wait ) …………………………..for you in the staff room at the moment .
IV. Read the passage and complete it by circling a , b , c or d :
Y & Y in our school ( 1 ) ………………going to have an environment month . We’re going to ( 2 )
…………….. the school yard and the streets . We’re planting some young trees and ( 3 ) ……………in the
tubs and decorating our ( 4 ) …………………with pictures and some plants . By ( 5 ) …………………..
this , we can give more green color ( 6 )…..............our school
1. a. are b. is c. am d. was
2. a. clean b. wash c. help d. collect
3. a. rice b. grass c. flowers d. cans
4. a. houses b. offices c. classrooms d. yards
5. a. do b. did c. to d. doing
6. a. in b. to c. at d. from
Class :
( for the first exam )
1. You ought ……………….harder on Math and Literature .
a. work b. to work c. working d. works
2. What ………..Lan …………….now ?
a. does / do b. is / does c. will / do d. is / doing
3. Nam’s friends ………………him when he needs .
a. helps b. helped c. help d. will help
4. My grandparents …………………….in a hard life when they were young .
a. used to live b. live c. have lived d. will live
5. Thuy’s aunt …………………her boyfriend when she was twenty .
a. meets b. met c. has met d. will meet
6. Excuse me ! I……………………for a bank . Can you show me how to get there ?
a. look b. will look c. am looking d. have looked
8. This boy isn’t ……………… drive a car
a. old enough to b. enough old to c. to old enough d. old enough for
9. Lan and Hoa………………………come to Hien’s birthday party . They have Hien’s invitation card .
10. Tam can’t do this test by ……………………. It’s difficult .
a. herself b. himself c. themselves d. yourself
11. Your father and I will go out in three days . You and Lan will have to take care of ……………………
13. Nien lives next to Hoa’s house in Hue . She was Hoa’ s next door ……………………
14. She has …………………………..hair .
a. long straight balck b. long black straight
c. black long straight d. straight black long
16. I don’t like to go out in rush hours because of …………………
a. fresh air b. beautiful views c. provinces d. traffic jam
A : Will you tell him that the time of the meeting has changed ? It will be at 7 .pm
21. Which of the followings has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others ?
a. reserved b. electrical c. generous d. slender
a. emigrate b. transmit c. demonstrate d. telephone
23. …………did Na go to school late this morning ? - Because she watched TV late last night .
24. The Mercury ………………near the Sun .
B : …………………
26. I live on the third floor . Mary lives ………………., on the second floor .
27. Where can we meet ? - ……………………………….
c. Let’s meet at the Central Chess Club d. What about playing chess tonight ?
28. The Earth ……………..around the Sun .
a. go b. goes c. is going to move d. is going
29. The residents and store owners are …………….about the new mall .
a. concerned b. pleased c. bored d. tired
B : …………………………
II. Rewrite the following sentences as directed :
They are ……………………………………………………………………..
She isn’t old …………………………………………………………….
Miss Hoa used ………………………………………………………………
He has ………………………………………………………….
III. Write complete sentences with the words given :
1. Kien / going / visit / grandma / this weekend .
…………………………………………………………………………….
2. She / come / my school / last week .
…………………………………………………………………
3. They / often / spend / weekend / countryside .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Minh’s sister / have / finish / Math homework / before / go / out .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. His friends / stay / his house / a week .
……………………………………………………………………………..
6. How long / you / be / here ?
…………………………………………………………………
8. My father / take / me / movie theater / two days ago .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
9. We / come over / your house / tomorrow .
………………………………………………………………………………….
10. They / study / this school / 2007 . Now / they / still / study / here .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
B. Write a passage to describe your room , base on the words given :
1. This / my living-room
2. left corner / room / coffee table
3. on / wall / above / coffee table / calendar
4. there / desk / TV / it / near / coffee table .
5. bookshelf / right side / room .
6. on / bookshelf / there / lot / books / magazines / newspapers/ stereo /
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Class :
REVISION FOR
Name : THE FIRST EXAM ( 5 )
1. We………………..an English speaking club next month .
a. held b. will hold c. hold d. have held
2. They moved to live in the city ……………….1997 .
a. since b. at c. in d. on
3. They didn’t use …………………stove and electric cooker .
a. have b. having c. to have d. had
4. Tam’s friends …………………….him for since October .
a. hasn’t met b. haven’t met c. didn’t meet d. don’t meet
a. safe b. injure c. kill d. dangerous
6. Your English result was poor . You should …………………….more time on it .
a. spend b. improve c. collect d. participate in
7. Chau ……………….in Ho Chi Minh City two week ago .
a. has been b. were c. was d. will be
9. Dangerous objects such as …………………..knives can easily kill or injure children .
a. pans b. scissors c. frying pans d. cookers
10. Let’s …………………effort to win the games .
a. made b. make c. making d. to make
12. These workers ……………………this building for five months .
a. have built b. built c. are building d. will build
13. By recycling waste things such as waste paper , glass , car tires ….we can save .……………resources.
a. nature b. nation c. natural d. mineral
14. Could you …………………..me a favor ? _ Of course . What can I do for you ?
a. make b. do c. hand d. help
15. Our groups usually …………………..used glass , paper and drink cans for recycling .
a. participate in b. help c. collect d. tidy
16. Nga didn’t stay …………………home last week .
a. in b. on c. at d. to
17. Lan was in the kitchen . She was ……………………
a. out b. outside c. inside d. there
18. We went to visit our grandma in the countryside . We ………………….a nice holiday there .
a. have b. have had c. were had d. had
19. She ………………her old teacher on the way to school yesterday .
a. meets b. met c. has met d. is meeting
20. Their younger sister ……………………….in this restaurant for two years .
a. worked b. works c. have worked d. has worked
II. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the words from the box :
cultural participate on natural

collect at tidy help plant
Dear mom and dad ,

I’m happy to know you are in good health .I’m going to …………………….in Spring Activities Program .
We’ll ………………….and empty garbage ………….Dong Xuan Market …………January 9th . We are also
going to …………….and water trees along streets and ………………..the poor and street children . We’ll
have big gathering to support…………………….programs .
III. Write a passage using the key words :
1. Chau / her brother / usually / go / Long Tuyen village / visit / grandma / public vacation
2. They / have / happy holidays / grandma .
3. They / not go / there / last May Day / they / come / Ho Chi Minh City .
4. It / noisy / crowded / this city .
. 5. Chau / her brother / afraid of / cross / streets .
6. They / think / life / city / busy / there / be / more / entertainments / the countryside / they prefer /
countryside .
7. they / spend / their holiday / countryside .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………..
Class :
Name :
REVISION FOR
THE FIRST EXAM ( 6 )
1. They moved to live in the city ……………….August 25th .
2. Thien always gets good grades for English . He studies it ……………..
a. bad b. good c. well d. badly
3. Her form teacher asked her ……………more time on Math and Chemistry .
a. spend b. to spend c. spent d. should spend
4. Tam’s friends …………………….him for since 2005 .
a. don’t meet b. hasn’t met c. didn’t meet d. haven’t met
5. Miss Jackson said Tim ………………..his Spanish pronunciation every day .
a. should improve b. improves c. improved d. must improve
12. These workers ……………………this building since September .

a. are building b. built c. have built d. will build
14. ………….you help me tidy the yard ? - No problem .
a. May b. Should c. Do d. Could

20. Their younger sister has worked in this restaurant ……………..five months .
a. for b. in c. since d. on
21. Her mother said that she ………………….in Long Tuyen Secondary School .
a. teaches b. taught c. has taught d. will teach
22. She often practices speaking English with her classmate to …………………..her speaking skill .
a. transmit b. conduct c. improve d. pronounce
23. Mai is 152 centimeters tall . Nam is 152 centimeters tall . Mai is as tall ……………Nam .
a. the same b. different c. like d. as
a. register b. volunteer c. encourage d. participate
25. Many remote areas ……………………electricity .

a. are getting b. gets b. will get d. have got
26. The streets are now becoming ………………....than those five years ago .
a. busy b. the busiest c. busier d. noisy
27. This house is …………………….of the three houses .
a. expensive b. more expensive c. more expensive than d. the most expensive .
28. …………..have they lived in Can Tho ? - For 10 years .
a. How far b. How many c. How long d. When
II. Read the passage carefully :
Every year students in many countries learn English . Some of these students are young children . Others are
teenagers . Many are adults . Some learn at school , others study by themselves . A few learn English just by
hearing the language in films, on television , in the office or among their friends . But not many are lucky
enough to do that . Most people must work hard to learn another language .
language , and mathematics…….and English . In England , America , or Australia , many boys and girls
study their own language , which is English , and mathematics and another language , perhaps French , or
German or Spanish . Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work .
* True or False ?
1. …..Most of students are young children .
2. …..All people must work hard to learn another language .
3. …..English is English , Australian and American students’ own language .
4. …..Some English students hear the language in films , on TV , …..
1. Who are the students learning English ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. How do a few students learn English ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Is English one of many boys and girls ’subjects at school ?
…………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
IV. Write a passage using the key words :
1. Nga / Lan / be / friends / 2 years .
………………………………………………………….
2. Nga / usually / write / Lan .
……………………………………………………………
3. Lan / write / Nga / too .
…………………………………………………
4. Last week / Nga / go / countryside / visit / Lan
. ……………………………………………………………………….
5. Lan / happy / meet / Nga / again .
…………………………………………………………….
6. They / have / a picnic / Lan’s neighbors / Lan’s garden
……………………………………………………………………………………..
V. Rewrite the following sentences , keeping the same meaning
1. They began to attend this course in July 2012 .
They have ……………………………………………………………………
2. “ Could you lend me some money , Hoa ? “
Hai ……………………………………………………………….
She has ………………………………………………….
4. He went fishing when he was a child .
He used …………………………………………………………………
Long Tuyen Secodary School
Grade : 8
Name :
REVISION FOR
THE FIRST EXAM ( 5a)
1. They are going ……………………a new house .
a. build b. to build c. building d. built
2. …………………do we collect and empty garbage ? _ On January 9 .
th
a. Where b. What c. When d. How

3. Tam must……………………home immediately because his mother is sick .
a. to go c. going c. went d. has gone
4. The boys in my class …………………….football since 3 o’clock .
a. play b. are playing c. have played d. will play
5. She has lived in Ho Chi Minh City ………………twelve years .
a. since b. in c. from d. for
6. They ……………………a new car last month .
a. will buy b. bought c. have bought d. buy
7. My sister moved to Long Hoa ward ………………..1990.
a. since b. in c. between d. at
8. Miss. Ha ……………………. in that club next week .
a. will participate b. participates c. is participating d. participated
9. Her father is in the hospital so she has to look …………………..him .
a. at b. in c. after d. for
10. They’ve taught in this school …………….1997 .
a. in b. on c. since d. from
11. She ………………to go to bed early if she wants to be better .
a. used b. must c. should d. ought
12. Nga said she …………………..good grade for Math and English .
a. gets b. got c. has got d. would get
13. My mother usually asks me …………………….food for family .
a. buy b. buys c. to buy d. buying
14. Tam likes …………………to music when he has free time .
a. listening b. listen c. listens d. has listened
15. Her brother studies very ………………………She is proud of him .
a. badly b. excellent c. well d. fair
16. Thuy has ………………..here longer because it’s raining heavily .
a. to stay b. stayed c. stay d. staying
17. When my grandma was young , she ……………………..be the most beautiful in her village .
a. ought to b. had to c. used to d. should
18. Mai often …………………me when she is said .
a. call b. is calling c. calls d. has called
18. The girls in my class …………………volleyball in the school yard at the moment .
a. play b. are playing c. will play d. played
19. She’s …………………….make a dress for herself .
a. clever enough for b. enough clever to c. to clever enough d. clever enough to
20. We can save natural resources by ……………………things .
a. recycling b. to recycle c. recycle d. recycled
II. Write complete sentences , using the word cues
1. Y & Y / usually / help / the poor / street children .
……………………………………………………………………………..
2. We / going / have / environment month .
……………………………………………………………………….
+ We / clean / street / collect / empty garbage .
…………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Tam / receive / report card / last week .
+ He / get / good grade / Chemistry / Physics / Math .
+ His English result / poor .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Next weekend / they / go / countryside / visit / uncle / aunt .
+ They / come / there / bus
+ uncle / pick / up / bus station .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
III. Complete sentences with the correct form of verbs in the box :
live work have plant write
tell see play
1. We …………………….a party tomorrow .

2. My sister ………………………..in this school for ten years .
3. At the moment my classsmates ……………………….volleyball.
4. They’re going ……………………..and water trees along streets .
5. Nga and her mother ………………………..here since 1998 .
6. She used …………………….us interesting folktales .
7. Last night he …………………a good movie on TV .
8. Mai …………………..to me every month .
IV. Complete the letter with the words in the box :
poor spend in send went for going
received improve will on had
Dear Linh ,
Thank …………….your letter . I’m happy to know you …………………a nice Christmas vacation . We
…………………..our first semester report a few days ago . I got good grade for English , Literature and
History , but my Math result was …………………My Math teacher asked me to ……………………it . I
think I must …………………….more time on it next semester .
Tet ………………come in a few weeks . We’re ……………………to my grandma’s house ……………the
countryside . I will …………………..you some presents from there .
Write to me soon and tell me all your news .
Your friend ,
Lan .
Grade : 8
Name : REVISION FOR
I. Choose the correct words or phrases by circling a, b, c , or d :
1. My father ……………………..in that restaurant for two years .
a. have eaten b. ate c. has eaten d. eats
2. Mrs. Lien ……………….her youngest son to the zoo last week .
a. takes b. took c. has taken d. will take
3. Mai’s brother and sister ……………………five periods a day at school .
a. have had b. has c. will have d. have
4. He ……………..at Tan Son Nhat Airport tomorrow morning .
a. will arrive b. arrives c. arrived d. has arrived
5. Sang usually ………………….his house twice a week .
a. tidy b. will tidy c. tidies d. is tidying
6. Let’s …………………... our lessons carefully before school .
a. preparing b. to prepare c. prepare d. have prepared
7. They used………………….me when they taught in this school .
a. to visit c. visited c. visit d. visiting
8. These children have waited for you ………………9 o’clock .
a. for b. since c. in d. at
9. Thuy ………………..here a week ago .
a. were b. is c. will be d. was
10. Kien’s grandmother has lived in Ho Chi Minh City ……………….three years .
a. in b. for c. since d. at
11. Hai is …..…………….make a dress for you .
a. enough clever for b. enough clever to c. clever enough to d. clever enough from
12. ……………..we ……………. this floor before going to school?
a. Do / should clean b. Should / clean c. Can / should clean d. Can / should
13. Nhi …………………this movie at Sao Mai movie theater yesterday .
a. has seen b. sees c. is going to see d. saw
14. He said that he …………………..that problem by himself .
a. can solve b. will solve c. could solve d. solves
15. Minh has two tickets . He ……………….. the theater with his brother this weekend .
a. is going to b. will go c. goes d. went
16. Tam asked me ………………….by heart all English words in class two days ago .
a. learning b. learned c. to learn d. learn
17. Some students in my class like ………………….their bikes to the countryside on the weekend .
a. ride b. rode c. riding d. ridden
18. Mrs. Hoa has collected coins ………………1998 .
a. in b. since c. for d. on
19. They moved to London ……………..1994.
a. for b. since c. at d. in
20. Which of the followings is different from the others ?
a. selection b. comfort c. convenient d. participation
21. Her bike is 800. 000 VND . My bike is 600.000 VND . My bike isn’t ………………………her bike .
a. as cheap as b. different c. as expensive as d. the same as
22. Viet is 14 . Nam is 14 . Viet is ………………………age as Nam .
a. as young b. different from c. the same d. like
23. This rope is 15 meters . This snake is 15 meters . The rope is …………………….the snake .
a. as long as b. the same as c. different from d. like
II. Fill in the blanks with “for” & “since” , “ in” , “at” , “on” :
1. They began to study French …………..1999 .
2. Linh’s written to him ……………..2003 .
3. It has rained ……………….10 o’clock .
4. Tan’s father has been a police officer ……………….twenty years .
5. The weather has been very nice ………………..Christmas .
6. Na worked here ………………August 2004.
7. We’re often very happy ………………Tet .
8. They get up …………..five …………the morning .
cool beauty green close quiet shade
has peace flowers friendly helpful is
A village is a (1)…………………place where the influence of the city is not felt much . It’s indeed a very
good place for rest and relaxation .
In a village people do not live very( 2) …………………to one another . Their houses are far away . Each
house therefore( 3 )………………a lot of space around it . So , almost every house is surrounded by (4)
…………………plants and vegetables . All these make the village look ( 5 )…………………..and fresh .
There are also tall trees everywhere which provide ( 6 ) …………………….from the sun and keep the
village ( 7 ) ……………….. In the village people are very friendly and ( 8 )……………………They work
together and live in ( 9 )…………………….Living among such friendly and simple people , in such a quiet
place ( 10 )…………………indeed a real pleasure .
Grade : 8
Name :
REVISION FOR
I. Choose the correct words or phrases by circling a , b , c or d :
1. Let’s …………………out for a drink .
a. going b. go c. went d. to go
2. They said they ……………………to sweep the school yard every day .
a. have b. have had c. had d. will have
3. Lan’s sister’s learned her lessons ……………..two hours .
4. Could you ……………………me a favor ?
a. give b. do c. get d. hand
5. They ……………………..to me since last year .
a. didn’t write b. don’t write c. hasn’t written d. haven’t written
6. Next year Trang …………………………..from this college .
a. graduates b. has graduated c. will graduate d. graduated
7. Minh used ……………………to class late .
a. comes b. coming c. to come d. came
8. He …………………….a nice holiday in Nha Trang last week .
a. spent b. spend c. has spent d. is spending
9. What’s your brother ……………..? - He’s generous and friendly
a. look like b. interested in c. fond of d. like .
10. He ……………………in Can Tho for five years .
a. was b. has been c. is d. will be
11. Mai’s brother is ………………………pass the exam .
a. well enough to b. enough good to c. good enough for d. good enough to
12. Her sister rarely washes dishes . She dislike …………….the washing up
a. do b. to do c. doing d. does
13. We can save natural resources by …………………….in recycling program .
a. collecting b. helping c. participating d. take part
14. Many people think it’s ………………to be at home .
a. safe b. danger c. safely d. well
15. You should …………………..more time on your Literature and Geography .
a. improve b. work harder c. try your best d. spend
16. Mrs. Nga used ………………….the poor and street children when she was young .
a. help b. to help c. helping d. helped
17. Lan is out . Would you like to leave a …………….?
a. telephone b. call c. letter d. message
18. Alexander Graham Bell invented the telephone ……………….1876 .
a. at b. on c. in d. to
19. Don’t let children play with scissors and knives because they can kill or ……………………children .
a. injure b. save c. destroy d. believe
20. May I help you ? _ Yes , thank you . That’s very kind …………….you .
a. in b. on c. of d. with
a. were b. will be c. are d. have been
22. May I help you ? - Yes , please . That’s very kind …………….you .
a. in b. with c. of d. on
23. Do you enjoy ………………….volleyball after school ?
a. playing b. play c. to play d. played
a. make b. train c. improve d. pronounce
26. The children have waited for the bus ………………..nine o’clock .
a. for b. at c. between d. since
27. Look ! Your baby is playing with a knife . Take it away if you don’t want him to ……………..himself
a. improve b. save c. injure d. participate in
28. They ……………………me as they promised .
a. don’t call b. haven’t called c. didn’t call d. weren’t called
29. We’d like to go to the …………………..because we need some sugar , some oil and some salt .
a. grocery store b. swimming-pool c. wet market d. hairdresser’s
30. ………………...Sang been in Nha Trang for ten days ?
a. Has b. Have c. Did d. Does
II Fill in the blanks suitable words :
1. We should ……………………….waste paper , glass and drink cans for recycling .
2. His Math result was …………………..he should spend more time on it .
3. They’ll ………………………..in recycling program .
4. What things in the house can cause danger to children ?
- Scissors , knives , beads , chemicals , drugs , boiling water and …………………….
5. A kitchen isn’t a ………………..place to play .
6. Fires destroy homes and ………………………children because someone play with matches .
III. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the words in the box :
acceptable form good absent was
poor on got lazy for
Last week Trang’s father ………………to her school . Her ………………teacher met her mom at her office
She said to her mother that her report card ……………….excellent . She had five days ……………..because
of sickness . It was ……………………Trang worked very well ……………….Math , Physics , Chemistry
and English but she got …………………..results for Geography and History . Her teacher said she was
intelligent but ………………..
IV. Rewrite the following sentences , keeping the same meaning :
1. Will you please clean this floor , Trang ?
Trang’s mother asked ……………………………………
2. “ Hoa’s mother is a good cook .”
Kien said …………………………………………….
2. Mr. Tam started working for this factory in 2003 .
Mr. Tam has …………………………………………………………….
3. “ Can you move this table to the left of the room , Tuan ?”
Mrs. Lien …………………………………………………………………………
5. Lam and Nhi began to play badminton twenty minutes ago .
Lam and Nhi ……………………………………for twenty minutes
V. Write the sentences with the words given :
1. Hoa / study / this school / 3 years //She / come / here / 2006
2. At first / it / difficult / her / make friends
3. Ba / get / acquainted her / then
4. They / usually / help / each other // They / be / good friends
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………
Grade : 8
Name :
REVISION FOR
I. Circle the word has different stress from the others :
1. a. experiment b. precaution c. amazement d. neighbor
2. a. assistant b. appearance c. orphanage d. delivery
3. a. dictionary b. behave c. equipment d. discover
4. a. chemical b. understand c. excellent c. resident
II. Choose the correct words or phrases by circling a , b , c or d :
1. The dinning table is ……………..of the room .
a. between b. next c. in the middle d. the right
2. We used ……………..in this river but now it’s too dirty to swim in .
a. swimming b. to swim c. swim d. swam
3. It’s boring to do the same things every day . We dislike ………………the same things day by day
a. do b. to do c. does d. doing
4. The children in the village are eager to ………………..in the spring cultural programs
a. take part b. join c. participate d. both a and c are correct
5. Mr. Kien is a good teacher . He’s taught Physics at this school ………………1993 .
a. since b. for c. in d. on
6. Mrs. Nga said her daughter ……………..staying with her aunt then .
a. were b. is c. was d. has
7. Lan is 157 centimeters tall . Hoa is 157 centimeters tall . Hoa is ………………….Lan
a. taller than b. as tall as c. shorter than d. the same height
8. …………………………………..? - He’s humorous and friendly .
a. What’s Tam like b. What does Tam look like
c. What does Tam like d. What character does Tam have
9. Will you please buy me some vegetables ? I’m busy cooking
…………………………………….
a. OK. What can I do for you ? b. No , that’s very kind of you
c. Yes . Please help me d. OK. I’ll help you
10. Miss Hoa’s father was ill so she had to stay at home to ………………..after him .
a. come b. participate c. fill d. look
12. I like to live in the countryside because it’s quiet and ……………………
a. peace b. peaceful c. noisy d. traffic jam
13. A lot of country people move to the city , which makes an increase in …………………….
a. people b. residents c. population d. pollution
14. You have to ………………..your Math because your Math result was very poor this semester .
a. work harder b. try your best c. improve d. spend more time
15. I’m sorry to tell you that your report is …………………
a. excellent b. well c. poor d. good
16. We …………………at Long Tuyen Secondary School for three years
a. lived b. has lived c. have lived d. are living
17. His father …………………….cigarettes for a year .
a. haven’t smoked b. hasn’t smoked c. didn’t smoke d. doesn’t smoke
18. My teacher began to teach in this school ………………...1998 .
a. in b. to c. at d. on
19. Let’s …………….waste paper for recycling .
a. collecting b. collect c. to collect d. collected
20. Nga’s brother said he ………………….food at the market every day .
a. buys b. bought c. is buying d. has bought
III. Read the passage and then answer the questions below :
Marie Curie( 1867 -1934 ) was born in Warsaw On November 7th . She had three sisters and a brother . Her
father taught high school physics . In 1891 she went to Paris and enrolled in the Sorbonne . Two years later , she
passed the examination for her degree in Physics , ranking in first place . She first met Pierre Curie whom she
married in 1894 .
She died in Haute Savoie on July 4th , at the age of 67 , from the effect of too much exposer to radium that made
her famous all over the world .
* True or False ?
1. …….Marie Curie’s father had five children .
2. …….She passed the examination for her degree in Physics in 1893 .
3. …….She married at the age of 28 .
4. …….Marrie Currie studied in Warsaw .
1. When was Marie Curie born ?
………………………………………………………
2. Who did she marry ?
…………………………………………………………..
3. What made her famous ?
………………………………………………………………………….
4. Why did she die ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
1. My shirt is different from her shirt .
Her shirt isn’t …………………………………….
2. Hoa is the best student in this class .
No one ………………………………………………………….
3. “ Tuan’s father is a policeman .”
Lam said ………………………………………………
4. Hang started to be a cook five years ago .
Hang has …………………………………………………………..
5. “ Will you bring me the jar of sugar , Thuy ?”
Mrs. Hoa ………………………………………………………………………….
6. They began to make this birthday cake half an hour ago .
They have …………………………………………………………………………………………
7. “ Can you show me how to pronounced this word , Ngan ?”
Tan …………………………………………………………………….
8. “ My older brother will take me to the supermarket next week .”
Kim Anh said ………………………………………………………………….
V. Write a passage with the words given :
1. Tieu My / always / ride / bike / country / Sundays .
…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Last Sunday / she / decide / go / picnic / her friends / park .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. They / have / barbecue / some fruit / play / some games / there
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. They / feel / relaxed / happy .
…………………………………………………………………..
III. Supply the correct form of verbs in parentheses :
1. Jane is a tennis player . She is only 15 , but she ( win ) ……………………many tournament in her
life .She ( start) ………………..playing tennis with her father when she was three . Two years ago she ( go )
……………..to America to a famous tennis school in California .Jane and her father ( travel )
……………………to many countries . Last month they ( go ) ……………to a tournament in Australia . Jane
( not play ) ………………..well , but she ( win ) ……………… She ( not play)…………… …….at
Wimbledon yet , but she hopes to play there next year .
2. Mai ( visit ) ………………her grandma every weekend but last weekend she ( not visit )
……………….her because she ( be ) ……………….very busy .
3. At the moment she ( do ) ……………….a lot of housework . She ( start ) ………………doing it at seven
o’clock . Now it’s 9 am . So she ( do ) ………………..housework for 2 hours .
4. Your mother ( wait ) ……………….for you at the bus stop now . She ( wait ) …………………..there since
8:30
5. It’s 8:30 . We ( study ) ……………………English .
6. Nga ought ( stay ) ……………..home today because she is sick .
7. They ( have ) ……………….English test next Wednesday .
8. ……………your mother ( come ) ……………..our school two days ago ?
9. He used ( cook ) …………………meals himself but now his wife ( cook ) ………………..for him .
10. Mary’s grandparents have ( get ) ………………….up early to do morning exercise .
Class :
Name :
REVISION FOR
THE FIRST EXAM ( a )
1. His father …………………….cigarettes for a year .
a. haven’t smoked b. hasn’t smoked c. didn’t smoke d. doesn’t smoke
2. My teacher began to teach in this school ………………...1998 .
a. in b. to c. at d. on
3. Let’s …………….waste paper for recycling .
a. collecting b. collect c. to collect d. collected
4. Don’t put anything into electric ………………....if you don’t want to get electric shock .
a. cookers b. scissors c. knives d. sockets
5. Look ! Your baby is playing with a knife . Take it away if you don’t want him to ……………..himself
a. improve b. save c. injure d. participate in
6. Nga’s brother said he ………………….food at the market every day .
a. buys b. bought c. is buying d. has bought
7. She’s ………………………. become Miss World .
a. enough beautiful to b. beautiful enough for c. to beautiful enough d. beautiful enough to
8. I’m very busy . ……………..you do me a favor ? - Yes , certainly . What can I do for you ?
a. Could b. Should c. Do d. Have
9. I …………………to get up early when I was young .
a. ought b. have c. used d. must
10. I think you should ………………….your English grammar because you can’t make sentences although
you know many English words .
a. work harder b. improve c. try your best d. spend more time
11. Next year my parents …………………..me a new motorbike .
a. will buy b. buys c. has bought d. bought
12. May I help you ? - Yes , please . That’s very kind …………….you .
a. in b. with c. of d. on
13. Miss Hoa should ………………….more time teaching her son Math .
a. spending b. to spend c. spent d. spend
14. We ………………dinner in Hoa Su Restaurant yesterday .
a. have b. had c. have had d. will have
15. The Y & Y members are going to …………………….the poor and street children .
a. collect b. plant c. help d. take part in
16. My uncle visited the museum last weekend . He …………………..his old girlfriend there .
a. meet b. met c. has met d. would met
17. What do we should do to save ……………..resources ?
a. activity b. cultural c. sports d. natural
18. She used …………………..us folktales when she was alive .
a. to told b. telling c. to tell d. has told
My family live in a small , noisy neighborhood . We’ve lived here since 1980 . and we really love it . My
neighborhood is not a fashionable place but houses here are well built with bricks and tiled roofs . Most of
our neighbors are officers and factory workers , some are doctors and lawyers . They work very hard from
early morning and hardly see each other . However , they are friendly people and always ready to help .
At five o’clock every morning , the whole neighborhood wakes up . Everybody does exercise and talks to
one another merrily . In the evening , kids play and cry . They run here and there and make the place noisy .
There are two things I don’t like about my neighborhood . First it is very noisy in the evening because there
is a cinema nearby . Second , it is rather dirty . So to make it a better place to live in , I think the cinema
should not play the music too loud so that everybody can study and rest . Moreover , I plan to organize a
group of young pioneers to tidy up our place every Sunday morning . We really need fresh air and clean
environment for our living .
* True or False ?
1. ……..People in the neighborhood rarely meet each other .
2. ……..There is a lot of noise in the writer’s neighborhood .
3. ……..His neighbors get up very late in the morning .
4. ……..There is a movie theater in his neighborhood .
1. How long has the writer lived in this neighborhood ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………
2. What do his neighbors do ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. What are the two things he doesn’t like about his neighborhood ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. What does the writer suggest to make his neighborhood clean ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
III Write complete sentences , using the word cues :
1. They / have / dinner / restaurant / 2 years .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. She / write / me / two days ago .
………………………………………………………………………….
3. We / not meet / November .
…………………………………………………………..
4. My neighborhood / quiet / peaceful .
………………………………………………………………………
5. I / spend / my next weekend / the countryside .
.………...…………………………………………………………………
6. They / stay / there / their uncle .
……………………………………………………………………
IV. Write complete passage , using the word cues :
1. Nga / Thuy / often / stay / their uncle’s house / city / summer .
2. They / spend / good time / together / these days .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. last summer / they / not spend / their holidays / city / they / go / countryside / help / their aunt .
4. It / quiet / beautiful / countryside .
5. People / countryside / friendly .
6. They / spend / nice holiday / their aunt .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
V. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the words given in the box :
in bought gave to improve

good excellently buy but
Minh’s sister went to his school last week . His form teacher asked her ……………….come to his office .
Then he …………………..her Minh’s report card . He said Minh worked very……………………..on
English , Math and Chemistry ………………..his Literature result was poor . He asked Tam’s sister to help
Tam ………………….his Literature . He also asked her to ………………….him some good books .
PHÒNG GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ THI GIỮA KÌ I
QUẬN BÌNH THỦY NĂM HỌC : 2011-2012
MÔN : TIẾNG ANH
KHỐI : 8
Thời gian làm bài : 60 phút
( không kể thời gian phát đề )
PART 1 : LISTENING ( 1,5 m )
* Listen to the teacher twice and write the words you hear in the blank :
Once a farmer live a comfortable life with his family . His chickens ( 1 ) …………….many eggs which the
farmer used to sell to buy food and clothing for his family . One day , he went to ( 2 ) ….…………….the eggs
and discovered one of the chickens laid a ( 3 )………………He shouted ( 4 ) …………………to his
wife , “ We are rich ! We are rich !” . His wife wanted more so her husband decided to ( 5 ) ……………........all
the chickens and find more gold eggs . Unfortunately , he couldn’t find any eggs . When he finished all , the
chickens were dead . There were no more eggs of any kind for farmer and his ( 6 ) ………………..wife .
PART II : LEXICO GRAMMAR ( 3,5ms )
* Choose the best answer to complete the sentences :
1. Alexander Graham Bell was born ………………March 3 , 1847 .
A. in B. at C. on D. of
2. The doctor ………………..he should take a few days off .
A. say B. said C. ask D. tell
3. The girls can do this difficult exercise ………………….
A. themselves B. herself C. himself D. myself
4. When I was a child , I …………………..follow my Mom to the market .
A. usually B. like C. should to D. used to
5. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others
A. directory B. device C. generous D. demonstrate
6. Tim’s mother is always proud ……………him because he works hard .
A. with B. in C. at D. of
7. Miss Jackson asked me …………….you this dictionary
A. gave B. to give C. giving D. give
8. Which doesn’t belong to students ?
A. dictionary B. book C. drug D. schoolbag
9. She isn’t old ………………to be in my class
A. enough B. so that C. for D. that
10. She …………to school yesterday .
A. went B. will go C. goes D. is going to go
11. ………did you go to school late this morning ? -Because I got up late
A. What B. Why C. Where D. When
12. You must ………..your homework before going to school .
A. to do B. do C. did D. doing
13. Lan is out . Would you like to leave a …………….?
A. telephone B. call C. letter D. message
14. Let them …………….their pens ………..the table .
A. put / in B. puts / on C. put / on D. puts / in
PART III. READING COMPREHENSION
Read the passage carefully , then answer the questions below :
Issac Newton is one of the greatest men in the history of scientists . He was born in a small village of
Wootsphore in England . His father was a poor farmer . When the boy was fourteen his father died . Newton left
school and helped his mom on the farm . But the boy didn’t like farming , he was fond of the poetry and
mathematics . So Newton was sent to school . After the left school , he studied at Cambridge University . He
lectured on mathematics at Cambridge University after graduating . His greatest discovery was the law
of gravitation .
A. Answer T / F : ( 0,5m )
1. ……Issac Newton’s family was poor .
2. …..Issac Newton didn’t like poetry .
B. Answer the questions : ( 2,5m )
1. Where was Newton born ?
……………………………………………………………..
2. What happened when he was fourteen ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. Did Newton like farming ?
……………………………………………………………………..
4. Where did he study ?
……………………………………………………………
5. What was his greatest discovery ?
…………………………………………………………………………………….
PART IV : WRITING
* Rewrite the following sentences , keeping the same meaning ( 2,0 m )
1. Nam likes to play soccer in the afternoon .
……………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………….
She has ………………………………………………….
4. He went fishing when he was a child .
He used …………………………………………………………………
.

Grade : 8
Name :
REVISION FOR
THE FIRST EXAM ( a )
Giong to 7 phan trac nghiem I , II
I. Choose the correct words or phrases by circling a, b, c , or d :
1. My father ……………………..in that restaurant for two years .
a. have eaten b. ate c. has eaten d. eats
2. Mrs. Lien ……………….her youngest son to the zoo last week .
a. takes b. took c. has taken d. will take
3. Mai’s brother and sister ……………………five periods a day at school .
a. have had b. has c. will have d. have
4. He ……………..at Tan Son Nhat Airport tomorrow morning .
a. will arrive b. arrives c. arrived d. has arrived
5. Sang usually ………………….his house twice a week .
a. tidy b. will tidy c. tidies d. is tidying
6. Let’s …………………... our lessons carefully before school .
a. preparing b. to prepare c. prepare d. have prepared
7. They used………………….me when they taught in this school .
a. to visit c. visited c. visit d. visiting
8. These children have waited for you ………………9 o’clock .
9. Thuy ………………..here a week ago .
a. were b. is c. will be d. was
10. Kien’s grandmother has lived in Ho Chi Minh City ……………….three years .
a. in b. for c. since d. at
11. Hai is …..…………….make a dress for you .
a. enough clever for b. enough clever to c. clever enough to d. clever enough from
12. ……………..we ……………. this floor before going to school?
a. Do / should clean b. Should / clean c. Can / should clean d. Can / should
13. Nhi …………………this movie at Sao Mai movie theater yesterday .
a. has seen b. sees c. is going to see d. saw
14. He said that he …………………..that problem by himself .
a. can solve b. will solve c. could solve d. solves
15. Minh has two tickets . He ……………….. the theater with his brother this weekend .
a. is going to b. will go c. goes d. went
16. Tam asked me ………………….by heart all English words in class two days ago .
a. learning b. learned c. to learn d. learn
17. Some students in my class like ………………….their bikes to the countryside on the weekend .
a. ride b. rode c. riding d. ridden
18. Mrs. Hoa has collected coins ………………1998 .
a. in b. since c. for d. on
19. They moved to London ……………..1994.
a. selection b. comfort c. convenient d. participation
21. Her bike is 800. 000 VND . My bike is 600.000 VND . My bike isn’t ………………………her bike .
a. as cheap as b. different c. as expensive as d. the same as
22. Viet is 14 . Nam is 14 . Viet is ………………………age as Nam .
a. as young b. different from c. the same d. like
23. This rope is 15 meters . This snake is 15 meters . The rope is …………………….the snake .
a. as long as b. the same as c. different from d. like
II. Fill in the blanks with “for” & “since” , “ in” , “at” , “on” :
1. They began to study French …………..1999 .
2. Linh’s written to him ……………..2003 .
3. It has rained ……………….10 o’clock .
4. Tan’s father has been a police officer ……………….twenty years .
5. The weather has been very nice ………………..Christmas .
6. Na worked here ………………August 2004.
7. We’re often very happy ………………Tet .
8. They get up …………..five …………the morning .
Lon Tuyen Secondary School

Grade : 8
Name : REVISION FOR
THE FIRST EXAM ( b )
1. Son’s father …………………..him a good book two days ago .
a. is giving b. has given c. gave d. will give
2. ………….you do me a favor ?
a. Should b. Did c. Could d. Do
3. Your mother’s stood there ………………forty minutes .
4. Mrs. Mai………………….vegetables at this market since yesterday .
a. sells b. sold c. is selling d. has sold
5. We ………………..to Vinh Long in two days .
a. will go b. went c. have gone d. go
6. Where’s your form teacher ? _ She ………………………to my mom in the staff room
a. talks b. is talking c. has talked d. talked
7. The boy is six years old . He’s …………………….to go to school .
a. young enough b. old enough c. tall enough d. good enough
8. He dislikes …………………the washing up .
a. does b. did c. doing d. is doing
9. She usually picks her son ……………….from nursery school .
a. in b. on c. up d. at
10. Miss Hoa’s father was ill so she had to stay at home to ………………..after him .
a. come b. participate c. fill d. look
12. I like to live in the countryside because it’s quiet and ……………………
a. peace b. peaceful c. noisy d. traffic jam
13. A lot of country people move to the city , which makes an increase in …………………….
a. people b. residents c. population d. pollution
14. You have to ………………..your Math because your Math result was very poor this semester .
a. work harder b. try your best c. improve d. spend more time
15. I’m sorry to tell you that your report is …………………
a. excellent b. well c. poor d. good
II . Give the correct form of verbs :
1. Last night I ( arrive ) ……………………home at 10.30 . I ( have ) …………………a bath and ( go )
…………………straight to bed .
2. Tuan’s hair is very short . He ( have ) ………………………..a hair cut .
3. Tran’s mother ( buy ) ……………………..her a new bike two weeks ago .
4. Where’s your teacher ?
_ She ( read ) ……………………newspaper in the library .
5. She ( help ) ………………..me do homework since ten thirty .
6. Thuy ( work ) …………………….in this hospital for ten years .
7. Their mother usually ( wash ) ...……………..clothes and ( clean ) ………………the house before work .
8. People ( build ) ………………….a bridge across this river in 2010 .
III. Complete the sentences , using the key words :
1. My mother / I / go / the countryside / last week .
………………………………………………………………………..
2. Nga / often / do / the shopping / weekend .
……………………………………………………………………………………
3. His father / love / sit / the flower garden / late / afternoon .
………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. They / use / swim / this river / when / they / young .

……………………………………………………………………………………………
5. the air / country / fresh / the people / friendly .
…………………………………………………………………………………..
cool beauty green close quiet shade
has peace flowers friendly helpful is
A vilage is a (1)…………………place where the influence of the city is not felt much . It’s indeed a very
good place for rest and relaxation .
In a village people do not live very( 2) …………………to one another . Their houses are far away . Each
house therefore( 3 )………………a lot of space around it . So , almost every house is surrounded by (4)
…………………plants and vegetables . All these make the village look ( 5 )…………………..and fresh .
There are also tall trees everywhere which provide ( 6 ) …………………….from the sun and keep the
village ( 7 ) ……………….. In the village people are very friendly and ( 8 )……………………They work
together and live in ( 9 )…………………….Living among such friendly and simple people , in such a quiet
place ( 10 )…………………indeed a real pleasure .
IV. Read the passage carefully and do the task below :
When I think of my neighborhood I get depressed . For one thing it is in a crowded street with many
storeyed buildings on both sides . One can’t see the sunrise or sunset when one lives in this street . It is
always crowded and noisy but for the small hours of the night . All kinds of vehicles move about the streets ,
especially in the morning and during office hours . These vehicles raise continuing , loud , unpleasant noise.
As the road is well –tarred , there is no dust .
There are a school and a department store nearby . The school children add crowd and noise of the place .
Very often they encroach upon the road for there is no proper playground for them .
Having lived in this neighborhood for quite a long time , I long for a rural atmosphere which the poets have
sung so much about .
+ True or False ?
1. ……. The writer is very pleased about his neighborhood .
2. ……..The buildings are very tall on both sides .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………

Class :
Name :
REVISION FOR
THE FIRST EXAM ( c )
1. Mai’s brother is ………………………pass the exam .
a. good enough to b. enough good to c. good enough for d. well enough to
2. We should cover electric …………………..for safe .
a. supplies b. sockets c. match d. beads
3. We can save natural resources by …………………….in recycling program .
a. collecting b. helping c. participating d. take part
4. Many people think it’s ………………to be at home .
a. safe b. danger c. safely d. well
5. You should …………………..more time on your Literature and Geography .
a. spending b. to spend c. spent d. spend
6. Mrs. Nga ………………….the poor and street children when she was young .
a. ought to help b. used to help c. has to help d. should help
7. We …………………..our report card last week .
a. get b. will get c. got d. have got
8. Alexander Graham Bell invented the telephone ……………….1876 .
a. at b. on c. to d. in
9. Don’t let children play with scissors and knives because they can kill or ……………………children .
a. injure b. save c. destroy d. believe
10. Chau ……………….in Ho Chi Minh City two week ago .
a. has been b. were c. was d. will be
12. Let’s ………………our best on the first exam .
a. trying b. to try c. trying d. try
13. Hello , Tram . This is my cousin , Thu . - ………………………….
a. Hi , I’m Thu b. Hello . What’s your name ?
c. It’s nice to meet you , Thu d. What do you do ?
14. …………….didn’t Nga go to the cinema ? - Because she had to do her homework .
a. What b. Why c. Who d. How
15. Mr. Hao ought ……………….. the wall . It’s very old .
a. repaint b. repainting c. repainted d. to repaint
16. The children have waited for the bus ………………..nine o’clock .
a. for b. at c. between d. since
17. The Earth ……………around the Sun .
a. goes b. go c. went d. has gone
18. Lan was in the kitchen . She was ……………………
a. inside b. outside c. out d. there
19. Nga’s grandmother usually ………………….her folktales .
a. tell b. has told c. told d. tells
20. The jar of sugar is ………..the shelf , ……………… the dish and the bottle .
a. in / on b. on / above c. on / between d. on / under
21. She failed her English test ………….she played games all day .
a. and b. because c. but d. so
22. Today Thuy ’s brother has to cook dinner ………………
a. herself b. ourselves c. himself d. themselves
23. I have an invitation card from Tuan . I ………………… him a new watch on his next birthday .
a. am going to buy b. bought c. have to buy d. should buy
a. amazement b. precaution c. appointment d. application
25. I’m going to the pop concert tonight . …………………………………..?
- Of course . Where is it ?
a. Do you like it b. Would you like to come
c. How about going to the movie theater d. Why don’t you go
26. I’m going to Singapore ……………January .
a. in b. at c. on d. since
27. The bank closes at 3 pm . If you arrive there …………..3 pm , there is nobody there .
a. before b. at c. after d. until
a. directory b. exhibition c. sink d. device
II. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the words in the box :
acceptable form good absent was
poor on got lazy for
Last week Trang’s father ………………to her school . Her ………………teacher met her mom at her office
She said to her mother that her report card ……………….excellent . She had five days ……………..because
of sickness . It was ……………………Trang worked very well ……………….Math , Physics , Chemistry
and English but she got …………………..results for Geography and History . Her teacher said she was
intelligent but ………………..
III. Read the passage carefully and do the task below :
Lan’s family lives in a small , noisy neighborhood . They have lived there since 1980 and they really love it .
Her neighborhood is not a fashionable place but houses there are well built with bricks and tiled roofs . Most of
her neighbors are officers and factory workers , some are doctors and lawyers . They work very hard from early
morning and hardly see each other . However , they are friendly people and always ready to help .
There are two things she doesn’t like about her neighborhood . First , it is very noisy in the evening because
there is a cinema nearby . Second , it is rather dirty . So , to make it a better place to live in , she thinks the
cinema should not play the music too loud so that everybody can study and rest . Moreover , she plans to
organize a group of young pioneers to tidy up the place every Sunday morning . Everyone really needs fresh air
and a clean environment for their living .
* Complete the sentences by circling a , b , c or d :
1. Lan’s family has lived in a small , noisy neighborhood for ………………years .
a. 18 b. 10 c. 30 d. 20
2. ……………….her neighbors are doctors and lawyers .
a. Some of b. Most of c. All of d. Mostly
3. The neighbors in Lan’s neighborhood hardly see each other but ……………………….
a. they work hard b. they are officers and factory workers
c. they are fashionable d. they are friendly and ready to help
4. Two things that Lan doesn’t like about her neighborhood are ………………..
a. cinema and music b. noise and dirt
c. fresh air and a clean environment d. cinema and fresh air
1. Why shouldn’t the cinema play the music too loud ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………........................
...................................................................
2. What are your neighbors like ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………

Class :
Name :
REVISION FOR
THE FIRST EXAM ( d )
1. They moved to live in the city ……………….August 25th .
2. Thien always gets good grades for English . He studies it ……………..
a. bad b. good c. well d. badly
3. Her form teacher asked her ……………more time on Math and Chemistry .
a. spend b. to spend c. spent d. should spend
4. Tam’s friends …………………….him for since 2005 .
a. don’t meet b. hasn’t met c. didn’t meet d. haven’t met
5. Miss Jackson said Tim ………………..his Spanish pronunciation every day .
a. should improve b. improves c. improved d. must improve
a. safe b. injure c. dangerous d. kill
7. May I help you ? - …………………………………
a. No problem b. How can I help you ? c. Certainly d. Yes, please help me carry this bag
9. Do you like ………………….volleyball after school ?
a. playing b. play c. plays d. played
11. Let them …………..what they like .
a. doing b. do c. did d. to do
12. These workers ……………………this building since September .
a. are building b. built c. have built d. will build
14. ………….you help me tidy the yard ? - No problem .
a. May b. Should c. Do d. Could
16. He looks very different …………his father .
a. from b. as c. in d. with
17. Could you do me a favor ? - …………………………………
a. Yes . That’s very kind of you b. Yes , let’s
c. Of course . What can I do for you ? d. Yes . Thank you
18. …………..is the airmail ? - That’ll be 32.500 dong .
a. How b. How much c. How many d. What price
20. Their younger sister has worked in this restaurant ……………..five months .
a. for b. in c. since d. on
a. transmit b. conduct c. improve d. pronounce
23. Mai is 152 centimeters tall . Nam is 152 centimeters tall . Mai is as tall ……………Nam .
a. the same b. different c. like d. as
a. register b. volunteer c. encourage d. participate
25. Many remote areas ……………………electricity .

a. are getting b. gets b. will get d. have got
26. The streets are now becoming ………………....than those five years ago .
a. busy b. the busiest c. busier d. noisy
27. This house is …………………….of the three houses .
a. expensive b. more expensive c. more expensive than d. the most expensive .
28. …………..have they lived in Can Tho ? - For 10 years .
a. How far b. How many c. How long d. When
II. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the words from the box :
Dear mom and dad ,
I’m happy to know you are in good health .I’m going to …………………….in Spring Activities Program .
We’ll ………………….and empty garbage ………….Dong Xuan Market …………January 9th . We are also
going to …………….and water trees along streets and ………………..the poor and street children . We’ll
have big gathering to support…………………….programs .
III. Read the passage carefully :
Every year students in many countries learn English . Some of these students are young children . Others are
teenagers . Many are adults . Some learn at school , others study by themselves . A few learn English just by
hearing the language in films, on television , in the office or among their friends . But not many are lucky
enough to do that . Most people must work hard to learn another language .
language , and mathematics…….and English . In England , America , or Australia , many boys and girls
study their own language , which is English , and mathematics and another language , perhaps French , or
German or Spanish . Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work .
* True or False ?
1. …..Most of students are young children .
2. …..All people must work hard to learn another language .
3. …..English is English , Australian and American students’ own language .
4. …..Some English students hear the language in films , on TV , …..
1. Who are the students learning English ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. How do a few students learn English ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Is English one of many boys and girls’ subjects at school ?
…………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
IV. Write a passage using the key words :
1. Nga / Lan / be / friends / 2 years .
………………………………………………………….
2. Nga / usually / write / Lan .
……………………………………………………………
3. Lan / write / Nga / too .
…………………………………………………
4. Last week / Nga / go / countryside / visit / Lan
. ……………………………………………………………………….
5. Lan / happy / meet / Nga / again .
…………………………………………………………….
6. They / have / a picnic / Lan’s neighbors / Lan’s garden
……………………………………………………………………………………..

Class :
Name :
REVISION FOR
THE FIRST EXAM ( e )
1. We’ve worked in this company ……………..2002 .
2. These children ……………….the elderly people every month .
a. helps b. help c. are helping d. have helped
3. He ………………..this organization in 1994 .
a. established b. has established c. establishes d. will establish
4. My father and my brother …………………in Da Lat for a week .
a. has been b. were c. have been d. are
5. ………………………………….? Please carry that bag into our house .
a. Could you do me a favor b. How can I help you
c. Will you help me d. Would you give me a hand
6. Hung is …………………….to ride a motorbike . He’s 18 .
a. too old b. old enough c. very old d. enough old
7. That girl is very graceful . What ………………………
a. a beautiful girl b. that girl graceful c. a girl graceful d. a graceful girl
8. The sun …………………..in the east .
a. sets b. has risen c. rises d. rose
9. A : Hello , Hung . I’d like to meet my sister , Lien .
B : ………………………………….
a. It’s pleasure to meet you , Lien b. How old are you ?
c. How can I help you ? d. What’s your name
10. Hello , Tra My . I ………………….see a movie tonight . Would you like to come ?
a. Will b. have to c. am going to d. should
11. Mrs. Nguyen called the principal but he was out so Mrs. Nguyen made …………………..to see him .
a. a message b. an experiment c. a call d. an appointment
12. What’s your new English teacher …………………..?
a. look like b. like c. for d. on
13. She can’t go to the movies …………. ….she has a lot of things to do .
a. because b. but c. and d. so
14. We have ………………….our lessons carefully because the first exam is coming .
a. studied b. study c. to study d. studying
15. He has flu . He ……………………..to stay at home.
a. must b. is going c. ought d. should
16. Miss Hoa and Mr. Bang killed …………………….when they couldn’t pay the debt .
a. himself b. herself c. ourselves d. themselves
a. entertainment b. appointment c. amazement d. precaution
18. The calendar is ……………….clock , ……………..the picture and the refrigerator .
a. above / on b. on / between c. under / between d. under / in the middle of
19. When Mr. Hai lived there, he …………….chickens and plant vegetables .
a. raises b. used to raise c. has raised d. will raise
20. Miss Chi told Hoa …………….. that button .
a. not touch b. don’t touch c. not touching d. not to touch
21. She said to her mother she …………………….to Korea the following month .
a. would go b. went c. should go d. to do
a. encourage b. register c. contact d. injure
23. My sister speaks English ……………………
a. fluent b. fluently c. good d. excellent
24. ………….I help you ? - No , thanks . I can manage .

a. Will b. Could c. Can d. Do
25. She dislikes ……………….the washing up .
a. do b. did c. doing d. does
26. Mai is interested in ………………stamps .
a. collect b. to collect c. collects d. collecting
27. Trung is very different …………….his father .
a. with b. from c. on d. at
28. This dress isn’t …………………your dress . It’s 120. 000 dong but your dress is 180 000 dong .
a. as cheap b. as expensive as c. cheaper than d. the most expensive
29. This boy is neither intelligent ………………..studious .
a. nor b. or c. and d. but
30. They study English …………………..talk to foreigners .
a. so as b. and c. in order to d. so
31. They……………each other since they …………………in primary school .
a. knew / were b. have known / were c. knew / have been d. have known / have been
a. sockets b. scissors c. knives d. fax machine
33. She moved to Vinh Long ……………..January .
a. on b. in c. at d. since
34. They usually visit their grandparents ………….the weekend .
35. ………………do you spend on Math ? - About one hour a day .
a. How much time b. When c. How many d. How
1. Kien’s brother is only five years old . He can’t go to school .
Kien’s brother isn’t old ………………………………………………..
2. Mr. Hoang will watch a good action movie tonight .
Mr. Hoang is ………………………………………………………………………….
3. Tuan has a sense of humor .
Tuan is ……………………….
4. No one helped her do English homework .
She did ……………………………………………….
5. She enjoys playing badminton .
She likes ………………………………………………….
6. They walked to school but now they ride bikes to school .
They used …………………………………
7. Hanh is good at Chemistry .
Hang studies ……………………………………………
8. Binh can speak fluent English .
Binh can speak English ……………………………
9. “ Please keep it secret”
Chau asked Nhien ……………………………….
10. “My father usually stays at home on Sunday”
Lan said …………………………………………………………………….
11. “ You should improve your English pronunciation , Ba”
Mrs Bich …………………………………………………………………………………………..
12. Her new school is different from her old school .
Her new school isn’t ………………………………………………………….
13. My school bag is cheaper than her school bag .
Her school bag is ……………………………………………………………………….
My school bag isn’t …………………………………………………………………………..
14. No one in this class is as tall as Nam .
Nam is ……………………………………………………………………….
* Read the passage carefully :

My family live in a small , noisy neighborhood . We’ve lived here since 1980 . and we really love it . My
neighborhood is not a fashionable place but houses here are well built with bricks and tiled roofs . Most of
our neighbors are officers and factory workers , some are doctors and lawyers . They work very hard from
early morning and hardly see each other . However , they are friendly people and always ready to help .
At five o’clock every morning , the whole neighborhood wakes up . Everybody does exercise and talks to
one another merrily . In the evening , kids play and cry . They run here and there and make the place noisy .
There are two things I don’t like about my neighborhood . First it is very noisy in the evening because there
is a cinema nearby . Second , it is rather dirty . So to make it a better place to live in , I think the cinema
should not play the music too loud so that everybody can study and rest . Moreover , I plan to organize a
group of young pioneers to tidy up our place every Sunday morning . We really need fresh air and clean
environment for our living .
* True or False ?
1. ……..People in the neighborhood rarely meet each other .
2. ……..There is a lot of noise in the writer’s neighborhood .
3. ……..His neighbors get up very late in the morning .
4. ……..There is a movie theater in his neighborhood .
1. How long has the writer lived in this neighborhood ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………
2. What do his neighbors do ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. What are the two things he doesn’t like about his neighborhood ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. What does the writer suggest to make his neighborhood clean ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Every day of the year throughout the world , about twenty million paper bags and newspapers are screwed
and thrown away .
Making paper requires a lot of wood pulp and the work of millions of workers . Many country have had plans
to recycle waste paper to save money and labor . In countries where there is the cooperation of the public ,
paper mill recycle as much as sixty percent of waste paper . Their simple work is to take away the ink , crush
it up and make it into pulp again . For every ton of recycled newsprint , twelve trees can be save . We can
insist that the more paper people save , the more trees are preserved .
1. What material do paper mill need to make paper .
……………………………………………………………………………………..
2. What have many countries done to save money and labor ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. What do the paper mill do to reuse waste paper ?
…………………………………………………………………………………….
* True or False ?
1. …..People can save wood pulp when they recycle waste paper .
2. …..Many trees are saved when people use wood pulp to make paper .
* Match the words with their Vietnamese meaning :
1. mill a. sức lao động
2. wood pulp b. nhấn mạnh
3. cooperation c. nhà máy
4. crush up d. bảo tồn , giữ gìn
5. labor e. sự hợp tác
6. preserve f. bột gỗ
7. insist g. nghiền nát

1. We / always / collect / glass / paper / drink cans / recycling .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Last summer/ she / not stay / home / she / go / Da Lat / spend / her holiday .
……………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Tim / outside / when / his mother / call / him .
………………………………………………………………………..
4. Your village / quiet / the air / very fresh / I think / I / come / here / spend / holiday .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………..
5. Minh / I / usually / go out / weekends / we / have / good time / these days .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………
V. Writing :
* Write a complete passage , using the key words :
1. Hoa / study / this school / 3 years //She / come / here / 2006
2. At first / it / difficult / her / make friends
3. Ba / get / acquainted her / then
4. They / usually / help / each other // They / be / good friends
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………
III. Read the following passage carefully and then answer the questions :
His name is David Nelson . He was born in England but he lived in South America when he was a child . He
lived there for ten years . Then he came back to England . He is a reporter . He worked for a London
newspaper for five years , and he’s been working in television for the past two years . He doesn’t work for
the English Broadcasting Company . People call it the EBC for short . This company makes radio and
television programs in English and then sells them to countries all over the world .
1. Did David live in England when he was a child ?
……………………………………………………………………………
2. How long did he live in South America ?
………………………………………………………………………….
3. Did he live there for the whole life ?
…………………………………………………….
4 What does EBC do ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. When did he live in South America ?
………………………………………………………………………………..
Dear Mary ,
Thanks a lot for your gift . I’m very happy to hear that you had a nice holiday in Italy .
I’ve finished the school year , but I’m not very satisfied with my results . I got good grade for all the subjects
except for English . My English teacher said I should improve it , especially writing and speaking . Although
I’ve tried my best , I can’t improve my English . Can you show me how to study it well ? I’ll be graceful if
you can drop me a few lines about it . If only you were here : then I could learn something from you .
Write to me soon and tell all your news . By the way , send my best regards to your parents .
Warmest regards ,
Mai
* True or False ?
1. ……..Mai received a gift from Mary .
2. ……..Mary had an enjoyable holiday in Italy
3. ……..Mai is very pleased with the results of her studying .
4. ……..She wasn’t good at English but she could speak and write it very well .
5. ……..Mai asked Mary to show her how to improve English .

1. “ You should do exercise more often”
Nam said to Chau ……………………………………………………….
2. “ Don’t park your car here”
The traffic warden asked …………………………………………………………..
3. “ Can you fix my mike , Trong ?”
Trang ………………………………………………………………….
4. What can I do for you ?
How ……………………………………..
5. “My daughter studies in the same school as your son , Mr Tam ” ,said Mrs. Nga
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. You ought to get up early .
You should ……………………………………..
7. Show me the way to the police station , please
Will you ………………………………………………………………..?
8. Mr Ha usually stayed up late when he was young .
Mr Ha used …………………………………………………………………………..
IV. Complete the sentences , using the key words :

1. I / glad / know / you / get scholarship .
………………………………………………………..
+ My form teacher / give / second semester report / last week .
……………………………………………………………………………………………
+ I / get / excellent grades / Chemistry / Physic .
……………………………………………………………………………..
+ My English result / poor .
…………………………………………………………..
+ She / tell / spend more time / English / Literature .
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
+ I / going / Nha Trang / next week .
……………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………….
2. I / going / participate / School Green Group .
…………………………………………………………………….
+ We / have / environment month .
……………………………………………………………….
+ We / gather / all broken glasses / waste things
………………………………………………………………………………….
+ Our principal / tell / decorate / classrooms / flowers / pictures .
………………………………………………………………………………………….
Grade :
Name : EXERCISE (a)
1. Cool the burns immediately so as to ……………………..tissue damage .
a. ease b. relieve c. minimize d. maximize
2. The lane is ………………..Nguyen Trai Street and Tran Hung Dao Street .
a. near b, between c. beside d. on
3. ………………..you post this letter for me , please?
a. Do b. Are c. Won’t d. Will
4. She promises she …………………back in about half an hour .
a. will be c. is c. be d. has been
5. ………………..I do the washing up ? - No , thanks . I can do it myself .
a. Can b. Would c. Shall d. Won’t
6. People use first-aid …………………ease the victim’s pain and anxiety .
a. so that b. in order to c. in order that d. so as not to
7. …………………..is used to check one’s eyesight
a. Eye-shade b. Eye-glass c. Eyepiece d. Eye chart
8. Could you get me a bandage ? _ …………………………………………
a. No , thanks b. Yes , please c. I hope so d. Sure
9. ……………..this package sent you yesterday ?
a. Was b. Did c. Has d. Were
10. We usually…………………..ice pack to cool the burns .
a. uses b. are used c. use d. are using
11. The girl’s mother ……………………..to the hospital because she was seriously ill .
a. took b. was taken c. has taken d. takes
12. ……………….the victim’s feet over the level of the heart .
a. Overheat b. Revive c. Elevate d. Give
II. Fill in the blank with the words in the box :
unconscious kept ambulance but
nasty injuries cut collided hospital
There were a couple of very ……………………..at the game today . Two players …………………….with
each other as they tried to head the ball . One man knocked himself ……………………and the other player
had a very bad ……………….on his forehead . Fortunately an …………………..arrived less than ten
minutes later and rushed both men to ……………………The man with the cut got over fifteen stitches
………………..was later allowed to go home . The other man was ……………………in hospital overnight .
III. Each sentence has a mistake . Underline and correct it .
1. Would you please to help me ? …………………………
2. Do you like some aspirin ? …………………………
3. I promise I can ring you when I get there . …………………………
4. Do you please open the window ? …………………………
5. Can you be at the meeting tomorrow ? ………………………....
6. What will I do for you ? …………………………
IV. Rewrite the following sentences , using the verbs in passive form :
1. People make a lot of paper from wood .
…………………………………………………………………..
2. They often send Jane to the Singapore office .
……………………………………………………………………………
3. Weeds covered this river banks last year .
………………………………………………………………..
4. People make a lot of beautiful toys from recycled paper .
………………………………………………………………………………..
5. This morning the birds in our garden woke us up .
………………………………………………………………………..
6. You must keep the medicine away from children reach .
…………………………………………………………………………………
7. People will build a new library behind this police station .
……………………………………………………………………………….
8. We can use garbage to make fertilizer .
………………………………………………………………………..
V. Write a complete letter from the given words :
Dear Susan ,
1. I / glad / receive / letter / few days ago .
2. I / sorry / I / not write / a long time / I / very busy .
3. We / buy / new house / September .
4. It / very bad condition / it / need/ repairing a lot .
5. We / just / finish / most of it / now / it / look / very nice .
6. Peter / I / decide / give / house-warming party / May 3rd .
7. Would / you / like / come / us ?
8. Please / give / ring / and / let / know / if / you / come .
9. I / really / look forward / see you again .
Love ,
Jenny
………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………
........................
......................
VI. Choose the word having underlined part which is pronounced differently from the
others :
1. a. children b. check c. chorus d. chicken
2. a. nurse b. student c. tutor d. menu
3. a. dead b. great c. bread d. breath
4. a. cigarette b. ceiling c. city d. cat
5. a. comb b. climb c. about d. suburb
VII. Choose the main whose main stress pattern is placed differently from the others :
1. a. foreign b. practice c. examine d. language
2. a. emergency b. biology c. environment d. entertainment
3. a. emigrate b. scholarship c. representative d. plastic
4. a. conscious b. pressure c. reduce d. ambulance
5. a. product b. reuse c. recycle d. protect
LongTuyen Secondary School
Grade : 8
Name : EXERCISE (b)
A. Listen to people talking about prices in the US and prices in their country . Check the
correct answers : ( unit 11 Task 4 Tastic 1 )
Cheaper in their cheaper in the US
own country
1. cars ………. ………
2. rents ………. ……….
3. clothes ……….. …………
4. air travel …………. …………
5. tuition …………. ……….
6. hospital …………. ………..
* Listen again . Are these statements True or false ?
1. ……She doesn’t own a car in the US
2. ……He lived in a nicer neighborhood at home than the one he lives in now
3. ……She bought a lot of clothes before she moved to the US
4. ……She travels by plane in a US
5. ……Public school in his country are better than those in the US
6. ……Hospitals and clinics are expensive in his country .
B. These people are talking about their new friend . Listen and circle the correct word or
phrase to describe each person : tastic 1 unit 22 Part 2 )
1. a. serious 2. a. shy 3. a. serious
b. funny b. talkative b. crazy
4. a. smart 5. a. serious 6. a. generous

b. not talkative b. sociable b. hardworking
C. people are leaving a message . Are these statements True or False ?
1. …….Peter will be back soon
2. …….Lynette will call Danny tomorrow
3. ……Charles is in a meeting until 3.00
4. ……Cathy should call Jane
5. ……Laura should meet Jane at 6 .00
* Peter is listening to his messages . What should he do ? Listen and write the correct letter :
1. …… a. nothing
2. …… b. return the call
3. …… c. call his mom
4. …… d. go to the doctor tomorrow
5. …… e. pick up his new stereo
D. Complete the dialogue with the words given in the box :
bandage , bleeding , had an accident , hurt ,
injured , pain , stitches , treatment , unconcious
Amy : Did you hear ? Marcia’s ………………… ……….She fell off her bike and landed on her head .
She was …………………for about ten minutes .When she woke up , she didn’t know where
she was .
Kate : Was she badly ………………… ?
Amy : Well , her head was …………………….and she was in a lot of ……………………
Kate : What ……………...did she need ?
Amy : She needs a few ………………..in her head - she said having them put in …………………..more
than anything . She also got a ……………………..around her wrist .
E. Supply the correct form of verbs in parentheses :

1. Jane is a tennis player . She is only 15 , but she ( win ) ……………………many tournament in her
life .She ( start) ………………..playing tennis with her father when she was three . Two years ago she
( go ) ……………..to America to a famous tennis school in California .Jane and her father ( travel )
……………………to many countries . Last month they ( go ) ……………to a tournament in Australia .
Jane ( not play ) ………………..well , but she ( win ) ……………… She ( not play)…………… …….at
Wimbledon yet , but she hopes to play there next year .
2. Mai ( visit ) ………………her grandma every weekend but last weekend she ( not visit )
……………….her because she ( be ) ……………….very busy .
3. At the moment she ( do ) ……………….a lot of housework . She ( start ) ………………doing it at
seven o’clock . Now it’s 9 am . So she ( do ) ………………..housework for 2 hours .
4. Your mother ( wait ) ……………….for you at the bus stop now . She ( wait ) …………………..there
since 8:30
5. It’s 8:30 . We ( study ) ……………………English .
F. Change the following sentences into passive voice :
1. She studies her English at night .
……………………………………………………………………..
2. Mai and Nga visited their grandma last Sunday .
………………………………………………………………………….
3. He wrote an essay on his hometown yesterday .
………………………………………………………………………………..
4. They often read novel in their free time .
……………………………………………………………………………...
5. People speak English all over the world .
………………………………………………………………………….
6. Mrs. Lien cooks meals every day .
………………………………………………………………………
7. The child doesn’t eat any meat .
…………………………………………………………..
8. This girl practices her music lessons every evening .
………………………………………………………………………………….
9. We didn’t take our son to the zoo last Saturday .
…………………………………………………………………………….
10. Do you learn some English words by heart everyday ?
………………………………………………………………………………………
G. Fill in the blanks with suitable words : ( Good students )
1. The actor acted very well. We all burst into ………………
2. Did you see the film last night ? It was so boring that I fell ………………..
3. I would rather you ………………..harder.
4. My youngest sister’s saved a some money ………..……….she can buy a new motorbike.
5. There was nothing to eat so they lived ………………water for three days.
6. They live in Viet Nam so they don’t get used to ……………….on the left.
7. We are tired ………………asking them for help.
8. The children don’t like ……..………laughed at.
9. We put the garbage bins around the school yard to prevent lazy students …………………littering.
10. His second wife made his daughter ………………the chores all day.
11. I’d rather play sports …………………watch TV.
12. I’ve just bought a television ……………….in Japan.
13. I wish I ……………………..to Singapore but I cannot
14. She went to bed early and ………………… her sister
15. Lan cannot swim and Minh …………………………
Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( c )
I. Choose the best options by circling a , b, c, or d :
1. It’s dangerous …………………..and to drive fast .
a. swim b. to swim c. swimming d. swam
2. Our new school ………………….next month .
a. is built b. will build c. builds d. will be built
3. The teacher is always willing …………………us .
a. helping b. help c. to help d. helped
4. I promise I …………………..on time
a. will be b. am c. can be d. have to be
5. Farmers use the dung of animals for …………………….their fields .
a. fertilizing b. to fertilize c. fertilized d. fertilizer
6. The teacher …………………….that the students wanted to know more about what he was explaining .
a. pleased b. was pleased c. was pleasing d. was to please
7. In the USA , millions of car tires …………………….away every year .
a. threw b. throw c. are throwing d. are thrown
8. Students are always nervous ……………………their examination .
a. of b. with c. about d. on
9. My father goes jogging every day ……………………improve his health .
a. in order that b. so that c. so as to d. in order
10. ………………..collect waste paper for our mini project ? - Yes , let’s
a. Will you b. Shall we c. Can I d. May I
11. People usually cool the burn immediatle to minimize the tissue …………..
a. damage b. destruction c. sterile dressing d. blanket
12. The flowers you sent me while I was in hospital really …………..me up.
a. picked b. booked c. rang d. cheered
13. ……….. close the windows for you ? - Yes , please
a. Will you b. May I c. Shall I d. Shall we
14. Can you ……………. me a bandage , please ?
a. bring b. brought c. to bring d. bringing
15. …………….is a kind of vehicles used to take the victim to the hospital.
a. wheelchair b. crutch c. ambulance d. stretcher
1. Studying English is interesting .
It’s ………………………………………………………
2. Nam gave me a box of chocolate .
I ……………………………………………………………
3. Do you want me to empty the basket ?
Shall …………………………………………………..?
4. Where is the nearest police station ?
Could you ……………………………………………….
5. People play soccer in many countries .
Soccer ………………………………………………………
6. It’s difficult to do this exercise .
Doing ……………………………………………………
7. My sister will wash this pile of clothes .
This pile ………………………………………………………………
8. They can use garbage to make fertilizer .
Garbage …………………………………………………………
9. We turn off the lights . We don’t want to waste electricity . ( in order not to )
……………………………………………………………………………………..
10. Turn off the air conditioner , please .I’m cold .

Will ……………………………………………………………………………..
III. Make meaningful sentences from following cues :
1. He / anxious / wait / test result .
………………………………………………………………..
2. It / not / difficult / keep / people / litter .
…………………………………………………………………………
3. We / look forward / meet / you / next vacation .
…………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Famers / recycle / waste / thousands of years .
……………………………………………………………………….
5. It / take / us / 6 months / make garbage / compost .
………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. English / speak / all / world .
………………………………………………………….
7. Throughout / world / millions / old paper / throw / every day .
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. Everyone / excited / hear / news .
…………………………………………………………………..
IV. Read the following passage carefully :
The celebration of Earth Day began in California , in the city of San Francisco . The first Earth Day
celebration was held on March 21 , 1970 , which was the first day of spring . Earth Day is now celebrated all
over the world , either on the first day of spring or on April 22nd . We need to take care of the Earth every
day , not just on Earth Day . Earth Day is important because it reminds us to stop and look at the problems of
our environment , and to evaluate what we can do to prevent those problems . Most experts agree that the
most serious problems affecting Earth are pollution and loss of resources . Pollution causes damage to air ,
soil , water . This affects all life on Earth . Pollution is caused by industries . For example , water pollution is
caused by run-off from factories . Pollution is also caused by individuals . For example , automobiles release
chemicals into the air that makes it difficult for humans , animals and plants to breathe .
1. True or False ?
a. ………The celebration of Earth Day started in San Francisco .
b. ………It is celebrated all over the world on the first day of spring and on April 22nd .
c. ………Each Day reminds us to take care of Earth on Earth Day .
d. ………Industries cause pollution .
e. ………It’s difficult for humans , animals and plants to breathe because of chemicals in the air released
from automobiles .
a. What is the purpose of Earth Day ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………..
b. What causes water pollution ?
……………………………………………………………………………………….
c. What are the most serious problems affecting Earth ?
……………………………………………………………………………….
V. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the words given in the box :
minimize overheat putting to cover
ease elevate revives pain
It’s necessary ( 1 ) .………… use first-aid so as to ( 2 ) ..………… the victim’s ( 3 ) ………………and

anxiety . For example , when the victim gets burns , we can cool the burns immediately in order to ( 4 )
…………………tissue damage by ( 5 ) ……………….the affected part under a running cold tap or using ice
or cold water packs to ease the pain . When the victim has fainting , we should leave the patient lying flat ,
then ( 6 ) ………………..his / her feet and after that, we can give him / her a cup of tea when he / she ( 7 )
………………….
Long Tuyen Seconadry School
Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( d )
Unit 9 & 10
1. It’s dangerous …………………..and to drive fast .
a. swim b. to swim c. swimming d. swam
2. Our new school ………………….next month .
a. is built b. will build c. builds d. will be built
3. The teacher is always willing …………………us .
a. helping b. help c. to help d. helped
5. Farmers use the dung of animals for …………………….their fields .
a. fertilizing b. to fertilize c. fertilized d. fertilizer
6. The teacher …………………….that the students all wanted to know more about what he was explaining .
a. pleased b. was pleased c. was pleasing d. was to please
8. Students are always nervous ……………………their examination .
a. of b. with c. about d. on
10. ………………..we collect waste paper for our mini project ? - Yes , let’s
a. Will b. Shall c. Can d. May
11. She got up early this morning so as ………………to the meeting on time .
a. coming b. come c. will come d. to come
12. Which of the followings belongs to “ metal” ?
a. bags b. clothes c. scissors d. bottles
13. ………..I close the windows for you ? - Yes , please
a. Will b. May c. Shall d. Could
14. Can you ……………. me a bandage , please ?
a. bring b. brought c. to bring d. bringing
15. Which word has different stress pattern from the others ?
a. representative b. condensation c. emergency d. international
16. Which belongs to “ fabric” ?
a. plastic bags b. cloth bags c. bottles d. drink cans
17. We were delighted ……………………your letter last week .
a. getting b. get c. to get d. got
18. After being cleaned , milk bottles can be …………………...
a. recycled b. thrown away c. broken d. reused
19. We are looking forward to ………………………..you in June .
a. seeing b. see c. saw d. be seen
20. Nga studied hard ………………order to pass the entrance exam .
a. in b. so c. on d. at
21. I still can’t believe it ! My bicycle ……………………last night .
a. stole b. was stolen c. was stealing d. steal
22. Will you please get me some water ? - ……………………………………….
a. No , thanks b. Yes , please c. I promise d. Sure , here you are
23. …………………..is used to check one’s eyesight
a. Eye-shade b. Eye-glass c. Eyepiece d. Eye chart
24. Could you get me a bandage ? - …………………………………………
a. No , thanks b. Yes , please c. I hope so d. Sure
25. “Don’t spend too much time watching TV , Nga .”

- I promise ……………………..
a. I will b. to do that c. I won’t d. I don’t
1. Studying English is interesting .
It’s ………………………………………………………
2. Minh’s sister took him to the circus last week
I ……………………………………………………………………….
3. Do you want me to hang on the clothes for you ?
Shall …………………………………………………..?
4. Where is the nearest bank ?
Could you ……………………………………………….
5. People play soccer in many countries .
Soccer ………………………………………………………
6. Doing this exercise is difficult .
It’s ……………………………………………………
7. My sister will wash this pile of clothes .
This pile ………………………………………………………………
8. They can use garbage to make fertilizer .
Garbage …………………………………………………………
9. We turn off the lights . We don’t want to waste electricity . ( in order not to )
……………………………………………………………………………………..
10. Turn off the air conditioner , please .I’m cold .
Will ……………………………………………………………………………..
III. Make meaningful sentences from following cues :
1. I / happy / you / remember / my birthday .
………………………………………………………………..
2. It / not / difficult / keep / people / litter .
…………………………………………………………………………
3. We / look forward / meet / you / next vacation .
…………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Farmers / recycle / waste / thousands of years .
……………………………………………………………………….
5. It / take / us / 6 months / make garbage / compost .
………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. English / speak / all / world .
………………………………………………………….
7. Throughout / world / millions / old paper / throw / every day .
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. Everyone / excited / hear / news .
…………………………………………………………………..
IV. Rewrite the following sentences , using the verbs in passive form :
1. People make a lot of paper from wood .
…………………………………………………………………..
2. They often send Jane to the Singapore office .
……………………………………………………………………………
3. This morning the birds in our garden woke us up .
………………………………………………………………………..
4. People will build a new library behind this police station .
……………………………………………………………………………….
5. We can use garbage to make fertilizer .
………………………………………………………………………..
Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( e )
1. What is the synonym of “ injured” ?
a. sterile b. burned c. wounded d. unconscious
2. Cool it immediately so as to minimize tissue damage.
a. reduce b. deepen c. widen d. enlarge
3. The synonym of “ become chilled” is ……………………
a. appear hungry b. fall unconscious c. look tired d. get cold
4. You should “elevate” the patient’s feet above the level of the heart.
a. cut b. raise c. press d. decrease
5. The anti-tetanus injection is needed when someone gets……………….
a. burn b. shock c. deep cuts d. dog bites
6. People ……………..first aid in order to ease the victim’s pain and anxiety.
a. make b. cover c. create d. use
7. We can stop the bleeding by using the towel to cover the wound then put ………………on it.
a. pressure b. bandage c. medicine d. cloth
8. You should wear warm clothes in order to …………….yourself from cold and snow.
a. protect b. make b. keep d. get
9. Please get me a …………….He gets a bad cut on his leg.
a. blanket b. wheelchair c. chart d. scissors
10. Don’t give the victim any food or drink if he / she gets ……………
a. happy b. sad c. fainting d. shock
11. The victim had better drink a cup of tea when ………………
a. fainting b. bleeding c. reviving d. calming down
12. The cup of coffee kept him …………..all night.
a. alone b. asleep c. awake d. alive
13. Cover the burned area with a thick …………….dressing.
a. polluted b. sterile c. dry d. affected
14. Please let the boy ……………..on this chair.
a. sit b. to sit c. sat d. sitting
15. Put your large hat on in …………..to protect your face from the …………….
a. order that b. order/ sunlight c. as / moisture d. order / condensation
16. When somebody gets fainting, leave him / her …………….flat.
a. lie b. lying c. lay d. laying
17. - I’m having a bad cut on my finger. Would you get me a bandage ?
- …………………………….
a. Yes, please b. I promise c. Don’t forget d. Certainly
18. - Good afternoon, Madam. …………………………..?
- Yes, I’d like a pair of black shoes in size 40.
a. What can I get for you b. Would you like something
c. What would you like d. Can I help you
19. - You English test wasn’t done well. You should try harder. - ………………………….
a. I promise I will b. Yes, of course c. I hope so d. That would be nice
20. …………………………………………..? - No, thank you .
a. Could you lend me your pen b. How can I help you
c. Would you like some cold drink d. Shall I go go with you
21. Choose the word that has underlined part pronounced differently
a. mosques b. kites c. wheelchairs d. eye charts
22. Which of these words has different stress pattern ?
a. handkerchief b. ambulance c. emergency d. elevate
23. We were delighted ……………………your letter last week .
a. getting b. get c. to get d. got
24. After being cleaned , milk bottles can be …………………...

a. recycled b. thrown away c. broken d. reused
25. We are looking forward to ………………………..you in June .
a. seeing b. see c. saw d. be seen
26. Nga studied hard ………………order to pass the entrance exam .
a. in b. so c. on d. at
27. I still can’t believe it ! My bicycle ……………………last night .
a. stole b. was stolen c. was stealing d. steal
28. Will you please get me some water ? _ ……………………………………….
a. No , thanks b. Yes , please c. I promise d. Sure , here you are
29. These drinking cans need ………………before we reuse them .
a. to clean b. be cleaned c. cleaned d. clean
30. In factory , glass is broken up , ……………and made into new glassware
a. melted b. thrown c. reused d. protected
1. People use milk for making butter and cheese .
Milk…………………………………………………………………………..
2. People began to recycle waste thousands of years ago .
People have ……………………………………………………………….
3. This milkman brought bottles of milk to my house .
Bottles ……………………………………………………………………….
4. We spent two hours doing our English homework .
It took ……………………………………………………………………..
5. They can make beautiful toys from recycled plastic .
Beautiful ………………………………………………………………………………
6. I was very delighted that I passed the final exam .
I was very delighted ………………………………………………………..
7. “Don’t throw things away” , Miss Linda said to the students .
Miss Linda ……………………………………………………………………………
8. We should use cloth bags instead of plastic bags .
Cloth bags ……………………………………………………………………………………
9. Do they usually hold the concerts at the university ?
Are ………………………………………………………………………….
10. People recycle waste things . They want to save natural resources and protect the environment .
People recycle waste things so …………………………………………………………………………………..
IV. Write the passage , using the key words :
1. Tom / have / terrible experience / last / Saturday .
………………………………………………………………………………..
2. He / get / flat tire / the free way .
……………………………………………………………..
3. He / stand / his / car / thirty minutes / but / no one / stop
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. he / walk / two miles / a gas station .
……………………………………………………………………………..
5. the guy there / drive / him back / his car / fix / tire .
…………………………………………………………………………..
6. half an hour later / car / break / down .
……………………………………………………………………………..
7. He / try / get / engine / start / nothing / happen .
……………………………………………………………………………………….
8. Luckily / someone / stop / help / fix / engine
…………………………………………………………………………………..
9. Then / he / get in / car / drive off .
……………………………………………………………………………….
I. LISTENING :
A. These people are talking about their weekend . How was each person’s weekend ?
Listen and circle the correct answer : ( Tastic 2 , part 4 )
1. a. so-so b. terrible c. boring
2. a. disappointing b. pleasant c. wonderful
3. a. tiring b. terrific c. enjoyable
4. a. awful b. quiet c. enjoyable
*. Listen again . Are these statements true or false ? T F
1. a. She won a contest in a music store ……. ……..
b. She won a trip to Las Vegas ……. ……..
2. a. They went to a restaurant for dinner …….. ……..
b. His friend has a really interesting job . ……. ……..
3. a. The park is very far from town . ……. …….
b. They didn’t see any birds or butterflies on the trip . ……. ……
4. a. There were a lot interesting people at the party . ……. …….
b. The party ended early . ……. …….
B. Listen to people talking about cities . What is each city like . Check the correct answer :
( Tastic 1 – unit 23 –part 3 )
1. a. great b. safe c. cheap
2. a. crowded b. quiet c. polluted
3. a. noisy b. clean c. great
4. a. boring b. great c. cheap
5. a. small b. crowded c. noisy
6. a. boring b. small c. lovely
7. a. ugly b. dangerous c. safe
8. a. expensive b. large c. small
* Listen again . Circle what each person says about each place :
1. a. There aren’t many interesting places to visit . b. There is a lot to do
2. a. People are noisy in the street . b. It’s nice and quiet
3. a. The air isn’t clean b. The streets are not crowded
4. a. Everything is cheap b. Everything is expensive
5. a. It’s pretty small and quiet b. It’s crowded and noisy
6. a. It’s not a pretty city b. The scenery is beautiful
7. a. It’s good for families b. It’s dangerous
8. a. It’s a small city b. It has great nightlife .
Class :
Name :
REVISION FOR
THE SECOND TERM
A. SOME IMPORTANT STRUCTURES : Để yêu cầu ai đó làm điều gì một cách lịch sự .
1. so as to / in order to + V : để EX : Would / Do you mind sitting next to Chi ?
No problem .
chỉ mục đích của hành động . Hoặc :
EX : My brother studies very hard this year . He wants to Will you
get good grades . Would you + V0 …?
My brother studies hard this year so as to get good Can you
grades . Could you
2. Shall I / we + V …..?
0
7.
Để đề nghị được giúp ai hoặc cùng ai làm điều gì . Would you mind + if + I + V2 / Ved ..?
EX : Shall I carry this heavy bag for you ?
(Để tôi mang cái giỏ này cho bạn nhé ? ) EX : Would you mind if I went out with John , Mom ?
3. Do you mind if I go out with John , Mom ?
It’s + Adj + To V _ I’d prefer you didn’t .
: Thật ( Adj ) …..( V )
( V ) …thì …( adj ) = Do you mind + if + I + V …….?
1
EX : Sitting / To Sit in your garden is very comfortable .
= It’s very comfortable to sit in your garden . ( Bạn có phiền nếu tôi ( V ) …………không ? )
4. Tính từ có thể theo sau bởi một ngữ danh từ : Để xin phép ai đó được làm điều gì .
8. Present participle / past participle phrases :
S + be + Adj + that + S + Vđã chia
a. Ngữ hiện tại phân từ
- Ngữ hiện tại phân từ bắt đầu bằng ( Ving ) có thể được
Ex : She was happy that she got good grade dùng để bổ nghĩa cho danh từ đứng trước nó .
Ex : Nam is afraid that his friend can’t come to his party . - Ving phrases mang ý chủ động .
5. Passive voice : ( Thể bị động ) EX : The boy is Dr. Nam’s son . He is playing volleyball
+ Câu bị động là câu có chủ ngữ nhận hành động . over there .
S + be + V3 / Ved + ( by O ) The boy playing volleyball over there is Dr. Nam’s

son .
+ “be” trong câu bị động được chia cùng thì với động từ EX : The woman is talking to our principal . She is Lan’s
chính trong câu chủ động có thể là : am / is / are ; was / mother .
were hoặc have / has been The woman talking to our principal is Lan’s mother .
V2 ( Người phụ nữ đang nói chuyện với hiệu trưởng của
Ex : Active : Lan bought me a good book yesterday . chúng ta là mẹ của Lan )
Ex: I’d like to talk to the girl . She’s wearing a colorful T
Passive : I was bought a good book by Lan yesterday shirt .
* Passive voice of modal verbs : I’d like to talk to the girl wearing a colorful T shirt .
will / would (…..) the noun + Ving ……

can / could
S + may / might + be + V3 / Ved + ( by O ) b. Ngữ quá khứ phân từ :
must / have to - Ngữ quá khứ phân từ bắt đầu bằng V3/ Ved có thể được
should / ought to ( được giữ nguyên mẫu ) dùng để bổ nghĩa cho danh từ đứng trước nó .
- V3 / Ved mang ý bị động .
hoặc : am / is / are going to
Ex : The room looks very new . It was painted yesterday .
6. Polite requests ( Yêu cầu lịch sự )
The room painted yesterday looks new .
Would you mind + Ving …? ( Căn phòng được sơn ngày hôm trông thấy mới )
Do you mind + Ving ….? ( ….) the noun + V3 / Ved
Bạn cảm
= phiền …….
được không ?
9. S + am / is / are + always + Ving 14. Một số động từ theo sau bởi V0 :
( ai đó ) cứ ………. Can / could

Diễn tả sự phàn nàn , bực bội của người nói . Will / Would
EX : Ba’s always talking in class . Shall / Should + Vo
( Ba cứ nói chuyện trong lớp hoài ) May / Might
10. Đa số từ để hỏi có thể theo sau bới to V Must
W-H + to V B. VERB TENSES :
1. The past continuous tense / past progressive
W-H + to V có thể làm chủ ngữ hoặc túc ngữ trong câu
tense : ( Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn )
EX : She showed me where to go .
a. Cách dùng :
How to do this is a problem .
+ Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn diễn tả một hành động đang diễn
11. Compound nouns : ( Danh từ ghép )
ra trong tại một thời điểm xác định trong quá khứ .
+ Một số danh từ ghép được thành lập bởi :
EX : She was watching TV at 8 o’clock last night .
Noun –Ving + noun They were doing their homework at this time
yesterday .
+ Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn còn diễn tả một hành động đang
EX : rice-cooking festival : lễ hội nấu cơm
diễn ra trong quá khứ thì có hành động khác xen vào .
water-fetching contest : cuộc thi lấy nước
EX : When I was reading newspaper this morning , my
flower-arranging contest : cuộc thi cấm hoa
sister came .
12. Some verbs followed by : to V
When I arrived home , my daughters were playing
start * badminton .
begin * + Thì quá khứ đơn diễn tả hai hành động diễn ra cùng lúc
try * + to V trong quá khứ .
want EX : While Tam was cleaning the house , his sister was
decide cooking in the kitchen .
b . Cách thành lập :
* start , begin , try + to V / Ving
13. Câu tường thuật : ( reported speech ) S + was / were + Ving
a. Câu nói thường : ( Statement )
S + said + ( to O ) + S + V2 / Ved we / you / they , danh từ số nhiều + were
told + O I / he / she / it , danh từ số ít + was
c. Dấu hiệu nhận biết của thì quá khứ tiếp diễn :
Ex : “ I study my lessons in the morning”
- At this time
Lan said she studied her lessons in the morning .
- At that time + yesterday / ago / last
b. Câu hỏi Yes- No :
- At ( 7 .00 o’clock )
wanted to know - Có liên từ When / while và động từ ở quá khứ .
S + asked O + if + S + V2 / Ved
wondered whether C. ĐẠI TỪ NHÂN XƯNG VÀ TÍNH TỪ SỞ HỮU :
ĐẠI TỪ NHÂN XƯNG TÍNH TỪ

Ex : “ Do you go to school by bike ?”
Subject ( S ) Object ( O ) SỞ HỮU
Thuy asked Tam if he went to school by bike .
c. Câu yêu cầu , ra lệnh : I ( tôi ) me my : của tôi
We ( chúng tôi ) us our
S + asked + O + to V / not to V You ( bạn , anh) you your
told He( anh/ chú ấy ) him his
She( cô/ chị ấy ) her her
It ( nó ) it its
Class :
Name : EXERCISE ( f )
I. Circle the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently
1. a. recycle b. sky c. bicycle d. dry
2. a. feeling b. plastic c. give d. right
3. a. most b. cost c. compost d. respond
4. a. stirred b. delighted c. trained d. shared
5. a. reuse b. reduce c. refill d. representative
1. Household and garden waste is collected ……………..compost.
a. to b. to make c. to have d. to change
2. Why do people in some areas ……………..dry tea leaves ? - To keep mosquitoes away.
a. heat b. burn c. fry d. cook
3. My sister and her friends sold all the empty cans she collected ……………..funds for the orphans.
a. to take b. to rise c. to raise d. to use
4. What do they ………………garbage for ?
a. do b. make c. use d. recycle
5. Empty cans are brought back to he factory for …………….
a. recycling b. recycled c. recycle d. be recycled
6. What type of garbage can you put ………….the compost.
a. in b. at c. for d. with
7. Every day in the world, billions of empty cans ……………………
a. throw away b. are thrown away c. have thrown away d. has been thrown away
8. I’m very pleased …………..you have done it perfectly
a. for b. with c. that d. how
9. One of the solutions to reduce the shopping garbage is using ………………
a. plastic bags b. wood bags c. cloth bags d. shopping bags
10. The students were very sad ……………….good marks in the final exam.
a. not get b. to not get c. not getting d. not to get
11. We can reuse the plastic bottles after they …………………with water.
a. are washed b. washed c. are washing d. wash
12. For every ton of ……………..paper saves about eight trees.
a. recycle b. recycling c. recycled d. being recycled
13. He is ………………to hear his son swearing.
a. anxious b. shocked c. willing d. impossible
14. These scissors and knives belong to ……….
a. leather b. metal c. glass d. plastic
15. We can use vegetable matter to make compost to ………………..our fields.
a. harvest b. fertilize c. water d. plough
16. Used glass is broken up, ……………..and made into new glassware
a. melted b. soaked c. mixed d. mashed
17. …………….aren’t used to make compost because they attract rats.
a. grain products b. vegetable matter b. egg shells d. tea leaves
18. The organization ………….. us how to protect the environment
a. says b. speaks c. lets d. shows
19. Are you ……………to accept responsibility ?
a. welcome b. lucky c. willing d. careful
20. Last week we had a chance to talk to a ………………of “Friends of the Earth”
a. speaker b. headmaster c. representative d. mayor
21. – Would you like some medicine ?
- …………………….
a. That would be nice b. I’m sorry, I can’t c. Sure d. I’m glad
22. - You should try your best to improve your English pronunciation.
- I promise I will .
- …………………….
a. OK b. Good c. Yes, please d. I’m afraid not
23. It’s ………………..to cross busy streets .
a. danger b. dangerous c. endanger d. Endangered
24. ………………..those drinking cans refilled ?
a. Did b. Do c. Were d. Was
25. Mai was happy that her brother …………………….her birthday .
a. remember b. to remember c. remembered d. remembering
III. Read the passage and choose the suitable word to complete it :
Yesterday Lan and Lien went to visit their aunt in the countryside. She took them out ( 1 ) ……………
a walk. When they passed by one of their aunt’s neighbor’s house, a dog cam running out and barked
unceasingly. They wanted to stop it but they ( 2 ) …………….. It ran after them and (3) …………..bit
Lan. It was so terrible. They ( 4 ) ……………bring Lan to the ( 5 ) ……………..hospital which is only
half a kilometer from her aunt’s house. There the nurse (6) ………….Lan’s wound
with warm water
and soap. Then she covered the wound with a clean and sterile dressing. Lan got a rabies vaccine (7)
……………….as soon as possible. She went home after she got ( 8 )………………She felt better but
she still got ( 9 ) ………………
1. a. at b. in c. for d. with
2. a. can’t b. didn’t c. weren’t d. couldn’t
3. a. suddenly b. sudden c. all of sudden d. in sudden
4. a. should b. had to c. must d. might
5. a. near b. nearest c. nearby d. nearer
6. a. covered b. cleansed c. washed d. cooled
7. a. inject b. medicine c. precaution d. injection
8. a. better b. well c. first aid d. injured
9. a. scared b. painful c. tired d. annoyed
IV. Make sentences, using the words given :
1. Lan / Mai / always / collect / waste paper / send / factory / recycling
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. Yesterday / Tuan / get / burn / his mother / cool / burn / ice pack.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
3. If / someone / get / shocked / you / not / overheat / victim / blankets / coats
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Leave / patient / lie / flat / when / he / get / fainting
………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. We / should / use / tree leaves / wrap / things / instead / plastic bags
………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. Tires / recycled /can / make / pipes / floor coverings
……………………………………………………………………………………
7. We / sell / these drink cans / tomorrow.
……………………………………………………………………
8. My father / collect / egg shells / vegetable matter / two weeks / he / make / them / compost
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………
9. Many people / burn / tea leaves / keep / mosquitoes away / now
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. Where / you / spend / last / summer vacation ?
………………………………………………………………………………………..
Name : EXERCISE (k)

1. He’s at Dambri _________, looking at the water falling from high place.
a. Oceanic Institite b. Waterfall c. Hill d. Valley
2. When you go to Sa Pa, we can visit _________villages such as: Ta Phin, Nam Cang, ..where H’mong,
Dao, Giay, Tay live.
a. tribal b. colourful c. minor d. ethnic
3. Ha Long Bay was __________the World Heritage Site in 1994.
a. written b. realized c. recognized d. rewarded
4. You can lie on the sandy beach in the early morning and _________ there.
a. dry b. breathe c. sunbathe d. cycle
5. Would you like to __________over my house for dinner?
a. take b. go c. get d. come
6. The glass __________ up into small pieces .
a. break b. broke c. broken d. is broken
7. There are a lot of _________ islands in Ha Long Bay.
a. giant b. limestone c. ancient d. modern
8. Would you mind if I __________ a nap now , mom ?
a. take b. to take c. took d. taking
9. Our class collect used paper and plastic bottle for our mini________
a. project b. plan c. scheme d. fund
10. Mai __________ a letter by a postman yesterday .
a. sent b. was sent c. sends d. is sending
11. That’s the woman _________us to come over our difficulties.
a. helped b. helps c. helping d. to help
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Name : EXERCISE (k)

1. He’s at Dambri _________, looking at the water falling from high place.
a. Oceanic Institite b. Waterfall c. Hill d. Valley
2. When you go to Sa Pa, we can visit _________villages such as: Ta Phin, Nam Cang, ..where H’mong,
Dao, Giay, Tay live.
a. tribal b. colourful c. minor d. ethnic
3. Ha Long Bay was __________the World Heritage Site in 1994.
a. written b. realized c. recognized d. rewarded
4. You can lie on the sandy beach in the early morning and _________ there.
a. dry b. breathe c. sunbathe d. cycle
5. Would you like to __________over my house for dinner?
a. take b. go c. get d. come
6. The glass __________ up into small pieces .
a. break b. broke c. broken d. is broken
7. There are a lot of _________ islands in Ha Long Bay.
a. giant b. limestone c. ancient d. modern
8. Would you mind if I __________ a nap now , mom ?
a. take b. to take c. took d. taking
9. Our class collect used paper and plastic bottle for our mini________
a. project b. plan c. scheme d. fund
10. Mai __________ a letter by a postman yesterday .
a. sent b. was sent c. sends d. is sending
11. That’s the woman _________us to come over our difficulties.
a. helped b. helps c. helping d. to help
12. Their accommodation _________in the ticket price.

a. includes b. consists c. has d. comprises
13. _________ compost _________ from vegetables matter ?
a. Is / made b. Does / make c. Did / make d. Are / made
14. Do you mind if I _________ here ?
a. smoking b. smoke c. smoked d. to smoke
a. environment b. emergency c. magnificent d. interesting
1. Talking to that boy is very interesting .
It’s ………………………………………………………
2. Mai went to supermarket so that she bought some new clothes . (in order to )
Mai went to supermarket ……………………………………………………
3. They clean the empty milk bottles for reusing . ( passive )
………………………………………………………………………….
4. Do you want me to empty the basket for you?
Would youmind …………………………………………………
5. They did their homework before going to bed.
Their homework ………………………………………………………………………….
6. She tries to study English well, so she can find a good job in the future. (in order to)
………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. Will you please turn off the TV ?
Would you mind …………………………………………………………?
8. Shall I buy some food for you ?
Would you mind ……………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
12. Their accommodation _________in the ticket price.

a. includes b. consists c. has d. comprises
13. _________ compost _________ from vegetables matter ?
a. Is / made b. Does / make c. Did / make d. Are / made
14. Do you mind if I _________ here ?
a. smoking b. smoke c. smoked d. to smoke
a. environment b. emergency c. magnificent d. interesting
1. Talking to that boy is very interesting .
It’s ………………………………………………………
2. Mai went to supermarket so that she bought some new clothes . ( in order to )
Mai went to supermarket ……………………………………………………
3. They clean the empty milk bottles for reusing . ( passive )
………………………………………………………………………….
4. Do you want me to empty the basket for you?
Would you mind …………………………………………………
5. They did their homework before going to bed.
Their homework ………………………………………………………………………….
6. She tries to study English well, so she can find a good job in the future. (in order to)
………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. Will you please turn off the TV ?
Would you mind …………………………………………………………?
8. Shall I buy some food for you ?
Would you mind ……………………………………………………
Name: REVISION (5)

I. Make sentences with the key words :
1. They / play / tennis / 10.30 yesterday .
………………………………………………………………………..
2. this time last night / we / talk / Minh / the phone .
…………………………………………………………………………………….
3. We / know / each other / three years.
……………………………………………………………….
4. The Jones family / paddle / canoe / Xuan Huong Lake / the moment .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Nga / her sister / go / Canada / last year ?
……………………………………………………………………….
6. When / she / come / home / her son / play / the guitar
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
7. Would / mind / pass / me / far / sugar?
………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. It / interesting / talk / that man.
………………………………………………………………………………
9. The /empty bottles / reuse / thirty times.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. The boy / play chess / Mr. Tan / Lan’s brother.
…………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Name: REVISION (5)

I. Make sentences with the key words :
………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………….
6. When / she / come / home / her son / play / the guitar
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
7. Would / mind / pass / me / far / sugar?
………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. It / interesting / talk / that man.
………………………………………………………………………………
9. The /empty bottles / reuse / thirty times.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. The boy / play chess / Mr. Tan / Lan’s brother.
…………………………………………………………………………………….
11. A new hospital / just build / this village /

…………………………………………………………………………………………
12. Would / mind / if / borrow / your bike/?
…………………………………………………………………………………
II. Rewrite the following sentences
1. That boy keeps making noise in class.
That boy is ______________________________________________
2. Nam always throws his socks on the floor. That makes his mother annoyed.
Nam is _______________________________________
Hue , the former imperial capital of Viet Nam . is on romantic Huong River , not (1)________ from
Truong Son Range . Here the river is calm (2)________ not wide. There are many (3)________ over
It. Hue is a very beautiful city (4)________ trees on both sides of many streets and large pavements for
people to (5)________. Coming to Hue , most tourists often visit the imperial palace from the Nguyen
Dynasty , temples, pagodas, royal tombs, old garden houses where they can see shady trees , bonsai , orchid
(6)________, and so on.
1. A. near B. far C. close D. beyond
2. A. but B. so C. and D. because
3. A. bridges B. pagodas C. temples D. churches
4. A. with B. in C. at D. by
5. A. ride B. go C. drive D. walk
6. A. vegetables B. flowers C. rice D. cattle
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
11. A new hospital / just build / this village /

…………………………………………………………………………………………
12. Would / mind / if / borrow / your bike/?
…………………………………………………………………………………
II. Rewrite the following sentences
1. That boy keeps making noise in class.
That boy is ______________________________________________
2. Nam always throws his socks on the floor. That makes his mother annoyed.
Nam is _______________________________________
Hue , the former imperial capital of Viet Nam . is on romantic Huong River , not (1)________ from
Truong Son Range . Here the river is calm (2)________ not wide. There are many (3)________ over
It. Hue is a very beautiful city (4)________ trees on both sides of many streets and large pavements for
people to (5)________. Coming to Hue , most tourists often visit the imperial palace from the Nguyen
Dynasty , temples, pagodas, royal tombs, old garden houses where they can see shady trees , bonsai , orchid
(6)________, and so on.
1. A. near B. far C. close D. beyond
2. A. but B. so C. and D. because
3. A. bridges B. pagodas C. temples D. churches
4. A. with B. in C. at D. by
5. A. ride B. go C. drive D. walk
6. A. vegetables B. flowers C. rice D. cattle
. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the words from the box :
wonderful , taking , good , feel , going
best , spending , by , with , lucky ,
All holidays are ……………………..for school children and of course for me , too .
I like …………………..my holidays in the countryside . It is ……………………..because my grandparents
are living in a small village , not very far from my city . So , I usually go there ………………….bicycle trip
to the countryside is the ……………………way of recreation . I have a good time staying …………………
My grandparents during my holidays . I always feel healthier when I come back to my city for my
school work .
I. Circle the letters you choose :
7. ………………you mind if I bring my grandma some milk today ?

a. Would b. Will c. Do d. Can
8. Mai was given a beautiful gift ……………….her new friend
a. by b. in c. with d. to
9. Can you ………………….that salt to me ?
a. pass b. to pass c. passing d. passed
13. Nga went out …………………find something to eat .

a. so as b. in order to c. in order that d. so that
14. ……………this bottle cleaned yesterday ?
a. Did b. Do c. Is d. Was
17. Would you mind ……………………out your cigarette ?

a. putting b. to put c. put d. puts
18. Which word is different from the others ?
a. excellent b. island c. cave d. slope
20. We can use vegetable matter to make compost .

* The passive voice is :
a. Vegetable matter can be made compost b. Vegetable matter to make compost can be used
c. Compost can be made vegetable matter d. Vegetable matter can be used to make compost

* Fill in the blanks with the words in the box :
least pagodas and in

narrow beautiful of more
The ancient town of Hoi An lies on The River Thu Bon , ……………….than 30 kilometers to the south …….
Da Nang . Occupied by early western traders , Hoi An was one of the major old time commercial ports of
South Asia …………….16th century .
Hoi An is famous for old temples , …………………….., tiled- roof houses and ………………..streets .
Class : 8
Name : EXERCISE ( K )
I. Give the correct form of verbs :

1. Nga usually ( write ) …………………..to me but she ( not write ) …………………….to me for five
months.
2. Last night when I ( read ) ……………………….a newspaper , the telephone ( ring ) …………………….
3. We ( be ) …………………..friends since 2002 . We first ( meet ) …………………….one another seven
years ago .
4. It’s seven thirty . We ( do ) ………………………..English exercise , Thuy ( write ) ……………………
her lessons .
5. When Anna ( make ) …………………………dinner , Martin ( arrive ) ……………………..home .
6. When I ( meet ) ……………………her , I only ( be ) ………………….ten .
7. What ……………….. you ( do ) ………………………..at eight o’clock yesterday ?
8. They ( build ) ……………………..a new bridge over this river next month .
9. Susan and I ( drive ) ………………………….to the supermarket at 8 am last Sunday .
10. The light ( go ) ………………….out when we ( have ) ……………………….dinner so we ( stop )
………………….eating .
II. Fill in the blanks with the words in the box :
beautiful flowers walk with far
bridges wide from of temples
Hue , the former imperial capital of Viet Nam . is on romantic Huong River , not …………………from
Truong Son Range . Here the river is calm and not ………………….There are many …………………over
it Hue is a very beautiful city ………………….trees on both sides of many streets and large pavements for
people to …………………Coming to Hue , most tourists often visit the imperial palace ……………… the
Nguyen Dynasty , ………………………., pagodas , royal tombs , old garden houses where they can see
shady trees , bonsai , orchid ……………………. , and so on .
* Fill in the blanks with the words in the box :
bandages lemon juice are rub use
medicine cold flu pepper
When people have a cold , a fever , or the flu , they usually go to the doctor for help or they get some
………………….from the drugstore . But many people also ………………….home remedies for common
illnesses .
Lots of people drink hot chicken soup when they have a ………………..They find it clears the head and the
nose . Some people.. .…………oil on the chest for a cold . Other people drink a mixture of red ………….......
hot water ,…………………., sugar , and milk or vinegar . Here are some simple home remedies .
III. Read the passage carefully and do the task below ( 1, 5 m ) :

Ha Long , Bay of the Descending Dragon , is very popular with both Vietnamese and international tourists .
One of the attractions of Ha Long is the Bay’s calm water with limestone mountains . The Bay’s water
is clear during the spring and early summer . Upon arriving in Ha Long City , visitors can go along Chay
Beach . From the beach , visitors can hire a boat and go out to the Bay . It is here that the visitors can find
some of Southeast Asia's most beautiful sites . Dau Go Cave is one of the most beautiful caves at Ha Long . It
was the cave in which General Tran Hung Dao hid wooden stakes to beat the Mongols on Bach Dang River in
1288 .
* True or False ?
1. ……. Most of Vietnamese and international tourists have known Ha Long Bay .
2. ……. Limestone mountains in Ha Long Bay attract a few tourists .
3. ……. From the beach , tourists can go out to the Bay by a plane .
4. ……. General Tran Hung Dao hid wooden stakes to beat the Mongols on Bach Dang River
in Dau Go Cave .
1. Where in Ha Long can tourists find some of Southeast Asia’s most beautiful sites ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. When did General Tran Hung Dao beat the Mongols ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
IV. Rewrite the following sentences :

1. The baby is crying for her mother . She is sitting in an armchair .
The baby ………………………………………………………………….
2. The boy was injured in an accident . He was taken to hospital .
………………………………………………………………………………………
3. The woman is talking to Tom . Do you know the woman ?
………………………………………………………………………………….
4. The taxi broke down . It was taking us to the airport .
The taxi …………………………………………………………………….
5. Hoa brought them some milk and fruit last Tuesday .
They …………………………………………………………………………
6. You can use this hand kerchief to cover the wound . ( passive )
………………………………………………………………………………………..
7. They usually give me some money .
Some money …………………………………………………..
8. Someone sent him this letter two days ago .
This letter…………………………………………………………………………
V. Write sentences with the words given :
1. I / stay / Ho Chi Minh City / now .
………………………………………………………………….
2. people here / be / hospitable / friendly .
………………………………………………………………………..
3. Yesterday morning / I / go / zoo / I / see / a lot / animals / such / monkeys / bears / tigers ...
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………
4. Tomorrow / I / go / home .
……………………………………………………………………
VI. Make sentences with the key words :
………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………….
6. When / she / come / home / her son / play / video games / she / angry / him .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………..
7. My father / used / smoke / five cigarettes / day / he / not smoke / three months .
………………………………………………………………………………………………
Class : 8
Name : REVISION FOR EXTRA EXAM 1
( Voc. uint 9 + writing unit 9,10,11,12 )
1. Do you know the man …………………..over there ?
a. stand b. stood c. standing d. to stand
2. ……………you help me with this math homework , please ?
a. Will b. May c. Do d. Have
3. They collect these glass pieces……………………send them to the factory .
a. in order to b. so as c. so that d. both a and c
4. These plastic bags shouldn’t be thrown ……………….
a. in b. away c. up d. over
5. Would you mind if I ………………Tam this doll ?
a. give b. gave c. giving d. to give
6. The room ……………….green is my sister’s room .
a. painting b. paint c. painted d. paints
9. - I’m having a bad cut. What should I do ?
- Try to stop the bleeding and use a towel or a ………………..to cover the wound.
a. ambulance b. cotton ball c. ice pack d. handkerchief
10. The boring movie made me fall ……………..
a. awake b. asleep c. conscious d. tired
11. - Please send this man ……………….He is having a pain on his leg.
a. a strecher b. a scale c. a wheelchair d. eye chart
12. I’m happy ………………worked very hard this semester
a. but you b. that you c. so I d. in order to
13. ……………….............................? - I’d prefer you didn’t .
a. Would you mind if I used this computer b. Could you use this computer
c. Do you mind using this computer d. Will you please use this computer
17. We should use cloth bags ………………..of plastic bags.
a. replacing b. changing c. instead d. alternating
18. Great Barrier is recognized the World Heritage Site ………………UNESCO .
a. on b. by c. at d. in
19. Compost is made …………….household and garden waste .
a. from b. in c. of d. on
20. Empty milk bottles are cleaned for …………….
a. reuse b. reusing c. to reuse d. reuses
21. ……I go to the market with you , Mom ?
a. Will b. Would c. Shall d. Do
22. Which of the following has different stress pattern from the others ?
a. injection b. compost c. bottle d. recognize
23. When I arrived, there was a big red car……….….outside the house.
a. park b. parked c. parking d. parks
24. The children are …………….in learning more about the subject.
a. fascinated b. keen c. interested d. fond
27. Cool the burn immediately so as to …………….tissue damage.

a. minimize b. ease c. overheat d. elevate
28. When someone gets fainting, leave him / her …………….flat.
a. lie b. lying c. to lie d. to lying
29. …………….the burns with ice or cold water and then cover the burned area with a thick …………..
dressing.
a. Wash/ cold b. Clean / medical c. Ease / sterile d. Lower / cool
30. The flowers you sent me really …………..me up.
a. picked b. booked c. cheered d. looked
31. She feels ……………..now and she wants to invites her friends to go on a picnic.
a. bored b. boring c. bore d. bores
32. Please give the victim a cup of tea when he / she ……………..
a. revives b. gets shock c. has burns d. has a sorethroat
33. We shouldn’t force the victim ………………or stand.
a. sit b. sitting b. to sit d. to sitting
34. Don’t ………….the victim with blankets or coats when he / she gets shock.
a. give b. force c. elevate d. overheat
35. Would you like to ……………..over my place this weekend ?
a. book b. come c. take d. go
II. Combine the sentences , keeping the same meaning :
1. We should practice English every day. We can improve it rapidly.
We should practice English every day so as ……………………………………..
2. May I move your luggage ?
Would you mind ……………………………………….
3. You shouldn’t use the office phone for your personal calls .
Do you mind ………………………………………………………………………
4. Mr. Hung is running along the beach. ( present participle phrase )
The man ……………………………………………………….
5. The committee will change the plan of recycling.
The plan …………………………………………………………
6. They keep the toy in the box. The toy is 10 dollars. ( past participle phrase )
The toy……………………………………………………………….
7. The man is my uncle. He wrote this poem. ( present participle phrase )
The man …………………………………………………
8. My family is living in a house. The house was built in 2004.
My family ……………………………………………………………………..
9. I was delighted that I got the best results in the final exams.
I was delighted to …………………………………………………..
10. People use old car tires to make shoes and sandals.
Old car tires ……………………………………………………………..
III. Write a letter , using the word given:
Dear Hoa,
1. Thank you / very much / the flowers / you / send / / while I / hospital .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. I / just / come / Bach Mai Hospital
………………………………………………………………..
3. I / miss / you / a lot.
…………………………………………………………………………
4. I / have / small party / next Saturday
……………………………………………………………………….
5. you / come / my house ?
…………………………………………………………
6. I’d / love / see / you / again.
……………………………………………………………….
Class : 8
Name : REVISION FOR EXTRA EXAM (2)
( Voc. Unit 10 + Grammar 9, 10, 11 )
1. It’s quite easy ……………our house.
a. find b. to find c. finding d. found
2. People in some areas ……………the dry tea leaves to keep mosquitoes away.
a. heat b. cook c. fry d. burn
3. Every day, billions of empty cans …………………..away
a. are thrown b. throw c. have been thrown d. were thrown
4. We should reduce the shopping barbage by using ……………….
a. plastic bags b. wood bags c. shopping bags d. cloth bags
5. - Don’t throw away these things.
- ……………………………………..
a. I promise I won’t b. Yes, I will c. OK d. Not at all
6. Plastic bottles and cans can be reused after ………………..
a. washing b. washed c. being washed d. are washed
7. Recycling helps us ………………..natural resourses and protect the environment.
a. waste b. keep c. save d. buy
8. Instead ……………reusing plastic bags, we shouldn’t use them at all.
a. for b. of c. with d. by
9. Recycle means try and ……………..another use for waste products.
a. do b. find c. make d. take
10. We can recycle old clothes and make them ……………..paper or shopping bags.
a. into b. for b. to d. with
11. The empty bottles are collected, cleaned and then they are ……………
a. melted b. thrown away c. refilled d. broken up
12. They passed a new law that there must be a …………….on drink cans and then it is returned when
people bring the cans for recycling.
a. money b. fund c. deposit d. budget
13. In the factory, the glass is broken up, melted and made into new…………….
a. plastice bags b. clothes c. hardware d. glassware
14. Farmers ……………….their waste for thousands of years.
a. recycled b. are recycling c. will recycle d. have recycled
15. They grow food for animals and use the ……………for fertilizing their fields.
a. dead bodies b. dung c. animal food d. compost
16. Household and garden waste is collected to ………………compost.
a. do b. make c. have d. change
17. …………………………………………….. - Yes, please
a. Shall I hang the clothes for you, Mom ? b. Will you please hang the clothes for me, Mom ?
c. Would you mind hanging the clothes ? d. Would you hang the clothes ?
18. Choose the word that has underlined part pronounced diffently from the others
a. hospital b. lost c. host d. offer
19. We are afraid that we …………..no news for you.
a. having b. to have c. have d. to having
20. My aunt’s daughter was very sad …………..good marks in the final exam.
a. not get b. to not get c. not getting d. not to get
21. The organization shows us how ……………..the environment.
a. to protect b. protecting c. be protected d. protect
22. My sister sold all the empty cans she collected to ……………..funds for the orphans.
a. raise b. take c. rise d. use
23. I am very pleased that ………………it perfectly.
a. you to do b. you have done c. have done d. you doing
a. wonderful b. magnificent c. marvelous d. average
25. Would you like to go to the concert tomorrow night ?

………………………………………………
a. You are welcome b. Yes, let’s c. I’m sorry , I can’t d. No, I don’t mind
27. The chair ………………..yesterday has just been repaired .
a. breaking b. broken c. was broken d. broken
28. Would you mind putting ……………… your cigartte ?
a. out b. up c. off d. away
29. All letters…………..today should arrive tomorrow.
a. posted b. will post c. to post d. posting
30. I can’t stand Hung. He’s ………………..his clothes on the floor.
a. always throws b. always throwing c. always thrown d. always threw
II. Read the passage and do the task below:
Last summer Mary went to Ho Chi Minh City with her parents. Their flight lasted over twelve hours.
They stayed in a big hotel. It was clean and comfortable. On the first day, they visited Nha Rong Harbor,
Thong Nhat Palace and some other places of interest. On the second day, they visited Cu Chi Tunnels
where they were amazed by hundreds of underground defense works used during the war. Finally, they
went to Vinh Nghiem Pagoda and the Notre Dame Cathedral and they were interested in the special
atmosphere of peace and dignity there. After three days in Ho Chi Minh City, they went to Hue to visit
some citadels there. They really enjoyed their stay in Viet nam.
* Circle the best answer for each question
1. Mary went to Ho Chi Minh City by ………………...
a. coach b. plane c. train d. ship
2. In ………………they saw hundreds of underground defense works.
a. Cu Chi Tunnels b. Nha Rong harbor c. Thong Nhat palace d. Vinh Nghiem Pagoda
3. They were ………………the peaceful atmosphere in Vinh Nghiem pagoda and Notre Dame Cathedral.
a. amazed at b. healthy c. bored with d. fond of
4. They visited some citadels in Hue on the ……………day.
a. first b. fourth c. third d. second
III. Make sentences, using the words and phrases given :
1. Would / mind / If / take / some / photos /?
……………………………………………………………………
2. The boy / sit / next / me / class / study / English / well.
………………………………………………………………………………
3. When / I come / home / my mother / cook / dinner.
……………………………………………………………………………………..
4. Would / mind / get / me / some ice ?
……………………………………………………………………
5. It / interesting / see / that fim.
………………………………………………………………
6. The book / cover / yellow plastic / mine.
……………………………………………………………………………
7. Drinking cans / clean / and reuse
…………………………………………………………..
8. We / do / our test / 10.30 yesterday morning.
………………………………………………………………………………….
9. They / do morning exercise / order / be healthier.
……………………………………………………………………………
10. Handkerchief / use / cover / the wound
……………………………………………………………………….
Class :
( Voc. Unit 11,12 + Grammar 9, 10, 11,12 )
1. You shouldn’t use ……………….bags because they cause pollution.
a. leather b. plastic c. fabric d. metal
2. She’s an active student in our school. She participated…………….many activities in our school
3. I am ………….that you passed your exam.
a. delighting b. delight c. delighted d. delights
4. I think it is very …………..to travel around the world.
a. interesting b. interested c. interest d. interestingly
5. The lane is ………….Nguyen Trai Street and Hung Vuong Street.
a. near b. between c. beside d. on
6. She promises she ………………back in half an hour.
a. is b. is going to be c. has been d. will be
7. The radio ………………..yesteday.
a. repaired b. is repairing c. was repairing d. was repaired
8. Do you know that most sports and games ………………..in England are also popular in Australia ?
a. playing b. play c. played d. was played
9. I’m afraid that I can’t agree ………….you.
a. with b. about c. on d. for
10. Do you mind if I borrow your book ? - ……………………………………………..
a. No, you can’t b. Yes, I do c. Please go ahead d. All right
11. When the mailman came, my family ………………….
a. slept b. was sleeping c. sleep d. is sleeping
12. We saw the lava ………………when we flew ahead.
a. pouring out b. poiting out c. going out d. melting
13. Please book…………three seats to Ho Chi Minh City.
a. for b. over c. to d. up
14. One of the competitions in the festival is ………………..
a. make fire b. making fire c. fire-making d. fire making
15. The fresh air in the countryside is good for our ……………
a. healthy b. healthful c. health d. healthily
16. Our ……….resources are limited so we should use them economically.
a. nature b. natural c. naturally d. naturalize
17. The common name for apartment, house, hotel and guest house is …………….
a. inn b. accommodation c. place d. shelter
18. - Don’t play soccer in the room, boy. - ………………………..
a. Sure b. That would be nice c. I promise I will d. I promise I won’t
19. …………………………………………..? - I’m sorry, that is not possible.
a. Would you mind if I close the window b. Woulld you mind closing the window
c. What can I do for you d. I promise I will help you close the window
20. People use the dung to ……………their fields.
a. soak b. refill c. fertilize d. compost
21. They hired a ……………..and paddled around Xuan Huong Lake.
a. waterfall b. canoe c. wheelchair d. ambulance
22. In Ha Long Bay, you can see a lot of ……………….caves.
a. limestone b. magnificent c. jungle d. tribal
23. Mrs. Quyen is travelling …………….She is in America.
a. aboard b. nationwide c. abroad d. everywhere
24. We are coming on a tour. Our accommodation is ………………..in the ticket price.
a. included b. consisted c. separated d. participated
25. That man will help you carry your …………….such as bags, suitcases, …..
a. luggage b. language c. clothes d. swimming hats
26. If you want to know about the tour, you can read it in this …………..
a. book b. brochure c. novel d. story
27. I promise I will study hard next semester. - ……………………..
a. All right b. Please do c. I hope so d. Yes, please
28. The Windy City is ………………right on the shore of Lake Michigan.
a. carved b. seen c. visited d. situated
29.- Oh, youre having a bad cut. ShalL I get you a bangdage ? - …………………..
a.That would be nice b. Good c. I’m sorry, I can’t d. I’m glad to hear that
30. When I …………….along the street, I …………..my old friend.
a. was walking/ saw b. walked/ was seeing c. walked/ saw d. was walking / was seeing
1. Mrs. Ngoc got up early. She came to the meeting on time.
Mrs. Ngoc got up early in oder ………………………………………………
2. The mechanic checks the car engines every week. ( passive voice )
……………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Hoa is going to invite Nam to the birthday party.
Nam ………………………………………………………………………….
4. Studying Vietnamese is not very difficult.
It’s ………………………………………………………………….
5. Mr. Tan’s students lost the game, so he was very disappointed.
Mr. Tam was very disappointed ……………………………………………………….
6. The boy will be punished. He broke the shop window. ( Present participle phrase )
The boy ……………………………………………………………………
7. The book is mine. It’s lying on the thable.
The book ………………………………………………………..
8. Please don’t swim in this river.
Would you mind ……………………………………………
9. The new Japanese camera is $ 300 . ( past participle phrase )
The new camera …………………………………………
10. May I sit in the front seat of the taxi ?
Would you mind …………………………………………..
11. Could you soak these clothes with detergent liquid ?
Do you …………………………………………………………………
III. Change the following sentences into passive voice :
1. She studies her English at night .
……………………………………………………………………..
2. Mai and Nga visited their grandma last Sunday .
………………………………………………………………………….
3. He wrote an essay on his hometown yesterday .
………………………………………………………………………………..
4. They often read novel in their free time .
…………………………………………………………………………...
5. People speak English all over the world .
………………………………………………………………………….
6. Mrs. Lien cooks meals every day .
………………………………………………………………………
7. The child doesn’t eat any meat .
…………………………………………………………..
8. This girl practices her music lessons every evening .
……………………………………………………………………………….
9. We didn’t take our son to the zoo last Saturday .
…………………………………………………………………………….
10. Do you learn some English words by heart everyday ?
………………………………………………………………………………………
Class :
1. Would you mind.........................the cassette to me?
A. bringing B. if I brought C. If I bring D. bring
2. She dropped the purse on the road, so she stopped and ...............it up.
A. cheered B. booked C. picked D. checked
3. I promise I ...................there on time.
A. am B. will be C. can be D. should
4. Do you know the woman....................on the stage ?
A. sing B. singing C. sung D. to sing
5. I can't understand what she is explaining. It's difficult ......................her lesson.
A. follow B. following C. to follow D. followed
6. My computer isn't working. Do you mind..........................your computer?
A. using B. If I used C. used D. If I use
7. My teacher's encouragement really .................me ................
A. cheered / up B. picked / up C. cheered / over D. woke / up
8. Thank you very much................rescuing my son
A. on B. at C. to D. for
9. She didn't keep plastic bags and bottles for recycling, but she .......................them away.
A. gave B. put C. ran D. threw
10. .................you cut the grass for me? I'm very busy. - Sure.
A. Do B. Should C. Will D. Shall
.......................................................................................................................................................................................
Class :
1. Would you mind.........................the cassette to me?
A. bringing B. if I brought C. If I bring D. bring
2. She dropped the purse on the road, so she stopped and ...............it up.
A. cheered B. booked C. picked D. checked
3. I promise I ...................there on time.
A. am B. will be C. can be D. should
4. Do you know the woman....................on the stage ?
A. sing B. singing C. sung D. to sing
5. I can't understand what she is explaining. It's difficult ......................her lesson.
A. follow B. following C. to follow D. followed
6. My computer isn't working. Do you mind..........................your computer?
A. using B. If I used C. used D. If I use
7. My teacher's encouragement really .................me ................
A. cheered / up B. picked / up C. cheered / over D. woke / up
8. Thank you very much................rescuing my son
A. on B. at C. to D. for
9. She didn't keep plastic bags and bottles for recycling, but she .......................them away.
A. gave B. put C. ran D. threw
10. .................you cut the grass for me? I'm very busy. - Sure.
A. Do B. Should C. Will D. Shall
11. At the factory, the glass .......................with special chemicals and melted to make new glassware.
A. washing B. wash C. is washed D. washed
12. Don't let your child .....................with a dog. It's very dirty.
A. play B. playing C. to play D.played
13. Tet is coming in a few days. We are looking forward .....................together.
A. to getting B. to get C. get D. getting
14. Would you like to ..............................over for dinner ?
A. get B. come C. take D. bring
15. Nga's brother has tried his best in order....................the entrance exam to a university.
A. passing B. pass C. passed D. to pass
16. Don't force the victim...................or stand when he gets shock.
A. sit B. sitting C. to sit D. sat
17. Someone threw Lan's books on the floor. She leaned .................to pick them up.
A. in B. over C. on D. off
18. May I stop to ..................a photo, Mum?
A. make B. take C. get D. draw
19. Would you mind If I .....................to Lan's birthday's party?
A. come B. coming C. came D. to come
20. Choose the word that has different stress pattern from the other
A. flight B. tourguide D. science D. picture
II. Rewrite the following sentences, keeping the same meaning
1. She closed the door of her room. She didn't want to talk to anyone.
She closed the door of her room so as..............................................................................
2. Nam studied hard. He passed the all the exams.
Nam studied hard in order ............................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................................
11. At the factory, the glass .......................with special chemicals and melted to make new glassware.
A. washing B. wash C. is washed D. washed
12. Don't let your child .....................with a dog. It's very dirty.
A. play B. playing C. to play D.played
13. Tet is coming in a few days. We are looking forward .....................together.
A. to getting B. to get C. get D. getting
14. Would you like to ..............................over for dinner ?
A. get B. come C. take D. bring
15. Nga's brother has tried his best in order....................the entrance exam to a university.
A. passing B. pass C. passed D. to pass
16. Don't force the victim...................or stand when he gets shock.
A. sit B. sitting C. to sit D. sat
17. Someone threw Lan's books on the floor. She leaned .................to pick them up.
A. in B. over C. on D. off
18. May I stop to ..................a photo, Mum?
A. make B. take C. get D. draw
19. Would you mind If I .....................to Lan's birthday's party?
A. come B. coming C. came D. to come
20. Choose the word that has different stress pattern from the other
A. flight B. tourguide D. science D. picture
II. Rewrite the following sentences, keeping the same meaning
1. She closed the door of her room. She didn't want to talk to anyone.
She closed the door of her room so as..............................................................................
2. Nam studied hard. He passed the all the exams.
Nam studied hard in order ............................................................
IV. Write a passage, using the words given :

1. I / day / remember / last year .
2. I / have / appointment / my job interview / city center .
3. I / stuck / traffic jam / I get / city / late .
4. When I / look for / parking space / park / my car / another car / rush / my car .
5. I / shout / the driver / car .
6. Finally / I / find / place / parking .
7. I / go / upstairs / knock at / door / my interview room .
8. I / embarassed / the man / open / door / be / the man / shout / by me .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………....
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………..
Class :
Name :
EXERCISE ( g )
1. Recycling helps us keep the environment clean and save natural .................
a. sources b. resources c. beauty d. mountain
2. Would you mind ………………..one place to visit ?
a. suggest b. suggested c. suggesting d. to suggest
3. ……………I buy food for you , mom ?
a. Shall b. Will c. Won’t d. Do
4. She’s pleased …………………you here .
a. meet b. to meet c. meeting d. met
5. Would you mind if I …………….out , teacher ?
a. go b. went c. going d. to go
6. The injured man …………………to the hospital in an ambulance .
a. takes b. took c. is taking d. was taken
7. Can you ………………this basket for me ?
a. emptying b. to empty c. empty d. emptied
8. It’s exciting …………………..this activity in our class .
a. having b. have c. had d. to have
9. These glasses can ….……..to the factory for recycling
a. send b. be sent c. is sent d. sending
10. Nga got up early this morning so as ……………….the housework .
a. to do b. doing c. do d. did
11. Strong coffee kept him ……………all night.
a. conscious b. awake c. asleep d. calm
12. Please pick ……………….the pen on the floor for me .
a. on b. over c. up d. in
13. You shouldn’t throw these cans away . You should keep them for …………………..
a. reusing b. reducing c. protecting d. re paint
14. People break the glass into small pieces and …………………them .
a. refill b. fertilize c. melt d. over-package
15. …………….you wash these dishes , please ?
a. Do b. Shall c. Have d. Can
16. Please book ……………three seats to Ho Chi Minh City ?
a. in b. up c. at d. over
17. A : Would you mind getting me a cup of coffee , Lan
B : …………………………..Here you are .
a. I’m sorry , I can’t b. Please do c. No , of course not d. I’d prefer you didn’t
18. Which of the following different from the others ?
a. protect b. save c. moisture d. prevent
19. ……………….a stick that is placed under the arm to help a person who has difficulty in walking
a. A crutch b. A stretcher c. An eye chart d. An ambulance
20. Which belongs to “ fabric” ?
a. plastic bags b. cloth bags c. bottles d. drink cans
21. It’s a good idea to ask people to give a ………….. on all drink cans and they will get it when they bring
the cans back for recycling
a. refund b. deposit c. fund d. budget
22. The best place for a compose heap is a place that gets sun and ……………….
a. grain products b. moisture c. condensation d. shade
23. Give the victim a cup of tea when he …………………
a. revival b. reviving c. revives d. revive
24. …………….is a sudden serious and dangerous event or situation which needs immediate action to
deal with it.
a. emergency b. conciousness c. injection d. elevation
a. representative b. condensation c. emergency d. international
26. In Ha Long Bay, you can also visit some beautiful ……………..islands.
a. hailstone b. limestone c. sandstone d. millstone
27. Ha Long Bay, one of the most picturesque sights in Vietnam, was ……………..by UNESCO as
World Heritage Site.
a. recognized b. signed c. realized d. collected
29. I’m afraid that ……………this test well.
a. I done b. not doing c. I can’t do d. I doing
30. When a person get burns, we should……………….the burns immediately with ice or cold water
a. wash b. overheat c. cover d. cool
1. Playing soccer in the rain is very interesting .
It’s …………………………………………………
2. Mr Thanh helped us solve these problems . ( passive )
………………………………………………………….
3. Nam won the first prize in the contest . He was very happy .
Nam was very happy ……………………………………
4. Could you turn the air conditioner off ?
Would …………………………………………….?
5. Mrs. Quyen often tells the children stories .
The children ………………………………………………………
6. Would you bring me some potatoes ?
Would you mind …………………………………….. ?
7. Shall I use your motorbike ?
Do you mind ………………………………………………..?
8. I always get up early . I want to do some morning exercises before I go to school . ( in order to )
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
9. They passed all the exam . They were lucky .
They were lucky ……………………………………………………..
10. The girl brings my sister some fruit every day .
My sister ………………………………………………………………….
11. Do you want me to keep the windows open ?
Would you mind .............................................................................
12. He keeps making noise in class.
He's ........................................................................................
III. Complete a story , using the words given :
1. Nam / have / day / remember / last year
…………………………………………………………………………………….
2. He / have / entrance exam / university / July .
…………………………………………………………………………………
3. He / stay / up late / study / his lessons / he / get up / late / next morning .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. He / jump out / bed / brush / teeth / wash / face / quickly get dressed .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Fortunately / he / get / school / time .
………………………………………………………………………….
6. When / he / call / the room / by supervisor / everyone / look / him / laugh / noisily .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………..
7. He / look / down / realize / he / put / one brown shoe / one black shoe .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Name : EXERCISE ( h )
1. Shannon dropped her paddle and lean ……………………to pick it up .
a. on b. over c. in d. up
2. Look Shannon . I can see a boy ……………………..a water buffalo .
a. rides b. rode c. riding d. ridden
3. Recycle means not throw things ………………..
a. away b. up c. at d. on
4. Do you mind …………………out your cigarette ?
a. put b. to put c. puts d. putting
5. She’s happy that Tam and Nga …………………..with her .
a. to stay b. are staying c. stayed d. stay
6. It’s hard ………………….in your ghost story .
a. believe b. to believe c. believing d. believed
7. ………………you please buy me some rice ?
a. Shall b. Do c. Won’t d. Will
8. Would you mind if I ……………………..TV when having lunch ?
a. watch b. watching c. watched d. to watch
9. The televisions ……………………in Japan are good .
a. made b. making c. is made d. to make
10. Do you mind if I ………………these books ?
a. sell b. sold c. to sell d. selling
11. Compost is made from …………………
a. fertilizer b. vegetable matter c. heap d. fabric
12. We can save ………………………by recycling things .
a. pipes b. world c. natural resources d. environment
13. My father is pleased ……………………….my report card .
a. got b. gets c. to get d. getting
14. The best student in my school ………………………..scholarship last week .
a. gave b. was given d. given d. giving
15. The man …………………in the side walk wants to meet your father .
a. is walking b. walks c. walked d. walking
16. Sapa, a faraway northern town, is a famous ……………resort.
a. seaside b. mountainous c. village d. countryside
17. Ha Long Bay, one of the most picturesque sights in Vietnam, was ……………..by UNESCO as
World Heritage Site.
a. recognized b. signed c. realized d. collected
18. How can we go to Ha Long Bay ? – By land, I mean by buses and by …………..
a. planes b. boats c. ships d. trains
a. jungle b. mountain c. island d. pagoda
20. Her mother asked her to book …………….three seats at the bus station .
a. in b. up c. over d. to
21. This house is ………………….of three houses .
a. more expensive than b. expensive c. better d. the most expensive
22. Which of the followings has underlined part pronounced differently form the others ?
a. rescue b. recycle c.melt d. elevate
23. A : Would you mind getting me a cup of coffee , Lan
B : …………………………..Here you are .
a. I’m sorry , I can’t b. Please do c. No , of course not d. I’d prefer you didn’t
24. I’m very sad that you failed the test . Will you please study harder next semester ?
a. I promise I will b. Yes , I will c. I hope so d. Don’t forget
25. Shall I buy you some medicines ? - ………………………..
a. Sure b. Yes , please c. Ok d. I’m sorry I can’t
26. There are a lot of …………..in Ha Long Bay, for example the islet of Monkeys.
a. islanders b. islets c. isles d. peninsula
27. Coming to Ha Long, you can …………..a lot of magnificent caves.
a. examine b. investigate c. explore d. look for.
29. Guest houses are cheaper, they are …………….accommondation.
a. low b. low-priced c. high d. high-priced
30. The story has a very ……………..ending, so I like it a lot.
a. surprise b. surprising c. surprised d. surprisingly
1. The woman’s standing at the door . She is my sister .
The woman …………………………………………………………
2. They keep the books on the shelf .
The books ………………………………………………………
3. She went out . She wanted to find something to eat .
She went out in order ……………………………………………………..
4. I’ve just heard about the boy . He was knocked down on the way to his school . ( past participle phrase )
………………………………..………………………………………………………………
5. The painting hasn’t been found yet . It was stolen from the museum . ( past participle phrase )
………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. The girl is Australian . She’s talking to Tom .
The girl ………………………………………………………………..
7. We taught them Geography last year . ( Passive voice )
……………………………………………………………………………
8. Could you show me the way to the bus stop ?
Would you mind ………………………………………………..?
9. Shall I use this computer , madam ?
Would you mind …………………………………………………………….?
10. Nga’s sister can paint this map for you .
This map …………………………………………………………..
11. You don’t study as good as Lan .
Lan studies ………………………………………………………………….
12. My bag isn’t as expensive as your bag .
Your bag is ………………………………………………………………………….
III. Read the passage and complete it by circling a, b, c or d
The ancient ( 1 ) …………….of Hoi An lies oon the River Thu Bon, more ( 2 ) ……………….30
kilometers to the south of Da Nang. ( 3 ) ………………..by early western traders. Hoi An was one of the
major ( 4 ) …………….commercial ports of South Asia in the 26th century.
Hoi An is famous ( 5) …………….old temples, pogodas, tiled roof houses ( 6 ) ……………….streets.
Tourists can ( 7 ) ……………..the relics of sa Huynh and Cham Civilizations. They can also enjoy the
beautiful scenery of the River Thu Bon, Cua Dai beach, etc. In ( 48) …………….years, Hoi An has become
a very ( 9 ) …………….tourist destination in Viet Nam. Improtantly, the committee of the World Heritages
of UNESCO ( 10 ) ………………..certified Hoi An as a World Heritage Site in 1999.
1. a. city b. village c. town d. capital
2. a. than b. as c. of d. rather than
3. a. Occupy b. Occupied c. Occupying d. To occupy
4. a. old-time b. modern-time c. new-time d. recent- time
5. a. of b. in c. for d. with
6. a. a larger b. narrow b. wider c. bigger
7. a. see b. look c. watch d. visit
8. a. near b. recent c. most d. new
9. a. popular b. known c. liked d. disliked
10. a. office b. official c. official d. officer
Class : 8
Name : EXERCISE ( i )
I. Match the requests in A to the replies in B :
A B
1. Can I use your dictionary ? a. Certainly . Here you are .
2. Do you mind closing the window ? It’s cold b. No , I’m cold , too
here . c. Of course not
3. Hello , May I speak to Sue ? d. No , that would be fine
4. Would you mind mailing this letter for me ? e. She is not in right now . May I
5. Could you pass the salt take a message ?
6. Would you mind if I left early , I’m not f. Unh-unh
feeling well . g. Not at all . I’m going to the post
7. I don’t like this TV program .Would you office .
mind changing the channel ? h. Sure . I’m not using it now .
8. Do you mind if I turn on the light ?
1 ……. 2 ……. 3…… 4……… 5…….. 6…… 7…… 8 …….

1.They ………………from the river yesterday .
a. will be rescued b. rescued c. were rescued d. are rescued
2. We’re happy that …………………………………………
a. you to work very hard this semester b. you working very hard this semester
c. you worked very hard this semester d. working very hard this semester
3. ……………….............................? - I’d prefer you didn’t .
a. Would you mind if I used this computer b. Could you use this computer
c. Do you mind using this computer d. Will you please use this computer
4. She worked ……………………..her sister
a. hard b. harder than c. the hardest d. better
5. …………..your school yard swept every morning ?
a. Does b. Is c. Are d. Do
6. Compost is made …………….household and garden waste .
a.on b. in c. of d. from
7. …………..you mind if I took a nap now ?
a. Would b. Do c. Will d. Shall
8. It’s easy …………………this problem .
a. solve b. solving c. to solve d. solved
9. My brother pick me …………….after school .
a. in b. over c. up d. on
10. The chair ………………..yesterday has just been repaired .
a. broke b. broken c. was broken d. breaking
11. Do you know the man …………………..over there ?
a. standing b. stood c. stand d. to stand
13. Would you mind putting ……….your cigarette ?
a. in b. out c. at d. with
14. In Oregon, the government made a new law saying that there must be a ………….on all drink cans
a. dependant b. payment c. demonstration d. deposit
15. The deposit is ……………when people bring the cans back for recycling.
a. come b. back c. comeback d. returned
16. At the end of the street there is a path …………….to the river.
a. leading b. leads c. led d. lead
17. Tourists coming to Sapa usually visit ………..where the ethnic minorities live.
a. villages b. hamlets c. districts d. tribes
18. The new law helps prevent people …………….throwing cans away.
a. with b. of c. from d. by
19. We should use cloth bags ………….of plastic bags.
a. besides b. apart c. without d. instead
20. Daisy is a…………. . She sells flowers.
a. florist b. grocer c. tourist guide d. librarian
21. There are many interesting places worth …………..in Vietnam.
a. seeing b. to see c. saw d. see
22. There are …………flights from Ha Noi to Ho Chi Minh City. You can go whenever you like.
a. day b. daily c. dairy d. every
23. They fell into the river when the canoe …………..
a. stop b. dropped c. appeared d. overturned
24. Can I help you …………..your lagguage, Mrs. Mai ?
a. to b. at c. with d. for
25. Coming to Sapa, you can visit ……………caves.
a. jungle b. offshore c. magnificent d. tribal
26. The liquid is blown into……………..shapes.
a. intended b. intending c. intend d. to intend
a. come b. compost c. government d. another
III. Rewrite the sentences , keeping ‘the same meaning :
1. Minh must finish the test before ten .
The test ………………………………………………………….
2. This exercise is difficult to do .
It’s ………………………………………………………
3. The teacher is in charge of my class . He is talking to the principal .
The teacher ………………………………………………………………………..
4. They use a handkerchief to cover the wound .
A handkerchief ………………………………………………………………..
5. A window was broken in the storm last night . It has now been repaired .
The window …………………………………………………………………………….
6. Talking to those people is very exciting .
It’s…………………………………………………………………………
7. I didn’t talk much to the man . The man was sitting next to me on the plane .
I didn’t talk ………………………………………………………………………………………..
8. The book isn’t mine . It is wrapped in yellow paper .
The book ………………………………………………………………………
9. Mr Green got up early . He came to the meeting on time .
Mr. Green got up early in so as ………………………………………………….
10. Will you please cover my would ?
Do you mind …………………………………………………………..?
11. Can I ride my bike to market mom ?
Would you mind ………………………………………………………………?
12. The food in the city isn’t as fresh as the food in the country .
The food in the country is ………………………………………………………………….
13. I was happy because you remembered my birthday .
I was happy ………………………………………………………………………
14. You passed the exam . I am delighted about that .
I’m delighted ………………………………………………………………………….
15. What about reusing these plastic bags ?
Shall we …………………………………………………………………?
16. Why don’t we keep these bottles for recycling ?
I think we should ………………………………………………………..
I. Circle the word that has different stress

1. a. belong b. mixture c. before d. deposit
2. a. believe b. follow c. afraid d. specific
3. a. impossible b. liquid c. fertilizer d. accident
4. a. minimize b. ambulance c. emergency d. elevate
5. a. injured b. sterile c. victim d. contact
Class : 8
Name :
KIỂM TRA THỬ GIỮA KỲ II
I. LISTENING :
A. Listen to the tape and fill in the blanks with the weather you hear :
1. Beijing
……………………………………………..
2. Tokyo
………………………………………………….
3. Taipei
…………………………………………………..
B. Listen and choose the correct answer :
4. ……………… 5. …………… 6. ………………..
II. LEXICO- GRAMMAR :
7. We fell ……………..because the movie was so boring.
a. awake b. asleep c. conscious d. tired
8. Most of the goods ……………in this factory are exported.
a. make b. making c. made d. are made
9. What can I get for you ? - …………………………….
a. Please bring me some medicines b. OK. Thanks
c. I’m sorry, I can’t d. Can I get you some medicines
10. Choose the word that has underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
a. stirred b. trained c. refilled d. reduced
11. Would you mind ………………..your car now ? - I’d rather you didn’t.
a. If I used b. using c. if I use d. used
12. Everyone fell into deep water but fortunatel, a boat appeared and …………….them.
a. rescued b. picked up c. pulled d. helped
13. Mount Rushmore is a place where the head of four American president are carved into the ………..
a. mountain b. cliff c. rock d. hill
14. Plastic bags can be …………….after being washed.
a. reduced b. reused c. recycled d. refilled
a. botanical b. heritage c. fantastic d. magnificent
16. Waste ……………………for thousand of years.
a. has recycled b. recycled c. was recycled d. has been recycled
17. At the beach, we can go swimming and ……………..
a. sunbathe b. go hiking c. go shopping d. row a boat
18. I’m afraid that ……………this test well.
a. I done b. not doing c. I can’t do d. I doing
19. When a person get burns, we should……………….the burns immediately with ice or cold water
a. wash b. overheat c. cover d. cool
20. Ha Long Bay was ……………..as a World heritage Site by UNESCO
a. considered b. known c. recognized d. thought
III. READING COOMPREHENSION
A. Complete the following passage by circling a, b, c or d
Last month lan’s father (21) …………….her to a glass factory. They visited the recycling workshop
where the broken glass was mashed (22) ……………..small pieces, and the glass was washed with a
particular detergent liquid. Afer that, it was dried up and ( 23) ……………..with some chemicals. The
mixture was put into a very ( 24) ……………..temperature furnace to ( 25) ……………..into liquid.
The workers in the factory used long pipes to blow the liquid into a variety of ( 26) ………………All
the glassware looks nice. Lan was very impressed by the journey.
21. a. asked b. took c. told d. gave
22. a. to b. at c. into d. on
23. a. mixed b. washed c. broken d. used
24. a. strong b. low c. weak d. high
25. a. change b. melt c. make d. cook
26. a. shapes b. glasses c. figures d. types
B. Read the passage and do the task below :
An increasing number of people are now going on holiday to Egypt. Last year, for example, about one and
a half million tourists visited Egypt. The population of Egypt is about fifty million tourists and the capital
is El Qahira ( Cairo), a busy city of just under nine million people. Although the climate is hot and dry
and most of the country is desert, the average temperature from October to March is not too high. The
most famous sights are the pyramids art Giza. However, it is also pleasant to visit Alexandria, Port Said
and several other places and so as much sightseeing as ossible in the time available. A trip to Luxor is
an unforgettable experience, and there are frequent flights there from Cairo.
* True or False ?
27. …….More and more people go on holiday to Egypt.
28. …….There are less than nine million people in El Qahira.
29. …….The planes frequently fly from Cairo to Luxor
30. …….The pyramids at Giza is very well-known.
31. What’s the weather in Egypt like ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
32. Which place makes impression on tourists ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
IV. WRITING
A. Rewrite the following sentences, keeping the same meaning :
33. People recycle old car tires to make shoes and sandals.
Old car tires …………………………………………………………………………..
34. I want you help me with the housework
Do you mind ………………………………………………..
35. The woman is Lan’s aunt. She’s wearing a blue dress.
The woman………………………………………………………………………
36. Doing this exercise is not very difficult.
It’s …………………………………………………………………
B. Write a postcard, using the words given :
Dear Nam,
37. I / have / wonderful time / Da Lat / now
…………………………………………………………………………..
38. I / visit / lot / places / such / Flower Garden / Xuan Huong Lake / Camli Waterfall ……/ yesterday
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………..
39. I / go / Bao Dai Palace / Truc Lam Pagoda / tomorrow.
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
40. I / happy / have / lot / fun
……………………………………………………..
Love,
Mai Anh
The boy fell……………..his bike and hit his head on the road.
a. of b. off c. out d. down
III. Complete the passage by circling a, b, c or d :

5
d. to Secondary
mak
Long Tuyen School
Grade : 8
Name :
REVISION FOR EXTRA EXAM
Bỏ
1. I’m delighted ………………..passed your English exam .
a. but you b. that you c. so I d. until you
3. They collect these glass pieces in……………………to send them to the factory .
a. so as b. as c. so d. order
4. These plastic bags shouldn’t be thrown ……………….
a. in b. up c. away d. over
a. Do b. Would c. Will d. Shall
12. My brother pick me …………….after school .
a. in b. up c. over d. on
13. Nga went out …………………find something to eat .
a. so as b. in order to c. in order that d. so that
15. Do you mind if I ……………….her your pen ? No , of course not

a. lent b. lending c. lend d. to lend
16. She ………………….some good books tomorrow .
a. will give b. is given c. gives d. will be given

a. excellent b. island c. cave d. slope
20. We can use vegetable matter to make compost .
22. We’re happy that …………………………………………

a. you to work very hard this semester b. you working very hard this semester
c. you worked very hard this semester d. working very hard this semester
24. She worked ……………………..her sister
a. hard b. harder than c. the hardest d. better
25. …………..your school yard swept every morning ?
a. Does b. Is c. Are d. Do
26. Which group do these old books belong …………..? - Put them in “paper”
a. in b. into c. to d. at
29. Pick out the word which has different stress pattern from that of the rest .
a. treatment b. glassware c. waterfall d. injection
30. Which of the foolowings has underlined part pronounced differently from the others ?
a. giant b. tribe c. refill c. recognize
31. She promises she ……………….back in about half an hour .
a. is b. will be c. be d. has been
a. Shock b. Fainting c. Burns d. Compost
II. Combine the sentences , keeping ‘the same meaning :
1. Minh must finish the test before ten .
The test ………………………………………………………….
2. This exercise is difficult to do .
It’s ………………………………………………………
3. The teacher is in charge of my class . He is talking to the principal .
The teacher ………………………………………………………………………..
4. They use a handkerchief to cover the wound .
A handkerchief ………………………………………………………………..
5. A window was broken in the storm last night . It has now been repaired .
The window …………………………………………………………………………….
6. Talking to those people is very exciting .
It’s…………………………………………………………………………
7. I didn’t talk much to the man . The man was sitting next to me on the plane .
The man ………………………………………………………………………………………..
8. The book isn’t mine . It is wrapped in yellow paper .
The book ………………………………………………………………………
9. Mr Green got up early . He came to the meeting on time .
Mr. Green got up early in so as ………………………………………………….
10. Will you please cover my would ?
Do you mind …………………………………………………………..?
11. Can I ride my bike to market mom ?
Would you mind ………………………………………………………………?
12. The food in the city isn’t as fresh as the food in the coutry .
The food in the country is ………………………………………………………………….
13. I was happy because you remembered my birthday .
I was happy ………………………………………………………………………
14. You passed the exam . I am delighted about that .
I’m delighted ………………………………………………………………………….
15. What about reusing these plastic bags ?
Shall we …………………………………………………………………?
16. Why don’t we keep these bottles for recycling ?
I think we should ………………………………………………………..
Grade : 8
Name : EXERCISE ( I ) bỏ
A. LISTENING ( 1,5 M )
I. Listen to the passage and circle the words you hear to complete the sentences below .
You will hear it twice :
1. Ordinary people are too ……………………to keep the glass for recycling .
a. lazy b. excited c. busy d. noisy
2. It’s difficult for …………………..to separate glass from other waste .
a. people b. factories c. workers d. men
3. People …………………..the glass and take them to the factory .
a. throw away b. collect c. reuse d. recycle
4. In the factory , glass is ………………….into new bottles .
a. sent b. cleaned c. washed d. made
II. Listen to the passage about “ How to be friend of the earth” and fill in the blanks with
words you hear .You will hear it twice :
1. We shouldn’t throw away the things that can be recycled such as bottles and ………………… .
2. We should always remember to take our ……………………when doing our shopping .
B. GRAMMAR & VOCABULARY : ( 3 , 5 m )
* Choose the best words or phrases to complete the following sentences by circling a, b, c,
or d :
1. ………….you give me a bandage , please ? - Certainly . Here you are .
a. Shall b. Will c. Do d. Are
2. She studied hard so as …………………..the entrance exam .
a. passed b. pass c. to pass d. passing
3. Would you mind …………………….for me for a moment ? - No problem .
a. wait b. waiting c. to wait d. waited
4. These bottles and drink cans are collected ……………..these students .
a. in b. with c. on d. by
5. It’s exciting ………………..this activity in our class .
a. have b. to have c. having d. had
6. Do you mind if I …………………off the fans ?
a. turn b. turned c. turning d. to turn
7. Which of the followings doesn’t belong to “recycling” ?
a. reduce b. recycle c. protect d. reuse
8. …………….I help you do this exercise ? - Yes , please .
a. May b. Will c. Shall d. Do
9. The book ……………….in yellow paper isn’t mine .
a. wrapping b. wrap c. is wrapped d. wrapped
a. magnificent a. island b. giant d. tribe
11. Don’t throw these waste things ………………. . Try and find another use for them .
a. on b. away c. at d. over
12. We should use tree leaves to wrap things .
+ The passive sentence is :
a. Tree leaves should be wrapped things b. Tree leaves to wrap things should be used
c. Tree leaves are used to wrap things d. Tree leaves should be used to wrap things .
13. A : ……………………………………………………
B : Please give me an ice pack .
a. How can I help you ? b. Can you help me ? c. How are you ? d. What’s the matter ?
14. Which of the followings has different stress from the others ?
a. protect b. reuse c. scatter d. reduce
C. READING COMPREHENSION :
I. Fill in the blanks with the words in the box :
bandages lemon juice are rub use
medicine cold flu pepper
When people have a cold , a fever , or the flu , they usually go to the doctor for help or they get some
………………….from the drugstore . But many people also ………………….home remedies for common
illnesses .
Lots of people drink hot chicken soup when they have a ………………..They find it clears the head and the
nose . Some people.. .…………oil on the chest for a cold . Other people drink a mixture of red ………….......
hot water ,…………………., sugar , and milk or vinegar . Here are some simple home remedies .
II. Read the passage carefully and do the task below ( 1, 5 m ) :

1288 .
* True or False ?
in Dau Go Cave .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
D. WRITING : ( 2 m )
I. Rewrite the sentences , keeping the same meaning :
1. Understanding this lesson is easy .
It’s….………………………………………………...............
2. Can you put the garbage into the dustbin ?
Would you mind ……………………………………………………………….
3. Do you know the woman ? She’s talking to the principal ?
……………………………………………………………………………………..
4. They reuse every milk bottle thirty times .
Every milk bottle ………………………………………………………………….
II. Write sentences with the words given :
1. I / stay / Ho Chi Minh City / now .
………………………………………………………………….
2. people here / be / hospitable / friendly .
………………………………………………………………………..
3. Yesterday morning / I / go / zoo / I / see / a lot / animals / such / monkeys / bears / tigers ...
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………
4. Tomorrow / I / go / home .
……………………………………………………………………
Class : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( h )
I. Write a letter , base on the words given :
Dear Hoa ,
1. I / glad / hear / you / well .
……………………………………………………….
2. Today / I / write / you / my neighborhood .
…………………………………………………………………………….
3. I / live / small village .
……………………………………………………..
4. My family / live / small house / near / river .
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. From / bedroom window / I see / beautiful flower garden / rice paddy
………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………
6. We / live / far / school / I / ride / bike / there .
…………………………………………………………………………………
7. We / like / live / here / because / it / quiet / peaceful /
……………………………………………………………………………………………
8. People / friendly / helpful .
………………………………………………………………………….
9. Please write / me / new place .
…………………………………………………………..
Your friend , .
…………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Class : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( h )
I. Write a letter , base on the words given :
Dear Hoa ,
1. I / glad / hear / you / well .
……………………………………………………….
2. Today / I / write / you / my neighborhood .
…………………………………………………………………………….
3. I / live / small village .
……………………………………………………..
4. My family / live / small house / near / river .
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. From / bedroom window / I see / beautiful flower garden / rice paddy
………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………
6. We / live / far / school / I / ride / bike / there .
…………………………………………………………………………………
7. We / like / live / here / because / it / quiet / peaceful /
……………………………………………………………………………………………
8. People / friendly / helpful .
………………………………………………………………………….
9. Please write / me / new place .
…………………………………………………………..
Your friend , .
…………………………..
II. Write a thank you note to your friend :

Dear Lan ,
1. Thank you / very much / alarm clock / you / give / me / my birthday
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. It / lovely / really / remind / me / get up / early / go / school / time .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Now / I / unhappy
…………………………………………..
4. you / come / my place / next weekend ?
…………………………………………………………………………….
5. I’d / love / see you .
…………………………………………………
6. I / phone / you / next Friday ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
Your friend ,
…………………………………………
III. Write the instructions on how to prepare the tea leaves to keep mosquitoes away :
1. take / used / tea leaves / tea pot .
………………………………………………………….
2. scatter / tea leaves / tray
……………………………………………………………..
3. dry / leaves / sun .
………………………………………………….
4. put / dry / leaves / pot / future use
……………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
II. Write a thank you note to your friend :

Dear Lan ,
1. Thank you / very much / alarm clock / you / give / me / my birthday
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. It / lovely / really / remind / me / get up / early / go / school / time .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Now / I / unhappy
…………………………………………..
4. you / come / my place / next weekend ?
…………………………………………………………………………….
5. I’d / love / see you .
…………………………………………………
6. I / phone / you / next Friday ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
Your friend ,
…………………………………………
III. Write the instructions on how to prepare the tea leaves to keep mosquitoes away :
1. take / used / tea leaves / tea pot .
………………………………………………………….
2. scatter / tea leaves / tray
……………………………………………………………..
3. dry / leaves / sun .
………………………………………………….
4. put / dry / leaves / pot / future use
……………………………………………………………………………..
III. Write meaningful sentences, using the words given:

1. Put / used / tea leaves / tea pot.
…………………………………………………………
2. Scatter / tea leaves / tray
………………………………………………….
3. Dry / tea leaves / sun
………………………………………………..
4. Put / dy leaves / pot / futute use.
……………………………………………………………
5. The phone / ring / when / Mai / have dinner
………………………………………………………………………………………
6. I / have / good time / here / Scotland / now
………………………………………………………………………
7. I / buy / lot / souvenirs / my / family / yesterday.
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
8. I / come / home / next Tuesday.
…………………………………………………………………..
9. Nga / her brother / study / Long Tuyen school / since 2012
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
10. Sometimes / Nam / carve / his name / trees / behind / his house.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
* Arrange the statements to make complete dialogue :

………..Tourist : I have heard of Hoi An . Is it an interesting place ?
………..Guide : Why don’t you go to Hoi An ? You can find many historical sites there .
....1……Tourist : What can I see in Central Viet Nam ?
………. Guide : Yes . It’s an old town with many Japanese and Chinese cultural features .
………. Guide :What other places should I go to ?
………. Tourist : You can enjoy many coastal towns with beautiful beaches . Beside you can go to Hue and
visit the mausoleums of the Nguyen Kings .
IV. Put the sentences in correct order to make a logical dialogue .
……….I’d like to visit a seaside resort . Could you suggest one ?
……….It has a long coastline with beautiful white sandy beaches .
……….How can I get there ?
……….What is special about the city ?
……….I suggest going by train because you can enjoy the sights in Central Viet Nam .
……….How about going to Nha Trang ?
Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( h )
I. LISTENING :
1. Listen to the conversation & fill in the table with the food and drinks you hear :
HOW TO STAY THIN
eat / drink
……………………………………………
…………………………………………..
not eat / not drink

……………………………………………
…………………………………………….
2. Listen to the conversation & write the woman and the man’s free time activities and the reason they
don’t like some activities :
likes doesn’t like reasons
Man ………………………... ……………………… ………………………..
……………………….. ………………………. ………………………..
Woman ………………………… ……………………….. ………………………..
………………………… ……………………….. …………………………
II. Give the correct form of verbs in the parentheses :

III. Make sentences with the key words :
1. They / play tennis / 10.30 yesterday .
………………………………………………………………………..
2. This time last night / we / talk / Minh / the phone .
…………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Last week / we / day / remember .
………………………………………………………………………
4. Would / mind / if / sit / here ?
…………………………………………………………….
5. Last night / I / not / prepare / my lessons .
…………………………………………………………………………….
6. When / I / enter / room / Lan / cry .
………………………………………………………………………..
7. The man / wear / glasses / Tam’s father .
…………………………………………………………………………………
8. Everyone / admire / boy / recue / little girl / river .
……………………………………………………………………………..
9. She / scold / a lot / her parents / last night .
………………………………………………………………………
10. Plastic bags / waste paper / should / collect / recycling .
……………………………………………………………………………………….
11. It / easy / understand / this lesson .
……………………………………………………………………
12. Mai / get up / late / she / try / get / her class / time.
…………………………………………………………………………………….
13. Do / mind / turn / off / fans ?
………………………………………………………………………
14. After accident / injured people / take / hospital .
………………………………………………………………………………………..
15. The house / sweep / this mmorning / dirty / again .
…………………………………………………………………………………….
IV.Reading comprehension
* Read the passage carefully and fill in the blanks with the words in the box :
convenient with food are

access for
Some people like to live in the city and the others like to live in the countryside . Living in the city or in the
country has advantages and disadvantages . It’s easy to ……………….medical facilities . You have many
chances to choose good schools ………… your children ; going everywhere from the city is ……………..
etc...These ……………….the advantages when you live in the city . When you live in the countryside , you
can enjoy fresh air , fresh ………………..and peaceful atmosphere .
* Fill in the blanks with suitable words :
Last Friday was ………….holiday . It was Independent Day , ………………..I didn’t go to school . I slept a
little later as usual . Around ten , my friend Lan came ………………..to my house . We packed a pinic basket
and then rode ……………Thien An Hill . We ……………..most of the day there . First we …………….a
long walk to the hill . Then we ……………..a game of chess . While we ………………playing the game, it
Suddenly began …………………Luckily , there was an empty tent nearby , so we rushed into it and had our
lunch there . We sat in the tent …………………..books and chatting to each other untill 3 pm , but it didn’t
stop raining . Finally we rode back home ………………the rain . We had a memorable trip !
Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( )
1. …………you help me carry my bag , please ?
a. Do b. Shall c. Will d. Have
2. It’s very silly ……………………such questions .
a. to ask b. asking c. ask d. asked
3. Would you mind if I ………………..this movie ?
a. see b. saw c. seeing d. to see
4. …………….I bring you some hot drink ? - Yes , please .
a. Do b. Shall c. Would d. Have
5. The children …………………..hide and seek are my neighbors .
a. play b. to play c. played d. playing
6. She works very hard so as …………………..her family .
a. to support b. supporting c. supports d. supported
7. Would you mind ……………. the windows ?
a. close b. closing c. closed d. to close
8. My form teacher wants to meet the woman …………………the street .
a. crossing b. cross c. to cross d. crossed
a. giant b. cave c. island d. limestone
10. Which of the following doesn’t belong to “ paper” ?
a. books b. clothes c. newspaper d. paper bags
11. ……………….you get me some medicines , please ?
a. Do b. Shall c. Will d. Are
12. Do you mind if I………………….down the volume ?
a. turn b. turned c. turning d. to turn
13. She was rescued from the river ……………..that tall man .
a. in b. by c. with d. to
14. They can use vegetable matter to make compost .
* The passive sentence is :
a. Compost can be used to make vegetable matter
b. Vegetable matter is used to make compost
c. Vegetable matter can be made compost
d. Vegetable matter can be used to make compost
15. He dropped his paddle and leaned ……………..to pick it up .
a. in b. on c. over d. by
a. cloudy b. humid c. . magnificent d. sunny
17. Nga got up early this morning …………..order to do the housework .
a. in b. on c. so d. at
18. I’d like to buy the toys …………………in the box .
a. keep b. kept c. keeping d. to keep
19. The glass ………………….up into small pieces .
a. breaks b. broken c. is broken d. breaking
20. ……………her baby taken care of carefully ?
a. Does b. Are c. Will d. Is
21. Ha Long Bay ………………………by UNESCO as a world Heritage Site .
a. recognized b. was recognized c. recognizing d. to recognize
22. It’s ……………………to travel around Viet Nam .
a. interesting b. interested c. interest d. interestingly
23. They promise they’ll be there ……………..about ten minutes .

a. in b. at c. for d. on
24. Which of the following has different stress from the others ?
a. magnificent b. exciting c. amazing d. interesting
25. My sister likes sweets ………………………from chocolate .
a. making b. made c. make d. is made
26. The man ………………….next to me wasvery nervous .
a. sit b. to sit c. sat d. sitting
27. Minh tried to run fast ………………………to get to school on time .
a. in order to b. so as c. so that d. because
28. Would you mind if I ………………………here for a week ?
a. staying b. stayed c. stay d. to stay
29. Shannon leaned over and tried ………………….. the paddle up .
a. to pick b. pick c. picking d. picked
30. I’m looking forward …………………from your news .
a. hear b. heard c. to hear d. to hearing
When people talk about Nha Trang , the biggest city in Khanh Hoa Province , they often think of a tropical
paradise . Nha Trang is a famous seaside resort . It has a long coastline with beautiful white sandy beaches .
In the morning and afternoon , tourists can take part in various fascinating outdoor activities such as mud
bathing, swimming , snorkelingor scuba diving . Snorkeling and scuba diving are both interesting sports , as
swimmers may swim underwater and admire the lives at the bottom of the sea . Besides , tourists can also
take boat trips to the islands . One of the most enjoyable trips is the trip to Mieu island , where Tri Nguyen
Aquarium was built in 1999 . This aquarium is now home to different kinds of colorful fish and even a few
sharks .
In addition , tourists can spend an evening visiting a fishing village , where they could get a taste of the local
seafood . There are crabs , shrimps , lobsters , clams , oysters , and several other kinds of fish – all they fresh
and delicious .
+ Fill in the the text words or expressions with the following meaning :
1. A place where a lot of people go on a vacation . ( P1 ) …………………….
2. A place that is ideal and perfect . ( P1 ) ………………………….
3. Extremely interesting and attractive ( P2 ) …………………….
4. The activity of swimming with a tube that allows a person
to breathe air ( P2 ) …………………………..
5. A building where people can come to see fish and other
sea creatures …………………………..
Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( L )
1. Mai often ( wash ) ……………………her hair twice a week . Now it’s hot so she ( wash )……………..it
three times a week .
2. Lan and Chi ( come ) …………………….to Ho Chi Minh City last Saturday . At the moment they ( ride )
…………………………..motorbikes around the city center .
3. I ( take ) ………………………..a shower at this time yesterday , Minh ( talk ) ………………………to my
grandparents .
4. Where …………………you ( be ) last night ?
5. When we (enter ) ……………………the room , Tam’s wife ( cry ) ……………………...., he ( break )
…………………………some dishes . They ( argue )…………………………….
6. Her parents ( not give ) ………………………..her money for a year , so she ( try ) …………………….to
work hard to earn money for her school fee .
7. People ( build ) ………………………a new stadium in this city in the future .
relatives top preparations holiday
put are although bought
Christmas is the biggest ……………………..of the year in most of Britain . Celebrations start on 24
December , Christmas Eve , …………………..there have been several weeks ….………………….
beforehand . The Christmas trees , presents , food , drinks and decorations have been …………………
Christmas cards have already been sent to friends and ……………………….About a week before
Christmas , people usually ……………………up their decorations and an angle on the
……………………….of the Chritmas tree . Family presents …………………usually put under the tree .
Mai had a poter carry their lugguage to a taxi that brought them back to their hotel in the downtown area . The
family filled in a form to get two rooms in the hotel . After that , they asked the porter to take upstairs to their
rooms . They had a few hours’ rest –and then Mai’s father called up his English friend , Mr Pike , and asked
him to give the family a sightseeing ride about the city , when they drove slowly along , Mai was amazed to
see that the drivers in London kept their cars to the left . They visited many interesting places .
+ Answer True or False ?
1. ….. Mai carried their luggguage to a taxi .
2. ….. The porter took upstairs to their rooms .
3. ….. Mr Pike gave the family a sightseeing ride about the city .
1. Why was Mai amazed ?
………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. How did they go to the downtown area ?
………………………………………………………………………
IV. Make sentences with the key words :
………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………….
6. When / she / come / home / her son / play / video games / she / angry / him .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………..
7. My father / used / smoke / five cigarettes / day / he / not smoke / three months .
………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. How long / you / live / Ho Chi Minh City ?
………………………………………………………………………………
9. Every morning / Diem / not sweep / house / her sister / do .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. The girl / wear / colorful T. shirt / look / graceful .
…………………………………………………………………………………….
11. A new hospital / build / this village / next year .
…………………………………………………………………………………………
12. My father / just meet / boy / rescue / kidnapper .
……………………………………………………………………………..
13. Would / mind / if / cut / these flowers ?
…………………………………………………………………………………
14. Mai / give / scholarship / yesterday .
………………………………………………………………………..
V . Change the following sentences into reported speech :
1. Charles said : “ I’m living in London now”
…………………………………………………………………………..
2. “ You are my best friends”
He said to us ……………………………………………………
3. “ I don’t know what Fred is doing”
Johnny said to me ………………………………………………………….
4. “ I will answer the phone”
She said ……………………………………………………
5. “ I must go home now”
Hoa said ……………………………………………………….
6. My sister is coming to see you next week , Mr . Smith” _ said Susan .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. “ I’m going away for a few days . I’ll phone you when I get back”
Judy said to me ……………………………………………………………………………………………
8. “Are you a new student , Mai ?” said Nam
………………………………………………………………………………. .
VI. Write a postcard , using the suggestions :
1. We / Montreal / a city / Quebec , Canada .
2. We / here / five days .
3. The weather / terribly cold / we / have great vacation .
4. Montreal / beautiful city / lots / people speak French here .
5. We / stay / mini-hotel / lake
6. hotel / great / food / delicious .
7. Yesterday / we / go / skiing . It / exciting / I take / lots / photograghs .
8. Everything / very nice / quite expensive here / I not buy / many things .
9. See / later .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( m )
1. Mai …………………her homework when I ……………………..
a. did / came b. did / was coming c. was doing / came d. was doing / was coming
2. Her grandparents …………………….every week .
a. visit b. were visited c. are visited d. were visiting
3. Nam told us what ……………………at that store .
a. to buy b. bought c. buy d. was bought
4. He ………………..the top of the shelf but he failed .
a. reaches b. to reach c. reaching d. reached
5. When he …………………..around the park , he collected 100 dollars .
a. walked b. was walked c. walks d. was walking
6. He’s always ……………………..TV when I study my lessons .
a. watches b. watch c. watching d. was watching
7. He has just bought a machine which can wash dishes . It’s a ………………………machine .
a. washing dishes b. dishes-washing c. dish washing d. dish-washing
8. She asked me ………………..I came to class very early every morning .
a. when b. if c. how d. where
9. Would you mind if I ………………..to the movies with Mr. John ?
a. go b. went c. am going d. was going
10. The book …………………..in 1967 .
a. wrote b. written c. was written d. was writing
11. We’d like to talk to the girl …………………….chess over there .
a. playing b. is playing c. plays d. played
12. That old woman’s house …………………………every day .
a. sweeps b. swept c. is swept d. sweeping
13. “Your sister has just phoned me”
a. Nga said to Tuan if his sister had just phoned her .
b. Nga asked Tuan his sister had just phoned her .
c. Nga asked Tuan her sister had just phoned him .
d. Nga said toTuan his sister had just phoned her .
14. Lan ………………Tam whether he was going to Canada or Japan .
a. said to b. told c. asked d. wanted to know
15. Nga’s sister began ………………………in Can Tho in 2001 .
a. lived b. to live c. has lived d. live
II. Rewrite the sentences :
1. “I’m waiting for you , Lan”
Tuan ………………………………………………………..
2. “Does your father usually pass by my house ?”
Mai asked Khoi ………………………………………………………….
3. “ Have you sent Minh money yet , Tram ?”
Mrs. Van ……………………………………………………………..g
4. “ Does your mother want to meet me ?”
Duy asked Lien ……………………………………………….
5. Someone will design the wedding card for you .
The wedding ………………………………………………………………..
6. Shall I go out ?
Would ………………………………………
7. They usually put on new clothes on Tet .
New ……………………………………………………………………
8. My granfather gave me many books .

I…………………………………………………………………
9. “ Your cousin is calling you , Ngan”
Nam …………………………………………………………….
10. “ Can you help me draw a map , Tai ?” _ said Chi
………………………………………………………………………………..
III. Give the correct form of the verbs in passive voice :
1. Hai’s brother ( force ) ………………………..to give all money last night
2. This song (write ) …………………………by Trinh Cong Son .
3. She (usually examine ) ………………………………….by that doctor .
4. These dogs (wash ) ……………………..twice a month .
5. Mai ( give ) ……………………..scholarship next week .
6. This building ( build ) …………………………for two months .
7. The school ( repaint ) ……………………..............tomorrow .
8. The test ( do ) ………………………since 9 o’clock .
IV. Read the passage carefully and then fill in the blanks with the words in the box :
wear on put most smile to influence
known best greetings tidy preparations
Vietnam’s New Year is celebrated according ……………..the Lunar calendar . It is officially ……………...
as Tet Nguyen Dan , or Tet . It begins between January twenty- first and February nineteen . The exact date
changes from year to year . Vietnamese people usually make …………………….for the holiday several
weeks beforehand . They ………………..their houses , cook special food , clean and make offerings on the
family altars . ……………..the New Year’s Eve , people sit up to midnight to see the New Year in , then they
……………….on new clothes and give one another the …………………….of the season . Tet lasts ten days
The first three days are the …………………..important . Vietnamese people believe that how people act
during those days will ……………………..the whole year . As a result , they make effort to avoid arrguments
and ………………….as much as possible .
V. Read the passage carefully :
New York City is located in the southeastern of New York State just east of New Jersey . The city was found
by the Dutch in 1624 . At first it was called Fort Amsterdam , and then New Amsterdam . In 1664 , the
English took over the city and renamed it New York . With the population of more than 7 million in the city
and nineteen million in the metropolitan region , New York is the largest city in the United States. It is
divided into five parts , which are Manhattan , the Bronx , Brooklyn , Queens and Staten Island . The total
area of these parts is 946 square killometers . Visitors to New York are all attracted by places such as the
Statue of Liberty , the Empire State Building , Wall Street , and Broadway theatre district . New York is also
where tourists can visit some world famous art galleries and museums .
* True or False ?
1……... New York is in the southeastern of New York State .
2………The Dutch found New York in 1624 .
3………Fort Amsterdam and New Amsterdam were the old names of New York in 1664 .
4. ……..The population of New York is more than 25 millions .
5. ……..Manhattan , the Bronx , Brooklyn , Queens and Staten Island attract visitors to New York .
6………There are some famous art gallerries and museum in New York .
7. ……..New York is the name renamed by the English .
V. WRITING :
* Rewrite the following sentences , keeping the same meaning :
1. The baby is crying for her mother . She is sitting in an armchair .
The baby ………………………………………………………………….
2. The boy was injured in an accident . He was taken to hospital .
………………………………………………………………………………………
3. The woman is talking to Tom . Do you know the woman ?
………………………………………………………………………………….
4. The taxi broke down . It was taking us to the airport .
The taxi …………………………………………………………………….
5. Shall I carry your heavy bag ?
Would you mind……………………………………………?
6. Could you lend me some money ?
Do you mind …………………………………………?
7. Mai must pay the bill at once .
The ………………………………………………….
8. This question is difficult to understand .
It’s …………………………………………………………..
1. Tuan / have / day / remember / last month .
2. His mom / busy / she / ask/ go / the market / food .
3. He / afraid / he/ late / school .
4. He / ride / bike / very fast / market .
5. When / he / get / market / he / quickly / buy / everything .
6. Suddenly / he / stumble / steps / the store
7. He / fall / someone’s bag / eggs .
8. All the eggs / break ./ Tuan / have to / pay / them .
* Read the passage carefully and fill in the blanks with the words from the box :
waterfalls good fresh
are spend caves
Last summer , we went to Da Lat . It’s interesting to ………………….a holiday there . Many hills , lakes ,
……………………… valleys …make Da Lat a very beautiful scene . These ………………..the sights that
attract most of tourists . The weather is fine and the vegetables are …………………….I like the place very
much . Next summer I will ask my parents to go there again .
IV. Writing :
* Complete the passage , using the words given :
1. Mai / have / day / remember / last week .
2. She / get up / late .
2. She / ride / bike / school / very fast .
3. She / crash / little boy .
4. Luckily / boy / small crash / his shoulder .
5. Mai / take / his house .
6. Finally / Mai / late / her school .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. The man looks very happy . He’s getting the award .
Class: 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( n )
1. In the mid-19th century , an Englishman had someone ……………..a card .
a. design b. perform c. appear d. write
2. How many members participate …………the water fetching contest ?
a. on b. away c. in d. over
3. In the rice-cooking contest , people have to ……………..the rice from the husk and then cook the rice .
a. add b. separate c. award d. fetch
4. They saw the lava ……………out when they flew overhead .
a. carve b. include c. arrive d. pour
5. The boy was taken to the hospital ……………….that kind man .
a. in b. to c. with d. by
6. Santa Clause is ……………on the description of Saint Nicolas in this poem.
a. enjoyed b. appeared c. based d. called
7. Would you mind if I ………………..your car ? - I’m sorry . That isn’t possible .
a. use b. used c. using d. to use
8. Vietnamese …………..is that people avoid arguing during the Tet holidays.
a. festival b. custom c. costume d. tradition
9. Our house is next to school so we always go to school ………………………
a. by motobike b. by car c. by bus d. on foot
10. Choose the word has different stress pattern from the others
a. interesting b. hospitable c. wonderful d. suitable
11. ………………you send these postcards to my parents , please ?
a. Would b. Shall c. Do d. Have
12. Mrs. Quyen saw the heads of four American presidents …………. into the rock .
a. flown b. poured c. carved d. situated
13. You must finish your work before leaving home .
* The passive sentence is :
a. Your work must finish before leaving home b. Your work is finish before leaving home
c. Your work must be finished before leaving home d. Your work before leaving home must be finished
14. Do you know the woman ……………………over there ?
a. drinks b. drunk c. to drink d. drinking
15. Which of the followings doesn’t belong to “ weather” ?
a. sunny b. lazy c. cloudy d. snowy
16. Mai’s always ………………………my bike around the village .
a. rides b. riding c. rode d. has ridden
17. The Christmas songs ……………………….in towns and villages eight hundred years ago .
a. performed b. did perform c. were performed d. were performing
18. This is a country which exports a lot of rice . It’s a ……………………..country .
a. exporting rice b. rice exporting c. rice-exporting d. exports rice
19. Would you ………………….over for dinner with us ?
a. come b. take c. go d. get
20. Mrs. Lan will have a trip …………………She’ll go to Canada.
a. to the countryside b. abroad c. to the city d. foreign
21. Where is Mrs .Chi ? - She’doing aerobics in the ………………………
a. gallery b. hotel c. museum d. gym
22. We ………………water park at this time last Sunday.
a. were visiting b. visited c. have visited d. will visit
23. Nam said that he usually …………………..to class early .
a. comes b. is coming c. came d. coming
24. A contest in which people sail traditional boats . It is called ………………………….
a. boats-sailing contest b. boat contest sailing c. boat-sailing contest d. sailing boat contest
25. Your ………………..are your cousins , you aunts , your cousins and your grandparents.
a. relatives b. family c. neighbors d. acquaintance
26. Mrs. Quyen won’t stay with Mrs. Smith because her accommodation is ……………..in the ticket price
a. consisted b. included c. stumbled d. overturned
27. That hotel is …………………so we like to stay there whenever we go to Nha Trang
a. well-paid b. low-priced c. high-priced d. well done
28. Oliver can go to Bat Trang village. He is ……………..on pottery.
a. interested b. fond c. keen d. tired
29. When Mr. Nam’s wife ……………….breakfast, the mailman …………….
a. had / came b. is having / comes c. had / was coming d. was having / came
30. A strong man ……………, Lan ………………….a meal for her family.
a. arrived / was preparing b. arrived / prepared c. arrives/ prepares d. was arriving / prepared
II. Reading comprehension :
Every year , thousands of people come to Edinburgh , the capital city of Scotland , to be part of Edinburgh
Festival . For three weeks every August and September the city is filled with actors and artists from all over
the world . They come to Edinburgh for the biggest arts festival in Britain . During this time , the streets of the
city are alive with music and dance from early in the morning until late at night . You can see artists painting
pictures on the streets ! ten thousand tourists come to the festival to see new films and plays and to hear music
played by famous musicians . This year you can see over five hundred performances with actors from more
than forty countries . The tickets for those are quite cheap , and it is usually easier to see yourfavorite star in
Edinburgh than it’s in London . So come to Edinburgh next summer .
+ True or False ?
1. ….. Actors and artist from all over the world come to Edinburgh Festival
2. ….. To see your favorite star in London is more dificult than in Edinburgh .
3. ….. Performances with actors from forty countries can be seen this year .
4. ….. Ten thousand visitors go to Edinburgh festival .
1. When is Edinburgh Festival held ?
………………………………………………………………………………..
2. How long does the festival last ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Can people see new films and plays at this festival ?
…………………………………………………………………………………….
III. Write a postcard , using the words given :
Dear Tam ,
1. We / have / wonderful time / Nha Trang .
...................................................................................................................
2. We / here / two days .
..............................................................................................
3. people / here / friendly / helpful / weather / cool / windy
............................................................................................................................................................................
4. Yesterday / we / visit / Cham temple / Tri Nguyen Aquarium .
...........................................................................................................................................................................
5. We / see / many beautiful kinds / fish / aquarium .
........................................................................................................................................................................
6. Now / we / Monkey Island / we / watch / monkeys/ performance
......................................................................................................................................................................
7. Tomorrow / going / visit / Oceanic Institute .
.............................................................................................................................
8. There / many beautiful souvenirs / here / I / buy / some / you / my family .
........................................................................................................................................................................
See you soon
Mai
Class : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( o )
I. Circle the words has underlined part pronounced differently from the rest :
1. a. awarded b. yelled c. separated d. participated
2. a. carol b. gallery c. valley d. face
3. a. heritage b. design c. survive d. compile
4. a. centigrade b. century c. claim d. central
1. This card ……………………by an Englishman in the 19th century .
a. is designed b. designed c. was designed d. was designing
2. Mai asked Yen …………………her grandparents .
a. whether she visits b. if she visited c. she visited d. if she has visited
3. Lan …………always ………………on the phone .
a. is / talked b. is / talking c. was / talking d. has / talked
4. We tried …………………the games but we weren’t successful .
a. to win b. winning c. won d. win
5. Marigolds and watermelon seeds ……………………before Tet .
a. were bought b. bought c. are bought d. have bought
6. They held a ………………………contest .
a. pouring- water b. pour -water c. water- pour d. water-pouring
7. Where’s the Eiffel Tower ? - It’s in ………………………
a. England b. France c. America d. Asia
8. Six people participate ……………….the rice-cooking festival .
a. on b. in c. at d. to
9. Which of the followings doesn’t to “Christmas ” ?
a. cards b. carol c. Santa Claus d. coral
10. She ………………..she didn’t like playing video games .
a. said to me b. asked me c. told d. wanted to know
11. Nhi showed me where ………………….holiday last summer vacation
a. spend b. spending c. to spend d. spent
12. This work ………………….done for three hours .
a. has b. is c. has been d. will be
a. volcano b. itinerary c. participant d. gallery
14. When I ………………………a novel , the phone ……………………….
a. was reading / rang b. read / rang c. read / was ringing d. was reading / was ringing
15. This school yard ……………………………every day .
a. sweeps b. is swept c. was swept d. is sweeping
a. volcano b. custom c. rock d. honor
17. She wondered if ……………her that package .
a. sent b. was sent c. I sent d. was sending
18. ………………..shall we stay ? - Let’s stay in Revere Hotel
a. How b. What c. When d. Where
19. The pyramid of Cheops is in …………………………
a. San Francisco b. Greek c. China d. Egypt
20. Would you like …………………over for dinner one night ? - Yes, we’d love to .
a. coming b. to come c. come d. came
21. ……………..are the strange things .
a. wonders b. objects c. UFOs d. monuments
22. Shall we meet at 7 o’clock ? - …………………
a. No , we won’t b. Sorry , I can’t c. No, It’s impossible d. I prefer you didn’t
23. What ………..the weather in New York like ? -It’s windy and cloudy today .
a. is b. does c. has d. will
24. It’s raining now . We might …………………….at home today .

a. to stay b. staying c. stay d. are staying
25. If I have a chance , I’ll go to China to visit the …………………………
a. PETRONAS Twin Towers b. Empire State Building
c. Big Ben Tower Clock d. Great Wall
26. Do you know where the Angkor Wat is ? - Yes , I do . It’s in ………………………….
a. India b. Cambodia c. China d. Korea
27. Would you help me decorate the Christmas tree , please ? - …………………………..
a. Yes , please b. I promise I will c. Not at all d. Of course
28. ……………..did you get to Ha Long Bay ? - We came there by car .
a. Where b. How c. When d. How long
29. Village festival …………………next week .
a. will be held b. will hold c. is held d. was held
30. Sydney will be dry and windy . The high…………………will be 26 C 0
a. weather b. humid c. weather forecast d. temperature

31. We’re coming on the tour . Our ……………..is included in a a ticket price.
a. itinerary b. departure c. fare d. accommodation
32. They …………a small plane to Kilauea Volcano.
a. caught b. flew c. took d. went
33. Mrs. Quyen was tired after going on ………………..
a. an eight hours tour b. an eight-hour tour c. the tour eight hours d. a tour last eight hours
34. “The Windy City” is …………… right on the of Lake Michigan .
a. situated b. lied c. locating d. seen
35. Santa Claus is …………on the description of Saint Nicholas in the poem by Clement Clarke Moore.
a. written b. performed c. based d. presented
36. The ……………….pouring out from volcano is very hot .
a. lava b. mount c. souvenir d. rock
37. The prize was awarded to our team by the ………………of the contest .
a. competitor b. judges c. participants d. bamboo
38. Lan asked Tuan ……………he liked tea or coffee .
a. whether b. if c. how d. why
39. Angko Wat is the largest …………….in the world .
a. pagoda b. temple c. wonder d. pyramid
III. Rewrite the sentences , using the cues:
1. People speak French and English in Canada .
French …………………………………………………………………
2. You can’t go there by motorbike , Tuan .
Lan said ………………………………………………………….
3. They will hold the school festival by the end of this month .
The school …………………………………………………………………………
4. He has a factory which exports coffee .
He has a …………………………………………………….
5. Your mother doesn’t want you to stay in my house .
Miss Chi said to Hai ………………………………………………………
6. They decorated the tree with ornaments .
The tree ……………………………………………………………..
7. “ Do you often visit your grandparents ?”
Chi asked Kien …………………………………………………………………………
8. “ Your mother wants you to go home immediately , Hanh”
Trung said ……………………………………………………………………………….
9. “ Are you going to visit Hue Citadel next summer , Tuan ?”
Trang ……………………………………………………………………………………………..
10. Last Sunday our club held a contest in which members painted pictures as beautiful as they could .
Last Sunday our club held a …………………………………………………
IV. Reading comprehension :

In India , one of the most cheerful holidays is an Hindu spring holiday called Holi . Many people sing and
dance in the streets and they throw colored water and colored powder at one another in Holi . As well as
celebrating such old holidays , the people of India , since 1950 , have had reason to celebrate a new holiday .
This is Republic Day , a day constitution was signed and a new free government began . A week-long
celebration is planed each year at this time . On January 26th a parade begins the celebration in Newlhi . Great
crowds of people gather a long a wide street called the Raj Path to see the parade .
1. What is Holi ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. How long have they had a new holiday ?
……………………………………………………………………………
3. When does the celebration begin each year ?
……………………………………………………………………………..
4. How long does it last ?
…………………………………………………………………………….
5. Where do people see the parade ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Grade : 8 EXERCISE ( n )bo
Name :
163

1. Susan …………………an accident when she was walking to the market .
a. see b. was seeing c. is seeing d. saw
2. Ba’s grandfather ……………………..to the hospital because he was in serious illness .
a. took b. was taken c. was taking d. is taken
3. Lan’s brother …………….always ……………..noise in class .
a. was / making b. is / made c. is / making d. was made
4. Nam …………………his English lesson at 5.00 yesterday .
a. was learned b. learned c. was learning d. is learning
5. I have a machine which can wash dishes . It’s a ………………………
a. dish-machine wash b. washing-dish machine c. dish-washing machine d. machine-washing dish
6. A new hospital …………………….in our city next year .
a. will build b. will be built c. is built d. was building
7. “We take a trip abroad every two years”
* The report speech is :
a. Nam asked Lai if they took a trip abroad every two years .
b. Nam said to Lai they took a trip abroad every two years .
c. Nam said to Lai he took a trip abroad every two years .
d. Nam told Lai that they take a trip abroad every two years .
8. I bought a new house due to reading it in a ………………………
a. weather forecast b. news c. brochure d. book
9. The former American ………………………. was Bush .
a. wonder b. doctor c. president d. teacher
Have you bought marigolds and peach blossom ? - Yes , …………………
a. I do b. I was c. I have d. I haven’t
12. When I was young , my father …………………me how to swim .
a. teaches b. taught b. was teaching d. was taught
13. They met me when I …………………….the street .
a. cross b. crossed c. were crossing d. was crossing
14. On ………………………, the streets are decorated with colorful lights and enormous Christmas trees .
a. Christmas cards b. Christmas carols c. Santa Claus d. Christmas Eve
15. They have to ………………….the rice from the husk
a. award b. separate c. guess d. fetch
16. She told me where …………….this weekend .
a. to go b. went c. will go d. going
17.Yesterday morning , he asked me …………..Eiffel Tower was in France .
a. when b. what c. if d. how
a. award b. design c. perform d. tidy
a. arrive b. festival c. island d. highway
20. The house has ………………..with flowers and beautiful pictures .
a. decorated b. been decorated c. decorate d. decorating
21. When they were having a picnic , it started ………………………
a. rained b. rains c. to rain d. was raining
II. Give the correct form of verbs in the parentheses :
1. Clement Clarke Moore (write ) ……………………the poem A Visit From Saint Nicholas in 1823 .
2. Christmas cards ( send ) ……………………….before Christmas .
3. Mr . Lam ( see ) ……………………a car crash when he ( drive ) ……………………..to the university .
4. Eiffel Tower ( design ) ……………………….by Gustare 118 years ago .

5. They ( give ) ……………………us a lot of books yesterday .
6. The old man ( help ) ……………………..by some students in my class every day .
7. Where is Mr. Thanh ?
- He ( do ) ……………………an experiment in the laboratory .
8. The festival ( hold ) ………………………for three days .
III. Read the passage carefully and then fill in the blanks with the words in the box :
decorate of in and cards tidy
celebrates with free repaint flowers
One ……………….the festivals in the Buddhist tradition is called Vesak . It takes place in April or May ,
………………….it lasts for three days . The festival ……………………..the life of the Buddha , and it also
marks the beginning of the Buddhist year During the festival , Buddhist ……………………their houses and
streets ………………..flowers and paper latterns . They give presents to monks and to poor people , and they
send each other …………………..In India , they sometimes buy birds in cages and set them ………………
IV. Report what people said :
1. “I must stay at home today”
Tuan said ………………………………………………………..
2. “Is your father going to travel to Canada , Lan ?”
Phong……………………………………………………………………………
3. “ Do you often take a bus to school , Kien ?” , Hoa said .
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. It is a contest in which students must speak English .
It is a ...........................................................................................
V. Write a complete letter , using the key words :
Dear Hoa ,
1. Dave / I / have / best holiday / our life .
2. We / be / Barbado / one / most lovely islands / Caribean
3. Although / it / much smaller / Jamaica / there seem / be more things / do / Jamaica
` 4. Moreover people here / seem / be / friendlier / those / other islands
5. We / stay / most modern hotel / I ever see
6. It / large / cool / many people / think / it / best / hotel / island .
7. It / comfortable / than / any other hotels .
8. Nearest beach / less / hundred meters away .
9. So / we / spend / lot / time / swim / sea
10. It / really / good / and / I / wish / you / be / here
………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( p )
1. In the rice-cooking contest , fire is ……………in traditional way
a. taken b. made c. cooked d. caused
2. Robinson is ………………of crowded places . He ought to go to Ho Chi Minh City or Ha Noi .
a. tired b. keen c. get rid d. fond
3. Vietnamese people often buy a bunch of ……………....because they are traditional at Tet.
a. peach blossom b. tulips c. marigolds d. orchid
4. On the first day of new year, family members try to get together for a special meal . That is Vietnamese’s
…………………….
a. custom b. costumes c. festival d. ceremony
5. When Mrs. Quyen was in SanFrancisco, she came …………….Mrs. Smith’s house for dinner
a. in b. over c. to d. on
6. They …………….their names into the tree when they had a picnic there
a. poured b. situated c. wrote d. carved
7. Her husband was always ……………..about the weight of the suitcase because she bought a lot of things
a. talking b. sounding c. yelling d. complaining
8. I remember seeing that famous drawing in a ………………..
a. museum b. gym c. gallery d. university
9. The people living in that city are ………………and friendly .
a. hospitable b. outgoing c. sociable d. easy-going
10. What do you call the people carrying letters or parcels to your family ? -………………….
a. post office b. mailman c. participant d. milkman
11. Would you mind if I …………………him this message ? - No problem .
a. send b. sent c. to sent d. sending
12. ………...these books bought from Phuong Nam bookstore last week ?
a. Did b. Do c. Was d. Were
13. It’s ……………..to believe in his study result .
a. difficulty b. hard c. easily d. hardly
14. Do you mind …………………this letter for me ?
a. posting b. to post c. post d. posted
15. We open all the windows so ……………….let the fresh air in .
a. order to b. that c. as to d. to
16. ………………..you mind if I spend a week in Nha Trang ?
a. Would b. Shall c. Do d. Are
17. “…………………..” belongs to recycling .
a. protect b. reduce c. represent c. keep
a. cave b. slope c. island d. tribal
19. We know the man ………………….under that tree .
a. stand b. to stand c. standing d. stood
20. A new bridge ……………………across this river next month .
a. will build b. is built c. will be built d. is going to build
21. Choose the word that has underlined part pronounced differently from the others .
a. recognize b. jolly c. prison d. compile
22. ……………..are the strange things .
a. wonders b. objects c. UFOs d. monuments
23. When a strange man …………….,my brother ……………..his music lessons ,
a. arrived / practiced b. was arriving / practiced /
c. was arriving / was practicing / d. arrived / was practicing
24. My room …………always …………....and decorated .
a. is / tidying b. was / tidying c. is / tidied d. has / tidied
25. Choose the word that has different stress pattern from the others .
a. heritage b. separate c. institute d. pomegranate
26. It’s a contest in which participants sail the boats. It’s a ………………contest .
a. sailing- boat b. boats-sailing c. sailing boats d. boat-sailing
27. Have you ever …………………in a car race ? - No , I haven’t
a. interested b. participated c. held d. reached
28. I’m very confused . I don’t know what ……………….in this situation .
a. to do b. can I do c. should I do d. am I doing
29. Black clouds appeared and it begin …………………
a. raining b. rains c. rain c. rained
30. Who ………………..this wedding card for you ? It’s looks modern and beautiful .
a. performed b. wrote c. decorated d. designed
II. Complete the sentences with suitable prepositions if necessary :
1. He was born ………………August 8th
2. Mai often goes to her uncle’s house ………………Saturday .
3. She met us …………………Friday 15th of January .
4. The children rarely watch TV …………….night.
5. The telephone was invented …………..19th century.
6. Mai will be 17 ……………..her next birthday .
7. She teaches us English ……………….Tuesday morning .
8. We went to Nha Trang ………………last year .
9. The weather is often hot …………………summer .
10. …………tomorrow we will be free .
1. When I ( ride ) ………………….my bike to school I ( see ) ……………………an accident .
2. At this time last Tuesday , Mai and I (walk ) ………………………….in the park .
3. I ( know ) ……………………..him when I ( be ) ……………………a boy .
4. The Christmas carol (write ) …………………………in the 19th century . Since then it ( become )
………………………..popular .
5. A new school ( build ) ………………………..in this village by the end of this year .
6. Every year our house ( decorate ) ……………………….and ( repaint ) ………………………
7. The first prize (award ) ……………………..to Thon Trieu team yesterday .
IV. Read the passage and circle the best options :
Children are the real focus of birthday parties in Australia and they celebrate it much the ( 1 ) ………way as
children in America and England . Family and friends ( 2 ) ……………. together and the birthday child has a
cake , ( 3 ) ………………is usually sponge cake with icing , topped with as many ( 4) ……………as the
child’s age . Some favorite foods ( 5 ) ………… at this birthday celebration are sausage rolls , chips , twisties
, fresh fruit cheese clocks and lollies.
Another similarity ( 6 ) …………..birthday celebrations in America and England is the music and games that
are played , as well as the guests bringing ( 7 ) …………Homes are often ( 8 ) ………………….with
balloons inside as well as at the front gate to ( 9 ) ……………everyone know that this is the location of the
party . Birthdays are also held at fast-food restaurants ( 10 ) ……… Mc Donald’s or Pizza Hut , and there is
always birthday cake for the party guests .
1.a. same b. like c. as d. similar
2. a. crowd b. gather c. talk d. hold
3. a. where b. it c. which d. who
4. a. cakes b. chips c. candles d. flowers
5. a. is served b. serving c. serve d. served
6. a. for b. to c. in d. at
7. a. gifts b. wishes c. present d. flowers
8. a. decorate b. decorating c. decorated d. to decorate
9. a. invite b. claim c. say d. let
10. a. as b. like c. are d. which

Grade : 8 EXERCISE ( O+ )
Name :
I. Replace the underlined words with a suitable phrase :

1. I wrote the report without help from anyone else.
…………………………………………………………..
2. Did you get to the cinema before the film start ?
………………………………………………………………
3. Most of the factory is burning .
………………………………………….
4. She’s making a phone call .
………………………………………..
5. He opened the letter because he thought it was addressed to him .
………………………………………………….
6. She didn’t hit him on purpose
………………………………………………….
1. She broke my ancient cup …………………..She didn’t to do that.
a. on purpose b. by accident c. by chance `d. by mistake
2. No one helped me with this math homework . I did it …………………
a. by me b. by myself c. on holiday d. on business
3. Two million people have no jobs . They are ……………….
a. in a hurry b. on fire c. in damage d. out of work
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Grade : 8 EXERCISE ( O+ )
Name :
I. Replace the underlined words with a suitable phrase :

1. I wrote the report without help from anyone else.
…………………………………………………………..
2. Did you get to the cinema before the film start ?
………………………………………………………………
3. Most of the factory is burning .
………………………………………….
4. She’s making a phone call .
………………………………………..
5. He opened the letter because he thought it was addressed to him .
………………………………………………….
6. She didn’t hit him on purpose
………………………………………………….
1. She broke my ancient cup …………………..She didn’t to do that.
a. on purpose b. by accident c. by chance `d. by mistake
2. No one helped me with this math homework . I did it …………………
a. by me b. by myself c. on holiday d. on business
3. Two million people have no jobs . They are ……………….
a. in a hurry b. on fire c. in damage d. out of work
4. I think Martha is …………..with Henry .

a. made by hand b. on time c. in love d. on strike
5. These workers won’t work because of over pay . They are …………….
a. out of work b. on strike c. on holiday d. in love
6. –I’ll post these letters for you .
- ………………………………….
a. Be good b. That’s very good
c. Thanks . That’s very kind of you d. OK . Good boy
7. – I’m sorry. I’m late. - ………………………..
a. Why ? b. I’ve no idea c. What’s up ? d. That’s OK . Don’t worry
8. What’s the answer to this question ? - ……………………….
a. That’s that b. I haven’t a clue c. I’m getting nowhere d. I can’t make it
9. – Do you fancy going to the restaurant for dinner tonight ?
-……………………………………………
a. Yeah , if you like b. No problem c. Oh, thanks a lot d. Go ahead
10. I’m trying to write my essay but I’m ………………..
a. keeing an eye on b. getting my nerves c. getting nowhere d. changing my mind
11. Can I use your telephone ? -………………
a. Hang on b. Go ahead c. Never mind d. It’s up to you
12. This morning Miss Lan stopped to help an old woman although she was …………….
a. in love b. on strike c. on holiday d. in a hurry
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. I think Martha is …………..with Henry .

a. made by hand b. on time c. in love d. on strike
5. These workers won’t work because of over pay . They are …………….
a. out of work b. on strike c. on holiday d. in love
6. –I’ll post these letters for you .
- ………………………………….
a. Be good b. That’s very good
c. Thanks . That’s very kind of you d. OK . Good boy
7. – I’m sorry. I’m late. - ………………………..
a. Why ? b. I’ve no idea c. What’s up ? d. That’s OK . Don’t worry
8. What’s the answer to this question ? - ……………………….
a. That’s that b. I haven’t a clue c. I’m getting nowhere d. I can’t make it
9. – Do you fancy going to the restaurant for dinner tonight ?
-……………………………………………
a. Yeah , if you like b. No problem c. Oh, thanks a lot d. Go ahead
10. I’m trying to write my essay but I’m ………………..
a. keeing an eye on b. getting my nerves c. getting nowhere d. changing my mind
11. Can I use your telephone ? -………………
a. Hang on b. Go ahead c. Never mind d. It’s up to you
12. This morning Miss Lan stopped to help an old woman although she was …………….
a. in love b. on strike c. on holiday d. in a hurry

1. Lan will hold a party next Sunday .
A party ……………………………………………………….
2. “ Do you often buy new clothes at that shop ?”
Trang asked Kien …………………………………………………………………
3. “ I’ll visit Hue some day” , Mrs Quyen said
…………………………………………………………………………….
4. “ Is your mother going to buy a new motorbike , Thuy ?”
Cuong ……………………………………………………………………………………….
5. She sent him a beautiful Christmas card .
He ………………………………………………………………………
I. Match the place in column A with the country in column B :
A B
1. PETRONAS Twin Towers a. France
2. Angkor Wat b. Italy
3. The Pyramid c. Australia
4. Great Wall of China d. England
5. Taj Mahal e. Malaysia
6. Coloseum f. Egypt
7. Eiffel Tower g. China
8. Sydney Opera House h. America
9. The Statue of Liberty i. Cambodia
10. The Statue of Christ Redeemer j. India
11. Stonehenge k. Brazil
1. …… 2….. 3…… 4….. 5….. 6…… 7…. 8….. 9…… 10…. 11. …..
V. Complete sentences to make a passage with the word given :
1. Minh / Tam / just / come / back / from / uncle’s farm
…………………………………………………………………………
2. They / stay / there / two weeks
……………………………………………………………
3. They / help / uncle / farm work
……………………………………………………………………….
4. When / they / be / there / people / hold / village festival
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. They / feel / happy / live / farm / two weeks .
………………………………………………………………………………..
6. They / going / stay / uncle / this summer vacation
In the United States , the largest cities aren't always the capital cities . A good example is the capital city
of Florida . Florida probably attracts the highest number of international tourists of any states in the US .
Many tourists visit Miami, the biggest city in Florida ( with a population of over two million people ) , but
the capital of Florida is Jacksonville . It has a population of only one million people . An another example
is the state of New York . New York City , perhaps the international city in the world is not a capital . The
capital is Albany , a small city , with a population of only 94,000 people . A final example is the state of
California , the oldest American state on the Pacific Ocean . Over 33 million people live there . Which’s
the largest city in California ? Los Angeles , but the capital is Sacramento , with a population of only one
million people .
* True or False ?
1. …… Miami is the capital of Florida .
2. …… Miami is the biggest city in Florida .
3. …… No states in the U.S have more international tourists than Florida .
4. …… The largest city in the state of New York is the capital .
5. …… Over 33 million people live in Los Angeles .
6. …… There are three examples which denote that the largest cities in the USA aren’t always
the capital cities
Long Tuyen Secondảy School
Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( q )
1. They decided ………………………..a new bridge across this river .
a. build b. to build c. building d. built
2. Nga …………………to me her brother had just bought a new car .
a. said b. told c. asked d. advised
3. The man over there can …………………English and French .
a. spoke b. speak c. speaking d. spoken
4. ……………..your house ………………..in 1997 ?
a. is / built b. / Did / build c. was / built d. Does / build
5. Did you take part ………………..that contest ?
a. on b. to c. at d. in
6. This machine is used to cut corn . It’s a ………………………machine
a. corn cutting b. cutting corn c. corn-cutting d. cut corn
7. The Christmas tree ………………………before people brought it to the market .
a. is put b. was putting c. was put d. has been put
8. She …………………..breakfast when I …………………….her house .
a. was having / entered b. had / entered c. had / was entering d. was having / was entering
9. ………….....the festival …………………next month ?
a. Has / been held b. Will / be held c. Does / hold d. Was / held
10. Ba began ………………….here in 1995 .
a. lived b. living c. line d. to live
11. Kien could ……………………that problem by himself .
a. solve b. to solve c. solving d. solved
12. They told Lan’s sister what …………………..in that market .
a. buy b. bought c. to buy d. buying
13. That girl’s always …………………….noise in class .
a. makes b. making c. made d. was making
c. would have / tomorrow d. had / the following day
14. The ....................try the finished products and the most delicious rice I sthe winner .
a. teammates b. runners c. members d. judges
15. Choose the word with the underlined part pronounced differently from the others .
a. ancient b. rice c. council d. participate
16. Hoa asked Tuan …………..he intended to stay at home or go out that weekend
a. why b. whether c. if d. how
17. Chicago City called Windy City is ......................on the shore of Lake Michigan
a. lied b. put c. situated d. carved
18. The ....................try the finished products and decide which team wins the prize
a. participant b. contestants c. teammates d. judges
19. We’re coming on the tour . Our ……………..is included in a a ticket price.
a. itinerary b. departure c. fare d. accommodation
20. They …………a small plane to Kilauea Volcano.
a. caught b. flew c. took d. went
21. Mrs. Quyen was tired after going on ………………..
a. an eight hours tour b. an eight-hour tour c. the tour eight hours d. a tour last eight hours
22. “The Windy City” is …………… right on the of Lake Michigan .
a. situated b. lied c. locating d. seen
23. Santa Claus is …………on the description of Saint Nicholas in the poem by Clement Clarke Moore.
a. written b. performed c. based d. presented
London is Britain’s biggest city . It is very old city and dates back to the Romans . It is a city of historic
buildings and churches , and it has many beautiful parks . It also has some of the best museums in the world .
London is very crowded in summer . It is a popular city with foreign tourists , and has more than eight
millions visitors a year . The city is famous for its shopping and department stores . London has an excellent
underground railway system , so it is easy for tourists to get around. In London, there are plenty of good
restaurants where you can get excellent British food . The city also has lots of good Indian , Chinese ,
Japanese , French , Italian , and Greek restaurants .
* True or False ?
1. ……London is a city of historic buildings and churches .
2. ……Most of the best museums in the world are in London .
3. ……It’s difficult for tourists to get around London .
4. ……You can get excellent British food in London .
1. What is London famous for ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. Are there many beautiful parks in London ?
……………………………………………………….
3. When do many tourists go to London ?
...............................................................................................................................................................
4. What is the biggest city in Viet Nam ?
................................................................................................
III. Write a letter to your friend about your recent trip :
Dear Mai
1. We / just return / trip / Phong Nha Cave / Quang Ninh province .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. It / about / 500 meters / Ha Noi .
………………………………………………………………………………
3. It / take / us / 10 hours / get there / train .
……………………………………………………………………………….
4. the first day / tour guide / take / there .
……………………………………………………………………………….
5. It / cold / inside .
…………………………………………………
6. magnificent sights / cave / make / us / breathtaking .
……………………………………………………………………………………
7. We / take / lot / photos / local people there .
………………………………………………………………………………
8. We / relaxed / after / trip .
……………………………………………………………….
9. That / all / I / have / time / tell you .
……………………………………………………………………………..
10. What / going / do during/ summer vacation ?
………………………………………………………………………………
Write / me / soon .
Grade : 8
Name : REVISION FOR SECOND EXAM ( 1 )
1. A festival in which people have to cook rice is called ……………………..festival
a. rice cook b. cooking rice c. rice-cooking d. cook rice
2. Do you usually help Mai ?
Hoa asked Nam ………………………………………
a. whether he usually helps Mai . b. he usually helped Mai
c. if he usually helped Mai d. whether she usually helped Mai
3. Jane is always …………….television all day .
a. watching b. watches c. watched d. seeing
4. She taught me how …………………….that problem .
5. I can’t stand Na . She ………………always …………..on the phone .
a. is / talking b. was / talking c. has / talked d. does / talk
6. We met our neightbor when we …………………………along the street .
a. waked b. are walking c. walk d. were walking
7. The bowls and dishes ………………..been broken .
a. were b. have c. are d. has
8. Last night , the Christmas tree ………………………..
a. decorated b. was decorated c. was decorating d. has decorated
9. Our floor ……………………..every day .
a. cleans b. was cleaned c. is cleaned d. is cleaning
10. Susan asked me …………………………..to school early .
a. if I go b. whether I went c. if I have gone d. if I did go
11. She tried …………………… the first prize but she wasn’t successful .
a. won b. win c. winning d. to win
12. My brother can ……………………….a beautiful tower for me .
a. drew b. drawing c. draw d. to draw
13. Last week , Nga decided …………………………..a new house .
a. buy b. to buy c. buying d. bought
14.They might ……………………at the hotel for two nights .
a. have stayed b. was staying c. stay d. to stay
15. Na was in bed while her sister ………………………………..dinner .
a. was cooking c. were cooking c. cooked d. cooks
16. Do Vietnamese people always ……………………………their houses before Tet ?
a. build b. design c. tidy d. visit
17. This song ……………………..ten yeas ago .
a. is composed b. composed c. was composed d. was composing
18. Would you mind if I ………………..in this armchair ?
a. sleep b. slept c. sleeping d. was sleeping
19. Lan ………………out when I phoned her .
a. was b. was being c. is d. has been
20. We are happy …………………..you get better .
a. hear b. to hear c. hearing d. heard
21. Thanh’s teacher will come here …………………twenty minutes .
22. Ha Long Bay is recognized as a World Heritage Site ………………UNESCO .
a. in b. at c. on d. by
23. It’s difficult ……………this problem .
24. She studies hard ……………….order to pass next exam .
a. so b. on c. in d. at
25. Will you open the window , please ? - ……………………..

a. Yes, please b. Yes , I will c. Certainly d. Yes , let’s
26. …………..I go there with you , Mom ? - Ok
a. Shall b. Do c. Have d. Will
27. I’m happy …………..you passed your exam .
a. to b. that c. so d. and
28. Will my new ao dai ………………before Tet ?
a. finish b. be finished c. to finish d. finishing
a. magnificent b. emergency c. departure d. representative
30. Do you mind …………….out your cigarette ?
a. put b. to put c. putting d. being put
31. Do you mind if I ……………….on the fans ?
a. turning b. turned c. to turn d. turn
32. I promise I ……………………harder for the exam .
a. will study b. study c. am studying d. have studied
33. Chicago is …………………..as “ The Windy City” .
a. spoken b. said c. known d. talked
34. He told me where ………………..this weekend .
a. going b. to go c. go d. went
35. Would you mind ……………………me the salt over there ?
a. bring b. to bring c. brought d. bringing
36. A festival in which participants have to cook the rice is called …………………....festival .
a. water- fetching b. fire-making c. rice-cooking d. cooking rice
37. They are interested ………………….swimming and sunbathing .
38. Would you mind if I used your mobile phone - .......................................
a. Yes , please b. Please go ahead c. Sure d. I promise I will
39. When I …………………home , I …………………him standing outside the room .
a. came / was seeing b. was coming / saw c. came / saw d. was coming / was seeing
40. We began ………………..in Can Tho in 1995 .
a. to live b. lived c. live d. has lived
41. ………….you do me a favor ? - Certainly
a. Should b. Do c. Could d. Have
43.. In the USA , millions of car tires …………………….away every year .
44. Sitting in a car , Shannon saw a boy …………….a water buffalo .
a. rode b. riding c. ridden d. was riding
45. John is keen ……….pottery .
46.Do you mind if I turn on the fans ? - ………………………..I’m very cold .
a. Please go ahead b. No , of course not c. I’m sorry , I can’t d. I’d rather you didn’t
47. Could you get me a bandage , please ? - …………………………….
a. I hope so b. No , thanks c. Yes , please d. Sure . Here you are
48. She promises she …….it secret .
a. will keep b. keep c. kept d. keeps
49. Don’t play soccer in the room , Nam - ……………………..
a. Yes , Certainly b. I promise I won’t c. All right d. I prefer you didn’t
50. Your beautiful flowers really helped me cheer me ………when I was in hospital
a. on b. up c. in d. with
51. The toys …………………in a box are 10 dollars .
a. keeping b. keep c. kept d. are kept
Class : 8
Name : REVISION FOR SECOND EXAM ( 2 )
I. Circle the word having the main stress placed differently from the others :
1. a. permanently b. accessible c. traditional d. facility
2. a. emergency b. injection c. entertainment d. facility
3. a. elevate b. participate c. separate d. decorate
4. a. convenient b. magnificent c. hospitable d. peaceful
5. a. fertilizer b. dangerous c. environment d. ambulance
6. a. botanical b. representative c. destination d. information
7. a. museum b. temperature c. exciting d. facility
8. a. festival b. decorate c. perform d. greeting
1. Nam keeps his books on the top of the shelf
His ……………………………………………………………………….
. 2. Mai parents built that house in 1997 .
That house……………………………………………………
3. Could you move your car over there ?
Would you mind ………………………………………………………
4. Have you sent Minh money yet ?
Minh’s father asked his mother …………………………………………………..
5. “Your uncle is waiting for my aunt at the bus stop , Lan”
Tuan said…………………………………………………………………………….
6. “Does your teacher often give you good advice , Chi ?”
Ba ……………………………………………………………………………….
It’s ………………………………………………………………………
8. People use first -aids . They want to ease the victim’s pain and anxiety .
People use first-aid so as …………………………………………………………………….
9. Shall I take a photo here ?
Would you mind ………………………………………………………………..?
10. The man is Lan’s father . He’s talking to our teacher .
The man ……………………………………………………………………….
12. The cat has just broken the vase .
The vase ……………………………………………….
13. My mother has just bought a machine . It can wash dishes .
My mother has just bought a ………………………………………….
14. “She will buy me a new bike and some school things”
Nam said ……………………………………………………………..
15. Trang got up early this morning because she wanted to come he meeting on time .
Trang got up early this morning in order ……………………………………………………………
16. She’d like to buy the book . It was written by Nguyen Du .
She’d like ……………………………………………………………………………….
17. The woman is Minh’s aunt . She’s talking to our form-teacher .
The woman …………………………………………………………………………..
II. Make sentences , using the words given :
1. Minh / Chi / have / good time / Da Lat / the moment
………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. We / visit / old teacher / Nguyen Trai Street / yesterday .
…………………………………………………………………………………
3. We / glad / stay / here / you .
……………………………………………………………
4. I / return / home / next Tuesday .
……………………………………………………………………….
5. They / study / Long Tuyen Secondary School / 3 years .

………………………………………………………………………………………………….
III. Read the passage carefully and then answer the questions :
It is now day 17 of Steve’s tour in Viet Nam and he is in Hai Phong . He has travelled almost around Viet
Nam and he has visited many places . He started his tour in Ho Chi Minh City and then he travelled around the
south of the country . Steve went to Vung Tau , Can Tho , Da Lat and Nha Trang in the first week and then he
went to Da Nang , Hue and Hoi An . He stayed in nine different hotels . The best hotel that he stayed was in Ha
Noi and the best food was in a small family restaurant in Hoi An . Steve has flown many times but he was on a
Viet Nam Airlines plane only once , when he flew from Hue to Ha Noi . He has travelled by train four times . First
he went from Ho Chi Minh City to Da Lat , then Nha Trang to Da Nang , Da Nang to Hue and lastly Ha Noi to Hai
Phong . He likes travelling by train very much because he can meet people easily .
* True orFalse ?
1. …… Steve has been in Viet Nam for 17 days .
2. …… He went to Vung Tau , Can Tho , ………..and then he went to Da Nang , Hue , Hoi An .
3. …… The best hotel that he stayed in was in Hoi An .
4. …… He went from Ha Noi to Hai Phong by train .
5. …… He has been on Viet Nam Airlines planes many times .
6. …… He doesn’t like travelling by train
1. Where did Steve start his tour ?
………………………………………………………………………………
2. How many hotels did he stay ?
………………………………………………………………………
3. When did he go to Can Tho ?
……………………………………………………………..
4. Does he like traveling by train ?
…………………………………………………………………………….
5. How long has he been in Viet Nam ?
……………………………………………………………………..
IV. Write a complete postcard from the following key words :

Dear Mom and Dad ,
1. I / have / wonderful time / Sydney / now
2. weather / be / lovely
3. People / this city / be / friendly / helpful .
4. Yesterday / I visit/ my History teacher's house .
5. Next Sunday / I / buy / some souvenirs / you / my sister .
6. I / hope / see / you / soon .
…………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………....
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
...................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................
............................
Class : 8
I. Choose the best answer for each sentence by circling A, B, C or D.
1. 30. She wants to buy a ......................of marigolds and a .................of dired water melon seed
a. peech / packet b. pot / bar c. bunch/ packet d. bunch / package
2. Mai is keen ……………pottery.
a. on b. in c. at d. of
3. The phone ……………while Hoa ……………
a. rang / was eating b. rang / is eating c. rang / ate d. all are correct
4. Tom ......... to Da Lat recently.
a. was b. has been c. is d. have been
5. Pick out the word which has different stress pattern from that of the rest.
a. memorial b. heritage c. barrier d. tourist
6. He said ( that ) he ....... a good student.
a. was b. is c. could d. can
7. Would you mind if I ........ you for help?
a. asked b. ask c. asking d. to ask
8. Ba ...................... his book at home.
a. always forget b. is always forgetting c. is always forget d. always forgot
9. ............... was recognized by UNESCO as a World Heritage Site.
a. Ngoc Son Temple b. Nha Trang c. Da Lat d. Ha Long Bay
10. This temple ……..quite old. It ……over 100 years ago.
a. looked/ built b. looks/ is built c. look/ was built d. looks/ was built
11. Why don’t you come ……………for dinner?
A. about B. on C. up D. over
12. The ……………………….is a gift from the people of France to Americans.
A. London Tower B. Big Ben C. Statue of Liberty D. Eiffel Towner
13. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
A. promise B. advertisement C. surprise D. advise
14. Nhung asked Linh………………………she knew My Son.
A. what B. where C. why D. whether
15. …………………….. is a religious song that people sing at Christmas.
A. Christmas card B. Carol C. Poem D. Patron Saint
16. Which word has different stress from the others?
A. jolly B. environment C. magnificent D. recycle
17. Presents are covered ………colored paper and put under the Christmas tree.
A. at B. by C. on D. with
18. Do you mind if I borrow your book?
A. Yes, I do B. No. I don’t mind C. No, you can’t D. No, I don’t
19. The man …………………..in the office is the manager.
A. sat B. sits C. sit D. sitting
20. The plane was flying over Scotland when the accident ……………….
a. took b. continued c. happened d. erupted
21. Hello . I’d like to …………a flight to Paris , please .
a. travel b. book c. send d. buy
22. I am …………..that he broke Asian Games record .
a. delighting b. delightful c. delighted d. delight
23. We should use cloth bags …………….of plastic bags .
a. without b. besides c. instead d. apart
24. He has not finished the report …………….
a. yet b. just c. never d. already
25. What is this door made ……………, wood or steel ?
a. in b. from c. up d. of
26. I’ve just bought a computer …………in the USA .

a. was made b. make c. making d. made
27. I need some money …………buy a new dictionary .
a. so that b. in order to c. for d. because
28. Please let me ………your decision as soon as possible .
a. to know b. knew c. know d. knowing
29. She ………where to buy souvenirs .
a. said b. ask c. pointed out d. told
30. I’m too tired to walk home . I think I ………………. a taxi .
a. am going to get b. would get c. can get d. will get
31. We hurried to school ……………..late.
a. in order to not be b. in order to be c. in order not to be d. in order not be
32. I still can’t believe it . My bicycle …………….last night .
a. was stolen b. was stealing c. stolen d. stole
33. “Mrs. Jones , please type those letters before noon”
They’ve already ………………..Sir . They’re on your desk .
a. typed b. be typed c. were typed d. been typed
34. There are flights daily to Ho Chi Minh City …………..Monday .
a. besides b. except c. after d. in
35. It’s too cold outside . ………………………? - Sure . I’ll do it right now .
a. Would you like to shut the window b. Will you shut the window
c. Can I shut the window d. Shall I shut the window
36. Thank you very much …………the flowers you sent me last night .
a. for b. in c. on d. by
37. We were happy ………your letter last week .
a. got b. to get c. getting d. get
38. Could I help you …………your luggage , Mrs. John ?
a. for b. in c. with d. from
39. Would you like ……………..that for you ?
a. me doing b. me do c. me to do d. that I do
40. Would you mind ………………in this place ?
a. not smoking b. not to smoke c. don’t smoke d. not smoked
II. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first.
1. May I borrow your pen ?
Would you mind ……………………………………………….
2. People recycle car tires to make pipes and floor coverings.
Car tires …………………………………………………………………………
3. Clement Clarke Moore wrote that poem.
That poem ……………………………………………………
4. Mai is always talking in class.
Mai keeps.......................................................................
5. She was pleased because her son got good gradesthis year
She was pleased that ……………………………………………………….
6. The man was very nervous . He was sitting next me.
The man ……………………………………………………………….
7. A bridge has been declared unsafe. It was built only two years ago.
The bridge ……………………………………………………………………
8. Driving a car too fast is very dangerous .
It’s …………………………………………………………………………
9. Lan tries to study well . She wants to find a good job in the future .
Lan tries to study well so ……………………………………………………….
1. Japan is a country which exports lots of cars.

It is a………………………………………country.
2. The cat has pulled the pan of fish into the sink.
The pan of fish ………………………………into the sink by the cat.
3. “Is the West Lake in Ha Noi?”, Thang asked me
Thang asked me if the ……………………………………….in Ha Noi.
4. Mary wants to buy some marigolds.
Mary goes to the market so ………………………….buy some marigolds.
5. She opens the windows . She wants to let the fresh air in .
She opens the windows so .........................................................................................
6. “ We began to learn how to cook four months ago .
We’ve ........................................................................................................
7. Will you please get me a bandage ?
Would you mind ...........................................................................
Would you mind ……………………………………………….
9. Following your directions is difficult.
It’s ………………………………………………………………
REVISION ( 4 )
1. Would you mind..................in the front seat of the taxi? - No problem
A. sit B. sat C. sitting D. to sit
2. Mr. Lam took Mr. David to Hoi An because he is interested ...............ancient cities.
A. in B. on C. at D. of
A. fertilize B. recycle C. separate D. situate
4. -Don't throw these plastic bags onto the river - .......................................
A. Yes, certainly B. I promise I will C. I promise I won't D. Not at all
5. Hoa asked me........................in Can Tho
A. whether I live B. If I live C. I lived D. If I lived
6. After school, Mai's father will pick her ..............at the school agte.
A. over B. up C. in D. to
7. Would you mind if I turned on the radio? - .....................................
A. Please do B. Yes, let's C. Of course D. OK
8. We decided..................a trip abroad this summer vacation.
A. taking B. take C. took D. to take
9. The man came when the Le family.......................
A. slept B. is sleeping C. was sleeping D. has slept
A. carol B. water C. gallery D. fabric
11. We saw the lava ................when we flew overhead.
A. pouring out B. carving into C. coming over D. pointing out
12. It is a contest in which participants have to make a fire. It's a .......................contest.
A. making fire B. fire make C. fire making D. fire-making
13. Sydney Opera House ....................in 1973.
A. has completed B. was completed C. was completing D. completed
14. Aunt Mai was ...............that Tuan remembered her birthday last week.
A. happiness B. happily C. happy D. happier
15. This play is based ...................the novel of the same name .
A. in B. with C. on D. to
16. My mother asked me if I ............................. a test .........................
A. would have / the following day B. will have / tomorrow
C. had / the following day D. would have / tomorrow
17. The custom of decorating Christmas tree ...................through Europe and finally to American
a. spread b. came c. went d. arrived
18. The Angkor Wat was built around the year 1100 to ................a Hindu God .
a. admire b. honor c. dedicate d. reverse
20 . Where ………. you ………….. yesterday when I saw you ?
a. was / going b. did / go c. were / went d. were / going
21. The concert began at 8.00 and …………. for 2 hours .
a. have lasted b. lasted c. has lasted d. lasts
22. Jim asked me ……………. I was going to help them .
a. and b. while c. if d. but
23. She asked me if I …………….. Spanish .
a. can speak b. could speak c. could speak d. speaks
a.. sightseeing b. serve c. socket d. sugar
25. People throw …… .billions of cans every year .
a. out b. into c. away d. off
26. Six people from each team ..........................the rice cooking contest .
a. are interested in b. come over c. participate in d. complain about

27. Please send an ambulace to my school immediately. My friend fell ..................her bike and hit her head
on the road.
a. off b. on c. in d. down
28. We can make old clothes ...................paper or shopping bags.
a. to b. onto c. into d. with
29. Broken glass is often sent to the factory for …………….
a. recycling b. recycle c. to recycle d. recycled
30. The televisions ………………in that store are expensive.
a. are sold b. sold c. selling d. sel
a. snorkel b. wonder c. memorial d. bored
32. The man ……………speech over there is my old neighbor
a. made b. is making c. making d. is made
33. Viet Nam’s New Year is officially …………………as Tet Nguyen Dan or Tet .
a. told b. known c. said d. recognized
34. I’m fond …………………climbing mountains .
a. of b. in c. to d. at
35. Did you tell him how …………………….that machine .
a. repair b. to repair c. repairing d. repaired
36. Car tires .......................to make pipes and floor coverings
a. are recycling b. are recycled c. recycled d. recycling
37. The fresh air in the countryside is good for our ..............
a. healhy b. health c. healthful d. healthily
38. I'm afraid that I can't agree..............you.
a. about b. at c. on d. with
II. Read the passage carefully and choose suitable words to complete it :
The Lunar New Year is ( 1 )……………each year by Chinese around the world . It’s a time to get ( 2 )
……..with the other members of the family . Days ( 3 ) ………….the New Year , the house is spring-cleaned .
Cakes and tarts are baked for ( 4 ) ………………to visitors . On the eve of the New Year , the whole family
meets at the house for a reunion dinner . On New Year Day itself , friends and ( 5 ) …………….visit one
another . New clothes are ( 6 ) …………….to signify a fresh beginning of the year . “ Hongbaos” or red ( 7 )
……………..with money in them are given to children .
1. a. organized b. held c. celebrated d. made
2. a. each other b. together c. one another d. to other
3. a. before b. after c. in d. at
4. a. giving b. presenting c. offering d. having
5. families b. relatives c. teachers d. acquaintance
6. a. made b. bought c. dressed d. worn
7. a. lucky b. packets c. ornaments d. lines
III. Complete the passage by circling a , b, c or d :
Nowadays , the environment is becoming very ( 1 ) …………..because garbage ( 2 ) …………… everywhere
We should ( 3 ) ……………..this amount of garbage by ( 4 ) …………….
For example , empty milk bottles should be ( 5 ) ………….. and refilled ; The glass can be sent to the ( 6 )
………………. There it is broken up , ( 7 ) ……………and made into new glassware ; Vegetables and fruit peel
can be used to ( 8 ) …….……compost to fertilize our fields .
1. a. pollution b. polluted c. polluting d. pollutes
2. a. throw b. throwing c. is thrown d. threw
3. a. reduce b. refill c. increase d. redo
4. a. reuse b. washing c. keeping d. recycling
5. a. drunk b. cleaned c. cleaning d. broken
6. a. hospitals b. companies c. garbage dump d. factories
7. a. thown away b. sent c. melted d. blown
8. a. make b. do c. use d. produce

1. Mai / Chi / come / Ha Long Bay / last Sunday .
………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. I / have / wonderful time / San Francisco / now
…………………………………………………………………………….
3. When / I / come / there / she / read / newspaper .
………………………………………………………………………..
4. People / Can Tho City / hospitable / helpful
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. Nga / send / you / some money / next week .
……………………………………………………………………………….
6. Chi / Tai / play / chess / moment .
………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………..
8. Lan’s friends / take / a trip / Da Lat / tomorrow
.………………………………….........................................
9. would you mind / if / I / sit / here?
..........................................................................................
10. Millions of plastic bags / throw away / every year.
............................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................

1. Mai / Chi / come / Ha Long Bay / last Sunday .
………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. I / have / wonderful time / San Francisco / now
…………………………………………………………………………….
3. When / I / come / there / she / read / newspaper .
………………………………………………………………………..
4. People / Can Tho City / hospitable / helpful
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. Nga / send / you / some money / next week .
……………………………………………………………………………….
6. Chi / Tai / play / chess / moment .
………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………..
8. Lan’s friends / take / a trip / Da Lat / tomorrow
.………………………………….........................................
9. would you mind / if / I / sit / here?
..........................................................................................
10. Millions of plastic bags / throw away / every year
............................................................................................................
V. Rewrite the following sentences, keeping the same meaning

1. Can I take some photos here , Sir ?
Would you mind ……………………………………………………
2. The boy is Mai’s brother. The boy played chess with you last night.
The boy ……………………………………………………………………………….
3. Will you please post this letter for me ?
Do you mind ……………………………………………………..
4. Lam wants to get good job so he tries to study English and Computer Science well .
Lam tries to study English and Science Computer well in order ……………………………………
5. The house is Mr. Hai’s . It’s painted blue .
The house ……………………………………………………………..
6. “ Are you going to buy a new motorbike , Kien ?”
Ngan ………………………………………………………………………….
7. “ Your mother has just come back from my house , Quynh”
Trung ……………………………………………………………………………………
8. Trang brings milk and food to her grandma twice a month .
Milk ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
9. The United States has a big industry that makes cars.
The Unite States has a ……………………………..
10. Lan is always throwing her socks and belts on the floor.
Lan keeps...............................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................
V. Rewrite the following sentences, keeping the same meaning

Would you mind ……………………………………………………
The boy ……………………………………………………………………………….
Do you mind ……………………………………………………..
The house ……………………………………………………………..
Ngan ………………………………………………………………………….
Trung ……………………………………………………………………………………
Milk ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
10. Lan is always throwing her socks and belts on the floor.
Lan keeps...............................................................................................................
II. Read the passage carefully and do the task below ( 1, 5 m ) :

1288 .
* True or False ?
in Dau Go Cave .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
REVISION ( 6 ) 2022
I. Circle the words has different stress from the others
1. a. bamboo b. custom c. poem d. council
2. a. wonder b. coral c. jungle d. marine
3. a. participant b. competitor c. contestant d. attraction
4. a. snowy b. abroad c. brochure d. humid
1. The Statue of Liberty ……………………to the United States by the France in 1876 .
a. is presented b. was presented c. presented d. was presenting
2. Hung asked Lien ……………tea or orange juice .
a. whether she liked b. if she liked c. she liked d. whether she likes
3. I can’t stand Manh . He’ always …………………..noise in class .
a. makes b. made c. making d. is made
4. They started ……………… in this school in 2008 .
a. study b. to study c. studied d. studies
5. Sticky rice cakes …………….by my grandmother every year .
a. is made b. have been made c. makes d. are made
6. My uncle has a farm on which he raises a lot of cattle . It’s a ………………..farm .
a. cattle-raise b. raising-cattle c. cattle-raising d. cattles-raising
7. Angko Wat is the largest …………….in the world .
a. pagoda b. temple c. wonder d. pyramid
8. One person in each team participated …………slow bike-racing contest .
9. Which of the followings doesn’t belong to seven new wonders of the world ?
a. Pachu Picchu b. Coloseum c. Petra d. The Pyramid of Giza
10. He ……………if I came from Italy .
a. said to me b. asked me c. told d. wonders
11. Lan showed Nga what ………………there during the tour last week .
a. do b. did c. to do d. doing
12. This school …………………since January .
a. was built b. has built c. has been built d. will be built
a. marine b. bamboo c. abroad d. custom
14. Nam ……………..his homework when his mother came home .
a. was doing b. did c. is doing d. was done
a. tradition b. survive c. compile d. designed
16. She said she ……………her grandparents every weekend .
a. visits b. visited c. visit d. was visiting
17. ……………….are you going to stay in Ha Long Bay ? - For three days
a. How often b. How long c. When d. How many
18. Would you like …………………out for dinner tonight ? - Yes, we’d love to .
a. going b. go c. to go d. will go
19. Have you tidied the house yet ? - Yes , …………………
a. I will b. I was c. I do d. I have
21. …………is the weather in Ha Noi like ? - It’s cold and windy .
a. What b. How c. Where d. When
22. It’s snowy now . They may…………………….at home today .
23. Would you like to come over my house ? - …………………………..
a. Yes , please b. Yes , I would c. Yes , certainly d. Yes , I’d love to
24. ……………..is Phong Nha Cave from Ha Noi ? - It’s about 500 km .
a. How long b. How far c. Where d. How often

25. School festival …………………in our school next Thursday .
26. “Your father usually gives me some good advice”
a. Nam said to Chi his father usually gave her good advice
b. Nam asked Chi if her father usually gave him good advice
c. Nam said to Chi if her father usually gave him good advice
d. Nam said to Chi her father usually gave him good advice
27. “ Do you often take your son to the zoo ?”
a. Mr. Minh said to Mrs. Lien if she often took her son to the zoo .
b. Mr Minh asked Mrs. Lien she often took her son to the zoo .
c. Mr Minh asked Mrs. Lien if she often took her son to the zoo .
d. Mr Minh asked Mrs . Lien whether he often took his son to the zoo .
28. This play is based ...................the novel of the same name .
a. in b. with c. on d. to
29. My mother asked me if I ............................. a test .........................
a. would have / the following day b. will / tomorrow
30. She wants to buy a ......................of marigolds and a .................of dired water melon seed
a. peech / packet b. pot / bar c. bunch/ packet d. bunch / package
31. The custom of decorating Christmas tree ...................through Europe and finally to American
a. spread b. came c. went d. arrived
32. The Angkor Wat was built around the year 1100 to ................a Hindu God .
a. admire b. honor c. dedicate d. reverse
1. “ I usually decorate my house with flowers and pictures before Tet .”
Hoa said ......................................................................................................................................
3. “ Do you like watching TV better than reading books , Chau ?”
Tam .......................................................................................................................................
We’ve ........................................................................................................
5. Will you please pass me the jar of sugar ?
Would you mind ...........................................................................
Would you mind ……………………………………………….
Car tires …………………………………………………………………………
That poem ……………………………………………………
It’s ……………………………………………………………….
The man ……………………………………………………………….
The bridge ……………………………………………………………………
It’s …………………………………………………………………………
Class : 8 REVISION (5 )
Name :
1. a. fertilizer b. dangerous c. environment d. ambulance
4. a. festival b. decorate c. perform d. greeting
5. a. participant b. separate c. position d. description
1. My sister was cooking ………… .I was doing my homework .
a. while b. if c. because d. but
3. Where ………. you ………….. yesterday when I saw you ?
a. was / going b. did / go c. were / went d. were / going
4. The concert began at 8.00 and …………. for 2 hours .
a. have lasted b. lasted c. has lasted d. lasts
5. Henry finished his newspaper while he ………………for a bus .
a. waited b. was waiting c. was seeing d. was reading
6. Jim asked me ……………. I was going to help them .
a. and b. while c. if d. but
7. He has not finished the report …………….
a. yet b. just c. never d. already
8. There ………. some bread in the fridge some minutes ago . Where’s it now ?
a. were b. is c. was d. are
9. He told me …………..speak English fluently .
a. to how b. what to c. so as to d. how to
10. It isn’t safe for children …………. on ladders .
a. playing b. to play c. play d. played
11. The girl ……………. is my sister .
a. singing b. is singing c. sings d. sang
12. Would you mind if I ……… .a party at home ?
a. held b. hold c. holding d. to hold
13. They are good friends . They ............…………each other for a long time .
a. knew b. know c. have known d. were knowing
14. My mother ……………. in the kitchen at 6 o’clock yesterday evening .
a. cooked b. is cooking c. cooks d. was cooking
15. Hello . I’d like to ……… …a flight to Paris , please .
a. travel b. book c. send d. buy
16. I am ………….. that he broke Asian Games record .
17. We should use cloth bags ……………. of plastic bags .
a. without b. besides c. instead d. apart
18. Jane is always ……………. television all day .
a. watching b. watches c. watched d. seeing
19. What is this door made ……………, wood or steel ?
a. in b. from c. up d. of
20. I’ve just bought a computer ………… in the USA .
a. was made b. make c. making d. made
21. I need some money ………… buy a new dictionary .
a. so that b. in order to c. for d. because
22. Please let me … ……your decision as soon as possible .
a. to know b. knew c. know d. knowing
24 She ………where to buy souvenirs .
a. said b. ask c. pointed out d. told
24. I’m too tired to walk home . I think I ………………. a taxi .
a. am going to get b. would get c. can get d. will get
25. The meeting …….……. be held this coming Thursday after all .
a. hasn’t b. won’t c. doesn’t d. isn’t
26. We hurried to school …………….. late.
a. in order to not be b. in order to be c. in order not to be d. in order not be
27. I still can’t believe it . My bicycle …………… .last night .
a. was stolen b. was stealing c. stolen d. stole
28. “Mrs. Jones , please type those letters before noon”
They’ve already ……………….. Sir . They’re on your desk .
a. typed b. be typed c. were typed d. been typed
29. There are flights daily to Ho Chi Minh City ………….. Monday .
a. besides b. except c. after d. in
30. It’s too cold outside . …… …………………? - Sure . I’ll do it right now .
a. Would you like to shut the window b. Will you shut the window
c. Can I shut the window d. Shall I shut the window
31. Thank you very much …… ……the flowers you sent me last night .
a. for b. in c. on d. by
32. We were happy ……… your letter last week .
a. got b. to get c. getting d. get
33. Could I help you …… ……your luggage , Mrs. John ?
a. for b. in c. with d. from
a. magnificent b. waterfall c. vacation d. restaurant
35. Would you like …………….. that for you ?
a. me doing b. me do c. me to do d. that I do
36. She asked me if I …………….. Spanish .
a. can speak b. could speak c. could speak d. speaks
a. sightseeing b. serve c. socket d. sugar
38. People throw …… .billions of cans every year .
a. out b. into c. away d. off
39. Would you mind ………………in this place ?
a. not smoking b. not to smoke c. don’t smoke d. not smoked
40. We decided ………………. a picnic because of the heavy rain.
a. not having b. not to have c. not have d. to not have
REVISION ( 7 ) 2022
1. - Would you mind if I opened the window ? - .........................................
a. OK b. Yes , let’s c. Of course d. Please go ahead
2. Would you mind …………………….out your cigarette ?
a. put b. to put c. putting d. puts
3. Eiffel Tower was ……………………..by Alexander Gustave Eiffel .
a. reached b. done c. designed d. completed
4. The Statue of Liberty ……………………to the United States by the France in 1876 .
a. is presented b. was presented c. presented d. was presenting
5. I was ...................that you are studying harder for your next exam .
a. delighted b. happily c. happiness d. happier
6. Lan is interested ........................old folk tales .
a. at b. on c. in d. of
7. Mrs. Smith will come to the hotel to pick Mrs. Quyen .....................
a. up b. over c. with d. o n
8. - Don’t spend too much time playing video games .
- .......................................
a. Sure b. I promise I will c. No problem d. I promise I won’t
9. Nam said to me he .........................speaking English with his friends every day .
a. practices b. practiced c. is practicing d. would practice
10. The sights were beautiful and the weather was perfect so they decided .......................there longer .
a. stay b. staying c. stayed d. to stay
12. Recycle means not .........................things away . Try and find another use for them.
a. put b. collect c. reuse d. throw
13. Before Tet , Vietnamese people often .......................their homes with flowers and beautiful pictures .
a. tidy b. clean c. decorate d. design
14. Tuan asked Lan ...........................from Hue .
a. whether she came b. if she comes c. she came d. whether she comes
20. Lunar New Year is the most .......................holiday in Viet Nam .
a. comfortable b. important c. beautiful d. fantastic
21. Thank for the flowers you gave me when I was in hospital . They really helped to ................me .........
a. pick / up b. come / up c. come / over d. cheer / up
22. Give the victim a cup of tea when he ..................
a. hurts b. injures c. revives d. overheats
on the road.
25. My uncle has a broken leg so these .....................can help him to move around
a. stretchers b. crutches c. scale d. eye charts
26. We should cold water packs to .................the pain when burning
a. minimize b. elevate c. bleed d. ease
27. We can save............................ by recycling things.
a. vegetable matter b. household waste c. environment d. natural resources
29. The Oregon government made a new law to ..................people from throwing drink cans away
a. protect b. reduce c. prevent d. melt
30. They collect the empty milk bottles then they are cleaned and ...................
a. refilled b. washed c. broken d. mashed
a. are sold b. sold c. selling d. sell
34. Sydney is famous for its ………………..
a. Big Ben Clock b. Eiffel Tower c. Statue of Liberty d. Opera House
II. Rewrite the followings sentences , keeping the same meaning :
Would you mind ……………………………………………………
Tam is ……………………………………………………………………………….
Do you mind ……………………………………………………..
4. I’m sure . The lazy students will fail this exam .
I’m sure ……………………………………………………………………….
The house ……………………………………………………………..
7. You should keep your school clean .
Your school …………………………………………………….
8. Making friends is very easy .
It’s ………………………………………………………..
Ngan ………………………………………………………………………….
Trung ……………………………………………………………………………………
11. “ My sister doesn’t want you to pull her cat’s tail”
Mai said to Khoi …………………………………………………………….
Milk ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
III. Complete the passage by circling a , b, c or d :
Nowadays , the environment is becoming very ( 1 ) …………..because garbage ( 2 ) …………… everywhere
We should ( 3 ) ……………..this amount of garbage by ( 4 ) …………….
For example , empty milk bottles should be ( 5 ) ………….. and refilled ; The glass can be sent to the ( 6 )
………………. There it is broken up , ( 7 ) ……………and made into new glassware ; Vegetables and fruit peel
can be used to ( 8 ) …….……compost to fertilize our fields .
1. a. pollution b. polluted c. polluting d. pollutes
2. a. throw b. throwing c. is thrown d. threw
3. a. reduce b. refill c. increase d. redo
4. a. reuse b. washing c. keeping d. recycling
5. a. drunk b. cleaned c. cleaning d. broken
6. a. hospitals b. companies c. garbage dump d. factories
7. a. thown away b. sent c. melted d. blown
8. a. make b. do c. use d. produce
Class : 8
Name : REVISION ( 6 ) 2022
1. The United State has a big industry that makes car. It is a ……………industry
a. car making b. making car c. car-making d. make-caring
2. My sister ……………always ……………TV. I’m afraid she’ll fail next exam .
a. is / watching b. is / watched c. was / watching d. will / watch
3. Choose the word that has different stress pattern from that of the rest
a. design b. recognize c. deposit d. award
4. Our village festival …………………..next Sunday.
a. will hold b. is held c. has been held d. will be held
5. Can I make you some iced coffee , Dad ? - …………………………
a. Sure b. No, I don’t want d. Yes, please d. No, of course not
6. First-aid course is usually used to ……………..the victim’s pain and anxiety.
a. cool b. ease c. treat d. cure
7. ………………………was recognized by UNESCO as a world Heritage Site .
a. Ha Long Bay b. Nha Rong Harbor c. Da Lat d. Thang Long Bridge
8. Taj Mahah is one of the new seven world’s……………….
a. pyramids b. temples c. statues d. wonders
9. People often call Chicago “……………………”
a. Eternal Spring b. The Windy City c. Geat Lake d. The Snowy City
10. Would you mind if I used your momile phone ? - …………………
a. No, you can’t b. Yes, please c. No, I don’t mind d. No, you wouldn’t
11. In the final contest , the………………..taste the rice and the most delicious rice is the winner
a. council leaders b. teammates c. judges d. competitors
a. are sold b. sold c. selling d. sell
15. Sydney is famous for its ………………..
a. Big Ben Clock b. Eiffel Tower c. Statue of Liberty d. Opera House
19. Are you interested …………………….science fiction stories ?
a. into b. at c. in d. on
20. I promise I ……………………there on time .
a. am b. have been c. am going to be d. will be
21. Do you mind if I …………………your telephone ?
a. using b. use c. used d. to use
23. Would you mind …………………….out your cigarette ?
a. put b. to put c. putting d. puts
24. Eiffel Tower was ……………………..by Alexander Gustave Eiffel .
a. reached b. done c. designed d. completed
25. He is considered the best student in this school ……………….all the teachers and students .
a. by b. of c. for d. in
26. She gave her little daughter some peanuts . The little girl didn’t …………………….them from the shells
but she ate immediately .
a. separate b. make c. put d. clear
27. Would you mind if I …………………off all the fans ?
a. turned b. turning c. to turn d. turn
28. Lan ……………… me whether I had breakfast .
a. said b. asked c. told d. says
29. Mai’s youngest sister ……………………up from nursery school every day .
a. will be picked b. picked c. is picked d. was picked
30. Tam said to Lan he …………………his homework every morning .
a. does b. did c. has done d. was done
31. It’s easy ……………………..this test .
a. do b. doing c. did d. to do
32. She tries to study in…………………get good grades this semester .
a. order that b. so as to d. order to d. so as
33. When I came home , my mother …………………………the dog .
a. fed b. was feeding c. feeds d. is feeding
34. Ngoc told me where ………………….this summer .
a. went b. will go c. to go d. going
35. Lan began ………… in this school iin 2003 .
a. to study b. study c. studied d. studies
36. I’m pleased …………….good grades this semester.
a. get b. you to get c. that you got d. you getting
1. She opened all the window . She wants to let the fresh air in .
……………………………………………………………………………………
2. My older brother likes the picture . It was given to him on his eighteen birthday .
My ………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. The boys look nippy . They are playing volleyball over there .
The boys …………………………………………………………………………
4. Some people use the plastic bags .
The …………………………………………………………..
5. “ Does your brother often give my sister a ring , Lan ?”
Tam ………………………………………………………
6. Minh brought me some marigolds yesterday .
I ………………………………………………………………………..
7. “ I don’t know what you are thinking about , Nga”
Nam said ……………………………………………………………………………..
8. “ I must leave now”
He said to me ………………………………………………………….
9. It’s over ten years since I last took my son to the circus
I haven’t ………………………………………………………..
10. My sister has broken my ancient vase .
My ……………………………………………………………………..
11. “ Can you type 60 letters in a minute , Miss Hoa ?”
Mr. Tai……………………………………………………………………………………………..
12. May I go to the cinema tonight , Mom ?
Would you …………………………………………………….
13. The last time Lan met Tuan was three years ago.
Lan hasn’t ……………………………………………………………..
14. Can you pass me the jar of sugar ?
Would you mind …………………………………………………………………………..
15. She started to wrote this novel two years ago .
She’s……………………………………………………………………
Grade : 8
Name :
REVISION ( 8 ) 2022
1. She …………………English to her son when I came ,
a. taught b. was teaching c. is teaching d. has taught .
2. Would you mind if I ……………..to Nha Trang now ?
a. drive b. driving c. drove d. am driving
3. It’s ……………to see Tam’s family .
a. nice b. nicely c. kindly d. happily
4. Mrs. Hoa was pleased ……………………………………………
a. that we learn our lessons carefully b. that to learn our lessons carefully
c. that learned out lesson carefully d. we learned our lessons carefully .
5. They asked me whether I …………… abroad next month .
a. studied b. will study c. study d. would study
6. A : It’s very hot . Do you mind opening all the windows , Minh ?
B : ……………………….
a. Thanks . b. No problem c. Yes , please d. I promise I will
7. She isn’t here . She ……………….to English speaking club .
a. went b. will go c. has gone d. goes
8. …………you please cover my wound ?
a. Will b. Do c. Shall d. Do you mind
9. Hoa’s bike is broken, so I have to …………..her up to school this afternoon.
a. book b. pick c. look d. come
10. Which of the followings doesn’t belong to the others ?
a. reuse b. recycle c. refill d. reduce
11. The empty milk bottles ………………and refilled
a. cleaned b. are cleaned c. cleaning d. clean
12. Jane’s always ……………..noise when I’m sleeping .
a. makes b. making c. made d. make
13. “ Will you have an appointment with Nam ?”
a. Lan said to Hoai if he had an appointment with Nam .
b. Lan asked Hoai if he had an appointment with Nam
c. Lan asked Hoai whether he would have an appointment with Nam .
d. Lan asked Hoai whether she would have an appointment with Nam
14. She taught me ……………the guitar .
a. what to play b. How playing c. when to play d. how to play
a. environment b. representative c. international d. information
a. plastic b. fruit peel c. metal d. fabric
17. In last contest , The students in class 8A tried ………………the first prize .
a. win b. winning c. to win d. won
18. These exercise must ……………..in 20 minutes .
a. finish b. finishing c. be finished d. can finish
19 Odd out one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others ?
a. crushed b. performed c. designed d. appeared
20. We …………………chess together at this time yesterday .
a. are playing b. played c. were played d. were playing
21. I’d like to make friend with the girl ……………a red skirt .
a. wears b. wearing c. wore d. is wearing
22. Nga took part ……………the rice-cooking festival and she won .
23. She had a bad cut, so I got her a bandage to cover the ………………
a. bleeding b. wound c. handkerchief d. sterile
24. Nga is thinking …………….a famous person and giving Nhi a clue so that Nhi can guess
a. at b. on c. to d. of
25. Recycling helps us save natural …………………
a. land b. oceans c. resources d. sights
26. We can visit ……………..Institute when we come to Nha Trang
a. Limestones b. Stream c. Water fall d. Oceanic
27. Nga stayed up late reading the whole novel I gave her. She’s ………………..in novel.
a. interested b. fond c. keen d. bored
28. The Windy City is situated right on the ……………..of Lake Michigan.
a. beach b. shore c. seaside d. bank
II. Read the passage carefully and then answer the questions :
Prague has the population of over one million people . It is not the biggest city in Europe , but it is certainly
one of the most beautiful . People call Prague the “ Golden City” and the “ Mother of Cities” . It has many
beautiful buildings and statues . Perhaps the most popular building is the Old Town Hall with its amazing 15th
century clock . People also call Prague “Europe’s school of Music” . There are many concert halls and every
May there is a famous music festival : “ Prague’s Spring” . There are also twenty theaters and many old pubs ,
wine bars and restaurants . There is now modern underground , but traffic is still a problem . It is often better
to walk and feel the atmosphere of the pretty little streets .
* True or False ?
1. ….. There are one million people in Prague .
2. ….. There are twenty old pubs in Prague .
3. ….. The traffic in Prague is not good .
4. ….. People hold music festival in Prague in May .
1. Why is Prague called “ Mother of Cities” ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. What are the streets in Prague like ?\
…………………………………………………………………………..
III. Make sentences , using the words given :
1. Minh / Chi / have / good time / Da Lat / the moment
………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Uyen / have / day / remember / last week .
…………………………………………………………………………………
3. We / glad / stay / here / you .
……………………………………………………………
4. I / return / home / next Tuesday .
……………………………………………………………………….
5. Where / you / going / stay / when / you / Nha Trang ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. Their son / rescue / river / yesterday . …………………………………………………………………..
7. When / she / come / her / classroom / her friends / do / test .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. They / study / Long Tuyen Secondary School / 3 years .
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
9. Our / form teacher / talk / his old friend / now .
…………………………………………………………………………………
10. Last week / he / come / Da Nang / stay / there / two days .
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
11. The weather / Nha Trang / hot / windy .
…………………………………………………………………….
12. Minh’s grandfather / buy / new motorbike / Minh / tomorrow .
. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..
III. Read the passage carefully and choose suitable words to complete it :
Class :
I. Fill in the blanks with prepositions of time : in , on, at , during , for , from , after , before ,
16. We’ve studied in Long Tuyen Secondary School ……………..1996 .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Class :
Name :
REVISION ( 6 )
I. Fill in the blanks with prepositions of time : in , on, at , during , for , from , after , before ,
16. We’ve studied in Long Tuyen Secondary School ……………..1996 .
II. Give the correct form of the verbs in parentheses :

_ He ( do ) ……………………an experiment in the laboratory .
10. This song (write ) …………………………Trinh Cong Son .
14 This building ( build ) …………………………for two months .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
II. Give the correct form of the verbs in parentheses :

_ He ( do ) ……………………an experiment in the laboratory .
10. This song (write ) …………………………Trinh Cong Son .
14 This building ( build ) …………………………for two months .
Grade : 8
Name : REVISION ( 9 ) 2022
A. PHONETICS :
I. Circle the word that has the main stress placed differently from the others :
1. a. fertilize b. dangerous c. recycle d. ambulance
4. a. festival b. situate c. perform d. greeting
5. a. participant b. separate c. position d. description
II. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others :
1. a. fabric b. glassware c. facility d. gallery
2. a. recycle b. collect c. carol d. contest
3. a. melted b. delighted c. decided d. relived
4. a. carol b. water c. lava d. valley
5. a. husk b. lunar c. underline d. upset
B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR :
1. They began ....................this English course in July 2012 .
a. attend b. to attend c. attending d. attended
2. The tallest building in that city ..............................in 1982 .
a. has completed b. completed c. was completed d. was completing
3. - Would you mind if I opened the window ? - .........................................
a. OK b. Yes , let’s c. Of course d. Please go ahead
4. I was ...................that you are studying harder for your next exam .
a. delighted b. happily c. happiness d. happier
5. It’s difficult ..........................your directions .
a. to follow b. follow c. following d. follows
6. It is a contest in which participants have to cook rice . It’s a ..............................contest .
a. cooking rice b. rice cook c. rice-cooking d. rice cooking
7. Lan is interested ........................old folk tales.
a. at b. on c. in d. of
8. Mrs. Quyen could see the lava ..........................out when the plane flew over head .
a. coming b. pouring c. pointing d. carving
9. Hoa got up early so as..................to the meeting on time .
10. Mrs. Smith will come to the hotel to pick Mrs. Quyen .....................
a. up b. over c. with d. o n
11. - Don’t spend too much time playing video games .
- .......................................
a. Sure b. I promise I will c. No problem d. I promise I won’t
12. Nam said to me he .........................speaking English with his friends every day .
a. practices b. practiced c. is practicing d. would practice
13. The sights were beautiful and the weather was perfect so they decided .......................there longer .
a. stay b. staying c. stayed d. to stay
14. When Tuan came home , Mrs. Thoa ............................
a. cooked b. was cooking c. is cooking d. was cooked
15. Would you mind ........................your car over there ? - No problem
a. moving b. move c. to move d. moved
17. Recycle means not .........................things away . Try and find another use for them .
a. put b. collect c. reuse d. throw
18. Before Tet , Vietnamese people often .......................their homes with flowers and beautiful pictures .
a. tidy b. clean c. decorate d. design
19. Tuan asked Lan ...........................from Hue .
a. whether she came b. if she comes c. she came d. whether she comes
20. Lunar New Year is the most .......................holiday in Viet Nam .
a. comfortable b. important c. beautiful d. fantastic
21. Thank for the flowers you gave me when I was in hospital . They really helped to ................me .........
a. pick / up b. come / up c. come / over d. cheer / up
22. Give the victim a cup of tea when he ..................
a. hurts b. injures c. revives d. overheats
on the road.
24. I promise I .........................her awake .
a. will keep b. should keep c. keep d. to keep
25. My uncle has a broken leg so these .....................can help him to move around
a. stretchers b. crutches c. scale d. eye charts
26. We should cold water packs to .................the pain when burning
a. minimize b. elevate c. bleed d. ease
27. We can save............................ by recycling things.
a. vegetable matter b. household waste c. environment d. natural resources
29. The Oregon government made a new law to ..................people from throwing drink cans away
a. protect b. reduce c. prevent d. melt
30. They collect the empty milk bottles then they are cleaned and ...................
a. refilled b. washed c. broken d. mashed
II. Read the passage carefully and fill in the blanks with the words given :
beat most paddle international
and hire mountains along out
Ha Long-Bay of the Descending Dragon is very popular with both Vietnamese and ………………tourist
One of the attractions of Ha Long is Bay’s calm water with limestone …………………….The Bay’s water
is clear during the spring …………………early summer . Upon arriving in Ha Long city , visitors will go
………………Chay Beach . From the beach , visitors can ……………..a boat and go out to the Bay . It is
here that visitors will find some of Southeast Asia's most beautiful sites . Dau Go Cave is one of the
……….beautiful caves at Ha Long . It was the cave in which General Tran Hung Dao hid wooden stakes
to ………………..the Mongolson Bach Dang River in 1288 .
III. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the words in the box :
next peace lucky brightly fairs tidied
holiday have wishes visitor crowded
Tet is a national and family …………………..It is an occasion for every Vietnamese to …………….a good
time while thinking about the last year and the …………………year . At Tet spring ………………are
organized , streets and public buildings are ………………….decorated and almost all shops are ……………
with people shopping for Tet . At home , everything is …………………, special food is made , offerings of
food, fresh water flowers and scenting the air . First -footing is made when the first …………………comes
and children are given ………………money wrapped in a red tiny envelop . Tet is also a time for
………………..and love . During Tet , children often behave well . Everybody gives each other best ………..
for the new year .
Name: REVISION ( 10) 2022

1. Mai ……………………her homework when I came .
a. did b. has done c. was doing d. is doing
a. volcano b. itinerary c. participant d. gallery
6. Mr. Brown hasn’t finished writing his book yet . It has …………………for five months .
7. That old woman’s house …………………………every day .
a. sweeps b. swept c. is swept d. sweeping
8. This wedding card ………………..last week .
a. is designed b. designed c. was designed d. was designing
9. Lan …………always ………………on the phone .
a. is / talked b. is / talking c. was / talking d. has / talked
10. Six people participate ……………….the rice-cooking festival .
a. on b. in c. at d. to
12. When I ………………………a novel , the phone ……………………….
a. was reading / rang b. read / rang c. read / was ringing d. was reading / was ringing
a. volcano b. custom c. rock d. honor
15. Would you like to go out for dinner tonight ? - …………………………..
a. No , I wouldn’t b. No problem c. I’d love to but I can’t d. No , of course not
19. The heads of four American presidents ……………the rock at Mount Rushmore.
A. put out b. come over c. carved into d. made in
21. Nhi showed me ………………….holiday last summer vacation
a. what to spend b. why to send c. where to spend d. who to spend
22. Will you please …………. me up at my friend’s house, Mom?
a. cheer b. give c. take d. pick
23. Angkor Wat is a famous ……………. in Cambodia.
a. statue b. temple c. pagoda d. pyramid
24. They take part in the contest in which people have to make a fire. It’s a……………..contest.
a. rice-cooking b. fire-making c. water-fetching d. flower-arranging
25. The Windy City is situated on the……………of Lake Michigan.
a. beach b. seaside c. shore d. bank
26. Ha Long Bay is one of the natural ……………..

A. caves b. waterfalls c. wonders d. islands
28. They had a chance to see the lava of a volcano ………….when they flew overhead.
a. pour out b. carve into c. come over d. come across
29. Would you help me decorate the Christmas tree , please ? - …………………………..
a. Yes , please b. I promise I will c. Not at all d. Of course
30. A: I promise I’ll try my best to get good grades this school year
B: ……………………
a. OK b. I hope so c. Wait and see d. Yes, please
………………………………………………………..
2. Viet Nam is a country which exports coffee .
………………………………………………………………………….
Mrs. Van ……………………………………………………………..
Duy asked Lien ……………………………………………….
5. Someone will design the wedding card for you .
The wedding ………………………………………………………………..
6. It is a festival in which people splash water on each other .
It is a ……………………………………………………………………..
7. They usually put on new clothes at Tet .
New ……………………………………………………………………
8. My grandfather gave me many books .
Many books …………………………………………………………………
9. “ Your cousin is calling you , Ngan”
Nam …………………………………………………………….
10. “ Can you help me draw a map , Tai ?” _ said Chi
………………………………………………………………………………..
11. “ I don’t know what your brother is doing , Nga”
Nam said ……………………………………………………………………………..
12. “ I will come and see you as soon as I can”
He said to me ………………………………………………………….
13. “I want to go out for dinner”
Lan said ……………………………………………
………………………………………………………………..
14. My uncle has a farm which raises cattle .
………………………………………………………………………….
15. The table was bought by my father yesterday . It was made in China .
The table ………………………………..was made in China.
16. People made this toy from recycled cans .
This …………………………………………………..
17. Shall I give you a hand ?
Would you mind ………………………………………………….
18. They want to have good health, so they do more exercise. ( SO AS TO )
….…………………………………………………………………………………………
It’s ……………………………………………………………….
20. The girl studies English very well. She sits next to me in class. ( Present participle phrase)
The girl…………………………………………………………………
III. Read the passage carefully and then fill in the blanks with suitable words :
We are having a …………………….time in Hoi An . The streets are so narrow …………………cars are not
allowed to ceter of the city . Therefore , we have to ……………………..The houses are very ………………
but beautiful . The people are very…………………..and helpful . The food looks funny and it ………………
quite nice .
Every October 31st , you can’t help but notice stumbling around your street at night that there’s an awfully
large number of kids outside dressed in a number of crazy costumes . That’s because it’s Halloween , one of
the most popular holidays in the history of holidays .
Halloween is a fun time for everybody . Kids love it because they get to dress up like ghosts , vampires ,
witches , zombies , and other scary Halloween costumes . They also get to carve our pumkins in a scary
manner , while going from door to door asking strangers “trick or treat” for the most part , these strangers say
treat and provide these children with some delicious , delicious candy . Of course , the Halloween hi-jinks
don’t just stop there . There are Halloween games to be played , crafts to be made , and the house to be
redecorated to scare people .
* True or False ?
1…….Halloween is held on October 31st .
2…….The strangers often give the children some delicious candy when they ask them treat or trick .
3…….Halloween is held in the morning .
4…….There is “trick or treat” played at Halloween .
1. What is Halloween ?
…………………………………………………………………………
2. What do the kids do at Halloween ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………….
REVISION ( 5+ )
I. Read the passage carefully and choose suitable words to complete it :
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Name:
REVISION ( 10 ) 2022

We’ve ........................................................................................................
Would you mind ...........................................................................
Would you mind ……………………………………………….
It’s ……………………………………………………………….
The man ……………………………………………………………….
Hoa said ......................................................................................................................................
Tam .......................................................................................................................................
We’ve ........................................................................................................
Would you mind ...........................................................................
Would you mind ……………………………………………….
Car tires …………………………………………………………………………
That poem ……………………………………………………
It’s ……………………………………………………………….
18. She was pleased because her son got good grades this year
The bridge ……………………………………………………………………
It’s …………………………………………………………………………
22. Lan wants to find a good job in the future, so she tries to study well .
III. Complete sentences , using the words given :
1. Thanks / the flowers / you / send / me / while / I / hiospital ( + )
…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. They / help / cheer / me / up . ( +)
……………………………………………
3. Now / I / very bored ( + )
…………………………………………………………….
4. Will / you / come over / my place / weekend ? ( + )
………………………………………………………………………………
5. Uyen / have / day / remember / last week ( * )
……………………………………………………………………
6. She / have / math exam / she get / up / late ( * )
………………………………………………………………………..
7. I / have / good time / here / Da Lat ( - )
…………………………………………………………………
8. The weather / Da Lat / cool / people / friendly ( - )
………………………………………………………..
9. When / I / visit / Flower Garden / I / meet / my old / teacher
………………………………………………………………………………….
REVISION ( 3 + )
We’ve ........................................................................................................
Would you mind ...........................................................................
Would you mind ……………………………………………….
5.
Hoa said ......................................................................................................................................
Tam .......................................................................................................................................
We’ve ........................................................................................................
Would you mind ...........................................................................

We’ve ........................................................................................................
Would you mind ...........................................................................
Would you mind ……………………………………………….
Car tires …………………………………………………………………………
That poem ……………………………………………………
It’s ……………………………………………………………….
The man ……………………………………………………………….
The bridge ……………………………………………………………………
It’s …………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
It’s ……………………………………………………………….
The man ……………………………………………………………….
1. Thanks / the flowers / you / send / me / while / I / hiospital ( + )
…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. They / help / cheer / me / up . ( +)
……………………………………………
3. Now / I / very bored ( + )
…………………………………………………………….
4. Will / you / come over / my place / weekend ? ( + )
………………………………………………………………………………
5. Uyen / have / day / remember / last week ( * )
……………………………………………………………………
6. She / have / math exam / she get / up / late ( * )
………………………………………………………………………..
7. I / have / good time / here / Da Lat ( - )
…………………………………………………………………
8. The weather / Da Lat / cool / people / friendly ( - )
………………………………………………………..
9. When / I / visit / Flower Garden / I / meet / my old / teacher
………………………………………………………………………………….
Class : 8
1. a. permanently b. accessible c. traditional d. facility
2. a. emergency b. injection c. entertainment d. facility
3. a. elevate b. participate c. separate d. decorate
4. a. convenient b. magnificent c. hospitable d. peaceful
1. The …………….is the surviving wonder you can still see today .
a. Angkor Wat b. pyramid c. Taj Mahal d. Coloseum
2. Would you like to come ………….my house ?
a. in b. on c. over d. up
3. Would you mind if I ………….over night ?
a. camped b. camping c. camp d. to camp
a. stretcher b. ambulance c. scale d. shock
5. ……..I tidy the room for you , Mom ?
a. Will b. Do c. Shall d. Would
6. The ambulance ll be there ………..ten minutes .
a. about b. in c. for d. at
7. Could you get me a bandage , please ? - …………………………….
a. I hope so b. No , thanks c. Yes , please d. OK
8. She promises she …….it secret .
a. will keep b. keep c. kept d. keeps
9. Don’t play soccer in the room , Nam
……………………..
a. Yes , Certainly b. I promise I won’t c. All right d. I prefer you didn’t
10. Your beautiful flowers really helped me cheer me ………when I was in hospital
a. on b. up c. in d. with
11. People use first-aid in order to ………..victim’s pain and anxiety .
a. ease b. overheat c. revive d. minimize
12. The city is …………….the country .
a. noisier than b. noisier c. the noisiest d. noisy
13. A student fell ……………her bike and had a bad cut on her head .
a. in b. to c. off d. from
14. They are delighted that they all ………….the exam .
a. pass b. will pass c. to pass d. passed
15. …………..can be recycled to make pipes and floor covering .
a. Glass b. Bottles c. Drink cans d. Car tires
16. Sitting in a car , Shannon saw a boy …………….a water buffalo .
a. rode b. riding c. ridden d. was riding
17. It’s great ………………in Viet Nam .
a. be b. being c. to be d. is
18. In the factories , glass is broken up , …………and made into new glassware .
a. melted b. refilled c. collected d. cleaned
19. It ……………………by the end of this year .
a. will build b. is built c. is building d. will be built
20. You can visit the Oceanic Institute in ……………
a. Da Lat b. Nha Trang c. Sa Pa d. Ha Long Bay
21. In Ha Long Bay , you can ……………..and swimming .
a. sunbath b. visit flower garden c. see mountain slopes d. see may beautiful fish
22. The toys …………………in a box are 10 dollars .
a. keeping b. keep c. kept d. are kept
23. Do you mind if I turn on the fans ? - ………………………..I’m very cold .

a. Please go ahead b. No , of course not c. I’m sorry , I can’t d. I’d rather you didn’t
24. …………..you …………your homework yet ?
a. Did / finish b. have / finished c. Do / finish d. Have / been finished
25. When I arrived , your mother ………………..dinner .
a. was having b. had c. is having d. was had
26. Lan always ………….her brother with his math homework .
a. is helping b. help c. helps d. is helped
27. Yesterday was my birthday . My friend ……………..me some flowers .
a. was sent b. send c. sent d. was sending
28. School festival ……………..every year .
a. holds b. is held c. was holding d. was held
29. Would you mind if I ………….your computer ? - Please do
a. used b. using c. use d. was used
30. John is keen ……….pottery .
III. Read the passage carefully :
Bach Ma National Park is located in central Viet Nam ( less than hour drive from Hue city ) and around 680
km from Ha Noi . The national park covers an area of 20,031 ha and was created in 1991 to protect the centre
of the last corridor of forest stretching from the South China Sea to the border with Lao PDR .
This area is home to a wide variety of animals and plants . There are species from both the northern and
southern areas of the country and Bach Ma is recognized one of the biodiversity centers of Indochina .
The highest point in the park , Bach Ma mountain , is 1450 m above sea level and only 18 km away from the
coast . Visitors have been coming Bach Ma since 1930s , when the French Colonials built a hill resort here to
escape the hot and humid plains during the summer months . The National Park has restored some of the
villas built at that time , and is upgrading the services they offer .
The rich flora and fauna also attract many tourists . Bach Ma National Park is home to 233 species of birds
and 55 species of mammals as well as extensive vegetation of more than 500 species . Thus, the park does not
only offer beautiful landscapes , but it also allows for scientific research .
* True or False ?
1. …... It takes us an hour to drive from Hue to Bach Ma National Park
2. ….. People There are different kinds of animals and plants in this park .
3. ….. Tourists began to visit Bach Ma National Park in 1930s .
4. ….. Some of the villas was built in this park in 1930s
5. ….. Scientists can’t research in this park
Nam said ……………………………………………………………..
2. “ Do you go out or stay at home this weekend ?”
Nga asked Tai …………………………………………………………………
3. Will you pass me that jar of sugar ?
Do you mind ………………………………………………?
4. The children like sweets . They are made from chocolates .
The children ………………………………………………………………………..
It’s …………………………………………………………………………
7. The judges awarded the first prize to Thon Trieu team .
The first …………………………………………………………………….
8. The cat has just broken the vase .
The vase ……………………………………………….
REVISION ( 4 )
1. Would you mind ……………………..the grass for me ?
a. cut b. cuts c. cutting d. was cut
2. She advised me what …………………in that situation .
a. did b. to do c. doing d. have to do
3. I’m interested ……………………watching rice-cooking festival .
a. on b. in c. to d. at
5. Mid-Fall Festival is …………………………as the Moon Cake Festival .
a. known b. completed c. designed d. reached
6. Would you mind if I …………………….your son buy me some cigarettes ?
a. having b. have had c. had d. have
7. Da Lat is famous for its waterfalls and ……………………...weather .
a. lakes b. mountains b. cold d. warm
8. It is now hour 16 of David’s tour in Viet Nam .
It has the same meaning as :
a. David was in Viet Nam for 16 hours . b. David is in Viet Nam for 16 hours
c. David came to Viet Nam for 16 hours d. David has been in Viet Nam for 16 hours
9. “My sister will teach you Geography , Nam” - said Vi .
a. Nam said to Vi her sister would teach him Geography .
b. Vi said to Nam his sister would teach her Geography
c. Vi said to Nam her sister would teach him Geography
d. Vi said to Nam her sister taught him Geography
10. “ Do you often ride your bike to school ?”
* Chau asked Tam …………………………………………….
a. he often rode his bike to school . b. if she often rode her bike to school
c. whether he often rides his bike to school d. if he often rode his bike to school
11. The rice is……………………from the husk before being cooked .
a. awarded b. separated c. presented d. decorated

1. Tam wrote this essay in the library yesterday .
This ………………………………………………………………………………
2. “Your mother is sitting in my living room , Cuc”
Manh ……………………………………………………………………….
3. We send them Christmas cards every Christmas .
They ………………………………………………………………………
4. “Are your parents going to take a trip to Sapa , Nhi ?”
Huy ……………………………………………………………………………………..
5. People built this hospital two years ago .
This ………………………………………………………………………
6. “ I am having a wonderful time in Sydney”
Lan said ………………………………………………………………..
7. Nhanh usually makes toys for her cousins .
Toys ……………………………………………………………………..
8. “Will you stay with your uncle this summer , Mai ?”
Tuan …………………………………………………………………………………..

Most people in Britain take their troubles with them on holiday , according to a new survey , 40% said the
most important reason for going away is to escape stress , but almost everyone said they worry more than
they do at home . Only 4% are happy and carefree . The most common concern is burglary : 4 out of ten
people worry about their homes being broken into while they’re abroad . More than a quarter are afraid
they’ll be upset by noisy holiday makers , and 22% are worried about being mugged . On in five the car may
break down , and the same number are upset about the possibility of bad weather . One in seven people said
their idea of a good holiday is “ sun , sea and safe” . A quarter of all young , single men thought this was the
best formula for a holiday .
1. What are the reasons that make the British people worried when they are on holiday ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………..
2. How many percentage of people who are upset about of bad weather ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. What is a good holiday according to some people’s idea ?
………………………………………………………………………………………
+ True or False ?
1. ….. There is over 25% are afraid they’ll upset by noisy holiday makers .
2. ….. The most common concern is that people worry about their homes being broken .
IV. Write a letter to your friend , tell him / her about your last trip
Dear Hoa ,
1. We / just / return / trip / Nha Trang .
............................................................................................................
2. It / take / us / twelve hours / get / there / car
........................................................................................................................
3. It / windy / sunny / when / come / there
.........................................................................................................
4. the first day / tour guide / take / Oceanic Institute .
...............................................................................................................................
5. It / exciting / see / many kinds / fish / there .
..................................................................................................................
6. interesting places / make / us / surprised
........................................................................................................
7. We / take / lots / photos
...........................................................................................
8. That / all / I / have / time / tell / you / about .
.......................................................................................................................................
9. What / going / do / this summer vacation .
...........................................................................................................
10. Write / me / soon / tell / me / your plan
......................................................................................................

done completed reached marigolds
stayed beauty traditional designed
1. He wanted to buy some ……………………..and watermelon seeds

2. They are ………………………..at this festival .
3. Syney Opera House was …………………..in 1973 .
4. Eiffel Tower was ……………………..by Alexander Gustave Eiffel
5. Two members of a British expedition and a Nepalese guide …………………..the summit of
Mount Everest .
6. I ………………...there for a week and had a wonderful time .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
10. I visited many places such as Camli Waterfall , Love Valley and Xuan Huong …………………..
a. Mountain b. Lake c. Cave d. Wonder
11. “ Do you often cook dinner for your family?”
Nam asked Lien ………………………………………………..
a. if he often cooked dinner for his family
b. whether did she often cook dinner for her family
c. if she often cooks dinner for her family
d. whether she often cooked dinner for her family
12. Would you mind if I …………………..over your house tonight ?
a. came b. coming c. come d. to come
done completed reached marigolds
stayed beauty traditional designed
1. He wanted to buy some ……………………..and watermelon seeds

2. They are ………………………..at this festival .
3. Sydney Opera House was …………………..in 1973 .
4. Eiffel Tower was ……………………..by Alexander Gustave Eiffel
5. Two members of a British expedition and a Nepalese guide …………………..the summit of
Mount Everest .
6. I ………………...there for a week and had a wonderful time .
…………………………………………………………………….
REVISION ( 1 )
II. Write complete sentences , using the words given :

1. Tam / Ba / have / wonderful time / Ha Long Bay / now
……………………………………………………………………………………………
2. We / visit / island / last week / see / lots / monkeys / that island
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Minh / meet / old teacher / Than Tho Lake / yesterday .
………………………………………………………………………………..
4 He / bring / grandparents / milk / fruit / next Sunday
………………………………………………………………………………….
5. People / this city / friendly / hospitable .
……………………………………………………………………..
IV. Read the passage carefully and fill in the blanks with the words in the box :
for cultural on population in
between located full many
Hue is ………………………on the central coats of Viet Nam , 108 kilometers north of Da Nang and half
way …………………….Ha Noi and Ho Chi Minh City . ………. 19th century it was the ……………………
and intellectual center and home to emperors of Nguyen Dynasty .
With the ……………………….of 350.000 Hue is not a particularly large city but also it is ……………..of
historical attractions .There are a lot …………………tourists and holiday makers to discover in Hue .

Grade :
Name :
REVISION ( 1 )
11. “ Do you usually help your mom with the housework ?”

Tam asked Nga ……………………………………………………………
a. if he usually helped his mom with the housework .
b. she usually helped her mom with the housework
c. weather she usually helped her mom with the housework
d. whether she usually helped her mom with the housework
12. What did you buy ………………your mother on March the eight ?
a. to b. on c. in d. for

His ……………………………………………………………………….
That house……………………………………………………
3. Could you sit in front of the car ?
Would you mind ………………………………………………………
Tuan …………………………………………………………………………….
Ba ……………………………………………………………………………….
Nam said ……………………………………………………………..
8. “ Do you go out or stay at home this weekend ?”
Nga asked Tai …………………………………………………………………

Grade : 8
Name :
REVISION ( 2 )
3. Taj Mahal is one of the new seven …………………..of the world .
a. towers b. temples c. wonders d. churches
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Grade : 8
Name :
REVISION ( 2 )
II. Give the correct form of verbs :

1. Chau ( study ) ……………………….History at this time yesterday .
2. Lan’s family ( live ) ……………….in Can Tho City for ten years .
3. I ( build ) ………………………a new house next month .
4. Her parents ( buy ) …………………..her new shoes yesterday .
5. When I ( read ) …………………………..a morning newspaper , my old friend ( come )……………….
6. At the moment Thuy’s father ( fix ) ……………………….her bike
7. Lan often (write ) ……………………..to her friends .
8. We ( do ) ………………………..Math homework at 10 o’clock last night .
9. Tam’s teacher ( teach ) ……………………..him since September .
10. Ngan ( get ) …………………..married in July 2010 .
III. Make complete sentences , using the key words :
1. Ba / have / wonderful time / Da Lat / now .
…………………………………………………………………..
2. People / Da Lat / friendly / hospitable .

…………………………………………………………………
3.He / visit / interesting places /Da Lat .
………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. He / meet / neighbor / Xuan Huong Lake yesterday .
………………………………………………………………………………..
5. He / return / home / tomorrow .
………………………………………………………………………
6. They / play / soccer / five / yesterday .
………………………………………………………………………………..
7. Nga / Chau / attend / this course / 3 months .
…………………………………………………………………..
8. Huy / help / father / every day .
………………………………………………………….
Most people in Britain take their troubles with them on holiday , according to a new survey , 40% said the
most important reason for going away is to escape stress , but almost everyone said they worry more than
they do at home . Only 4% are happy and carefree . The most common concern is burglary : 4 out of ten
people worry about their homes being broken into while they’re abroad . More than a quarter are afraid
they’ll be upset by noisy holiday makers , and 22% are worried about being mugged . On in five the car may
break down , and the same number are upset about the possibility of bad weather . One in seven people said
their idea of a good holiday is “ sun , sea and safe” . A quarter of all young , single men thought this was the
best formula for a holiday .
1. What are the reasons that make the British people worried when they are on holiday ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………..
2. How many percentage of people who are upset about of bad weather ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. What is a good holiday according to some people’s idea ?
………………………………………………………………………………………
+ True or False ?
1….. There is over 25% are afraid they’ll upset by noisy holiday makers .
2….. The most common concern is that people worry about their homes

Grade : 8
Name :
REVISION ( 3 )
I . Circle the best options :
1. Look Shannon . I can see a boy ……………………..a water buffalo .
a. rides b. rode c. riding d. ridden
2. Recycle means not throw things ………………..
a. away b. up c. up d. on
4. It’s hard …………………..your ghost story .
5. ………………you please buy me some rice ?
9. We can save ………………………by recycling things .
a. pipes b. world c. natural resources d. environment
10. My father is pleased ……………………….my report card .
a. got b. gets c. to get d. getting
11. The best student in my school ………………………..scholarship last week .
a. gave b. was given d. given d. giving
12. People use first-aid course ………………….minimize the patient’s pain and anxiety .
a. so that b. order to c. so as to d. to
a. jungle b. mountain c. island d. pagoda
14. Her mother asked her to book …………….three seats at the bus station .
a. in b. up c. over d. to
a. in order to b. so as c. to d. both a and c
24. Do you mind if I ……………….her your pen ? No , of course not
a. lent b. lending c. lend d. to lend
27. This is a country which exports a lot of rice . It’s a ……………………..country .
a. exporting rice b. rice exporting c. rice-exporting d. exports rice
28. Would you come ………………….for dinner with us ?
a. over b. up c. in d. on
31. Millions of Christmas cards ……………………….every year.
a. are sent b. sends c. are sending d. sent
35. He ………………..the top of the shelf but he failed .
a. reach b. to reach c. reaching d. reach
39. The book …………………..in 1967 .
42 . Nga’s sister began ………………………in Can Tho in 2001 .
44. Will Nga ………………here in ten minutes ?
a. come b. coming c. to come d. came
His ……………………………………………………………………….
That house……………………………………………………
………………………………………………………..
Mrs. Van ……………………………………………………………..
Duy asked Lien ……………………………………………….
6. “Can you help me draw a map , Tai ?” _ said Chi
………………………………………………………………………………..
7. Can you give me a hand ?
Do you mind ………………………………………………..?
8. Shall I get to grandma’s house by bus , Mom ?
Would you mind ………………………………………………………..
9. Learning a foreign language is interesting .
It’s ………………………………………………………………….
10. Mr. Tam was delighted . His son got good grades .
…………………………………………………………………………………….
She’d like ……………………………………………………………………………….
The woman …………………………………………………………………………..
1. Nga / Chi / have / trip / abroad / now
……………………………………………………………………………..
2. Nga / meet / old teacher / way / school / yesterday
………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Duy asked Lien ……………………………………………….
6. “Can you help me draw a map , Tai ?” _ said Chi
………………………………………………………………………………..
7. Can you give me a hand ?
Do you mind ………………………………………………..?
8. Shall I get to grandma’s house by bus , Mom ?
Would you mind ………………………………………………………..
9. Learning a foreign language is interesting .
It’s ………………………………………………………………….
10. Mr. Tam was delighted . His son got good grades .
…………………………………………………………………………………….
She’d like ……………………………………………………………………………….
The woman …………………………………………………………………………..
1. Nga / Chi / have / trip / abroad / now
……………………………………………………………………………..
2. Nga / meet / old teacher / way / school / yesterday
………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. Her parents / read / newspaper / when / she / come / home

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Trang / go / Canada / next week .
…………………………………………………………………………
5. We / study / Vinh Long / four years .
………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Mr. Trung / smoke / two cigarette / day .
…………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Her parents / read / newspaper / when / she / come / home
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Trang / go / Canada / next week .
…………………………………………………………………………
5. We / study / Vinh Long / four years .
………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Mr. Trung / smoke / two cigarette / day .
…………………………………………………………………………
REVISION
I . Circle the best options :
a. in order to b. so as c. to d. both a and c
19. The book …………………..in 1967 .
23. Will Nga ………………here in ten minutes ?
a. come b. coming c. to come d. came

II. Writing :
* Write complete passage , using the words given :
1. Nam / usually / stay / home / Sunday .
2. He / spend / good time / his family
3. last Sunday / he / go / countryside / visit / his grandparents
4. he / stay / there / two days .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………..
21. She will pick her sister ………………from the nursery school this afternoon .
a. up b. on c. over d. on
22. It’s interesting to …………………the underwater life .

a. exploring b. to explore c. explore d. explored
23. The river …………………. with weeds looks dirty .
a. covering b. covered c. to cover d. cover
24. ……………...you please get me some sugar ?
a. Shall b. Do c. Are d. Would
25. These cans can ………………….for reusing .
a. is cleaned b. are cleaned c. be cleaned d. clean
27. She ………………up late because her alarm clock didn’t go off .
a. get b. gets c. got d. to get
29. Everything in Mrs. Thanh’s kitchen ………………………
a. has jumbled b. have jumbled c. has been jumbled d. is jumbling
IV. Give the correct form the words in parentheses :

1. Flowers …………………love . ( symbol )
2. Many designer took …………………….from Vietnam’s ethnic minorities . ( inspire )
3. She listened to classical music for …………………….( relax ) .
4. Yesterday , my father and my uncle made a ………………….to go to Vung Tau . ( decide )
5. Most of the ……………………….have lived here all their lives . ( village )
6. English spelling presents special ……………………..for foreign learners . ( difficult )
7. The show brought …………………….to millions of viewers . ( enjoy ) .
8. We promise we’ll make the beach ………………….again . ( beauty )
9. He made a …………………….of Roman coins and metals . ( collect )
10. When learning English, we find it..………………to listen to native speakers .( difficulty )

* Fill in the blanks with suitable words in the box :
rivers parks is
practice well delicious
Last week I had a chance to go to the countryside with some of my foreigner friends . The village…………. very
beautiful . It has a lot of trees , many orchards , ………………….and flowers . The air is fresh and the fruit there is
………………….My friends like this place very much . We talked a lot about the life in the city and the life in the
country . It’s interesting to …………………..speaking English with foreigners . After the trip we felt very healthy and
happy .
Long Tuyen secondary School

Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( )
III. Writing :
III. Writing :
A. Rewrite the sentences , keeping the same meaning :
1. “ My brother lives next to your sister’s house .”
Hoa said ...............................................................................................................................
2. We decorated the Christmas tree last night .
The ...............................................................................................................
3. This essay is difficult to read .
It’s …………………………………………………….
4. “Are there any souvenir shops near here ?”
A tourist asked me ..............................................................................................
5. I talked to the girl . She was blamed for breaking the windows .
………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………….
V. Writing :
* Write a postcard to your friend , using key words :
1. Dear Tam ,
2. I / have / wonderful time / Nha Trang / now
3. People here / hospitable / it / sunny / dry
4. I / visit / Tri Nguyen Aquarium / Oceanic Institute .
5. I / meet / friend / Lan / her family / beach .
6. It / happy / see / them
7. I / buy / lot / souvenirs / my family .
……………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
III. Rewrite the following sentences , using compound nouns :

1. Last Sunday our club held a contest in which members painted pictures as beautiful as they could .
………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. It is a festival in which people splash water on each other .
………………………………………………………………..
3. Viet Nam is a country which exports coffee .
………………………………………………………………………….
4. My uncle has a farm which raises cattle .
………………………………………………………………………….
5. It’s a festival in which people have their bulls fight against each other .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( p2 )
I. Complete the conversation , using the words in the box :

famous sports concerts back history
books spent tourism monument combination
Minh : Hello , Lan . Kin told me that you have just come ( 1 ) ………………….from Europe . Is that true ?
Lan : Yeah .
Minh : Oh , how was your trip ?
Lan : I enjoyed my trip very much . I went there with my parents for the summer vacation , and ( 2 )
……………..ten days there .
Minh : Where did you visit ?
Lan : I went to Italy , Spain and France .
Minh : Wow . I’m so jealous with you .
Lan : Yeah . It was the most wonderful trip I have ever had . And I love Rome ; it was such a ( 3 )
…………………….between modernity and antiquity .
Minh : Did you visit Colosseum in Rome ?
Lan : Yes, I did . Colosseum is one of the most ( 4 )…………………… wonders of the world . How can I
miss it ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Grade : 8
Name : EXERCISE ( p2 )
I. Complete the conversation , using the words in the box :
famous sports concerts back history
books spent tourism monument combination
Minh : Hello , Lan . Kin told me that you have just come ( 1 ) ………………….from Europe . Is that true ?
Lan : Yeah .
Minh : Oh , how was your trip ?
Lan : I enjoyed my trip very much . I went there with my parents for the summer vacation , and ( 2 )
……………..ten days there .
Minh : Where did you visit ?
Lan : I went to Italy , Spain and France .
Minh : Wowww . I’m so jealous with you .
Lan : Yeah . It was the most wonderful trip I have ever had . And I love Rome ; it was such a ( 3 )
…………………….between modernity and antiquity .
Minh : Did you visit Colosseum in Rome ?
Lan : Yes, I did . Colosseum is one of the most ( 4 )…………………… wonders of the world . How can I
miss it ?
Minh : Yeah . I read about it in some ( 5 )….………………Colosseum is the most famous ( 6 ) …………...
of Ancient Rome and it was started by by the Emperoe3 Vespasian .
Lan : That’s correct . Long ago Romans enjoyed going to the theater to see ( 7 ) ………………….and
plays , and to the stadium to watch chariot races and Colosseum to watch bloody ( 8 )……………….
Colosseum was probably the most popular . A lot of combats , fights with beats
and other fights were held in the Colosseum .
Minh : Yes . It was once a bloody place ; however , it is a place for ( 9 ) …………………..now .
Lan : Yeah . I enjoyed visiting it . It was also a precious chance for me to learn more about ( 10 )
………………..of the world .
II. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate form of the worlds in parentheses :
1. A contest attracts the ………………………..of more than one thousand students all over the country .
( participate )
4. They ……………………their rooms with flowers and balloons . ( decoration )
5. Careful ……………….........for the exam is essential . ( prepare )
6. Ao dai is a …………………….costumes of Viet Nam . ( tradition )
7. Thank you very much for your………………………( invite )
8. New …………………have been made to satisfy the needs of customers ( produce )
9. He was ……………………the first prize . (award )
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Minh : Yeah . I read about it in some ( 5 )….………………Colosseum is the most famous ( 6 ) …………...
of Ancient Rome and it was started by by the Emperoe3 Vespasian .
Lan : That’s correct . Long ago Romans enjoyed going to the theater to see ( 7 ) ………………….and
plays , and to the stadium to watch chariot races and Colosseum to watch bloody ( 8 )……………….
Colosseum was probably the most popular . A lot of combats , fights with beats
and other fights were held in the Colosseum .
Minh : Yes . It was once a bloody place ; however , it is a place for ( 9 ) …………………..now .
Lan : Yeah . I enjoyed visiting it . It was also a precious chance for me to learn more about ( 10 )
………………..of the world .
II. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate form of the worlds in parentheses :
1. A contest attracts the ………………………..of more than one thousand students all over the country .
( participate )
10. They ……………………their rooms with flowers and balloons . ( decoration )
11. Careful ……………….........for the exam is essential . ( prepare )
12. Ao dai is a …………………….costumes of Viet Nam . ( tradition )
13. Thank you very much for your………………………( invite )
14. New …………………have been made to satisfy the needs of customers ( produce )
15. He was ……………………the first prize . (award )
REVISION FOR
ONE PERIOD TEST
II. Rewrite the sentences , using the cues:

1. People speak French and English in Canada .
French …………………………………………………………………
2. You can’t go there by motorbike , Tuan .
Lan said ………………………………………………………….
3. They will hold the school festival next week
The school …………………………………………………………………………
4. He has a factory which exports coffee .
He has a …………………………………………………….
5. Your mother doesn’t want you to stay in my house .
Miss Chi said to Hai ………………………………………………………
6. They decorated the tree with ornaments .
The tree ……………………………………………………………..
7. “ Do you often visit your grandparents ?”
Chi asked Kien …………………………………………………………………………
8. “ Your mother wants you to go home immediately , Hanh”
Trung said ……………………………………………………………………………….
9. “ Are you going to visit Hue Citadel next summer , Tuan ?”
Trang ……………………………………………………………………………………………..
1. It was late , so we decided ( take ) ……………………a taxi home .
2. We were hungry , so I suggested ( have ) ………………….dinner early .
3. It started ( rain ) ……………………..when they left home .
4. When I’m tired , I enjoy (watch ) …………………………television .
5. Would you mind ( close ) ……………………..the door ?
6. He stopped ( talk ) …………………., then tried (lift ) …………………..a box into a lorry .
7. You should (write ) ……………………your essay longer .
8. I learned to swim when I ( be ) ……………….very young . I ( teach ) …………………….by my
mother .
9. It’s a serious problem . I don’t know how it can ( solve ) ……………………….
10. While my mother ( cook ) ……………………..dinner , my father ( fix ) ……………………….his
motorbike .
V. Write a postcard to your friend , using the cues :
Dear Tuan
1. We / have / wonderful time / Hue .
2. People here / friendly / helpful / weather / dry / cool .
3. I / visit / Hue Citadel / Huong River .
4. I / meet / neighbor / his family / Hue Citadel .
5. It / nice / see / them .
6. I / buy / / some souvenirs / my friends / family .
II. Read the passage carefully and fill in the blanks with suitable words :
1. The Chinese celebrate the Mid-Autumn Festival……………….the 15th day of the eighth moon . It is
………..............as the Moon- Cake Festival . People exchange gifts of moon cakes and
………………… full moon . Parents take their children , ………………......beautiful glowing latterns
……………….. the parks .
2. The Eiffel Tower is ……………Paris , France . It is ………………...by millions of people every
year . It was …………………..by Alexandra Eiffel ( 1832-1923 ) . It ………………. erected for the
Paris exposition . Since that time , it has been the ……………………famous landmark in Paris . Today
it is recognized ……………….people throughout the world .

11. It was late , so we decided ( take ) ……………………a taxi home .
12. We were hungry , so I suggested ( have ) ………………….dinner early .
13. It started ( rain ) ……………………..when they left home .
14. When I’m tired , I enjoy (watch ) …………………………television .
15. Would you mind ( close ) ……………………..the door ?
16. He stopped ( talk ) …………………., then tried (lift ) …………………..a box into a lorry .
17. You should (write ) ……………………your essay longer .
18. I learned to swim when I ( be ) ……………….very young . I ( teach ) …………………….by my
mother .
19. It’s a serious problem . I don’t know how it can ( solve ) ……………………….
20. While my mother ( cook ) ……………………..dinner , my father ( fix ) ……………………….his
motorbike .
1. “ Can we take photos? ”
The visitor asked me ……………………………………………
2. “Do you know the way to the station? ”
The man asked Trang ………………………………………………………….
3. “ My cousin will repair this washing for you , Tuan ”
Lan ………………………………………………………………………………..
4. “Are you going to leave Can Tho for Ha Noi , Tai ?”
Tran ……………………………………………………………………………………….
5. She has just bought a new bike for her son .
A …………………………………………………………………..
6. They will send wedding cards a week before their weeding party .
Wedding ………………………………………………………………………………….
7. They use recycled plastic to make toys .
Recycled …………………………………………………………………
8. Does Nga often write to you ?
Are …………………………………………………….
9. Bell invented the telephone in 1876 .
The …………………………………………………………………….
10. She met her husband in 1999 .
Her ………………………………………………………….
V. Write a postcard to your friend , using the cues :
Dear Tuan
1. We / have / wonderful time / Hue .
2. People here / friendly / helpful / weather / dry / cool .
3. I / visit / Hue Citadel / Huong River .
4. I / meet / neighbor / his family / Hue Citadel .
5. It / nice / see / them .
6. I / buy / / some souvenirs / my friends / family .
……………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Grade : 8
Name :
EXERCISE ( q2 )
I. Read the passage carefully :
million people .
* True or False ?
the capital cities
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Grade : 8
Name : 2 EXERCISE ( q )
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
II. Write a letter to your friend about your recent trip :
Dear Mai
1. How / you ? I / happy / get / your letter / a week ago .
1. We / just return / trip / Phong Nha Cave / Quang Ninh province .
2. It / about / 500 meters / Ha Noi .
3. It / take / us / 10 hours / get there / train .
4. the first day / tour guide / take / there .
5. It / cold / inside .
6. magnificent sights / cave / made / us / breathtaking .
7. We / take / lot / photos / local people there .
8. We / relaxed / after / trip .
9. That / all / I / have / time / tell you .
10. What / going / do during/ summer vacation ?
Write / me / soon .
……………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………..
Grade : 8
Name :
REVISION ( 1 )
1. A festival in which people have to cook rice is called ……………………..festival
a. rice cook b. cooking rice c. rice-cooking d. cook rice
2. Do you usually help Mai ?
Hoa asked Nam ………………………………………
a. whether he usually helps Mai . b. he usually helped Mai
c. if he usually helped Mai d. whether she usually helped Mai
3. It’s …………………..and cloudy today .
a. snow b. cool c. degree d. wind
4. She taught me how …………………….that problem .
5. I can’t stand Na . She ………………always …………..on the phone .
a. is / talking b. was / talking c. has / talked d. does / talk
6. We met our neighbor when we …………………………along the street .
a. waked b. are walking c. walk d. were walking
7. The bowls and dishes ………………..been broken .
a. were b. have c. are d. has
8. Last night , the Christmas tree ………………………..
a. decorated b. was decorated c. was decorating d. has decorated
9. Our floor ……………………..every day .
a. cleans b. was cleaned c. is cleaned d. is cleaning
10. Susan asked me …………………………..to school early .
a. if I go b. whether I went c. if I have gone d. if I did go
11. She tried …………………… the first prize but she wasn’t successful .
a. won b. win c. winning d. to win
12. My brother can ……………………….a beautiful tower for me .
a. drew b. drawing c. draw d. to draw
13. Last week , Nga decided …………………………..a new house .
a. buy b. to buy c. buying d. bought
14.They might ……………………at the hotel for two nights .
a. have stayed b. was staying c. stay d. to stay
15. Na was in bed while her sister ………………………………..dinner .
a. was cooking c. were cooking c. cooked d. cooks
16. Do Vietnamese people always ……………………………their houses before Tet ?
a. build b. design c. tidy d. visit
17. This song ……………………..ten yeas ago .
a. is composed b. composed c. was composed d. was composing
18. Would you mind if I ………………..in this armchair ?
a. sleep b. slept c. sleeping d. was sleeping
19. Lan ………………out when I phoned her .
a. was b. was being c. is d. has been
20. We are happy …………………..you get better .
a. hear b. to hear c. hearing d. heard
21. Thanh’s teacher will come here …………………twenty minutes .
22. Ha Long Bay is recognized as a World Heritage Site ………………UNESCO .
a. in b. at c. on d. by
23. It’s difficult ……………this problem .
24. She studies hard ……………….order to pass next exam .

a. so b. on c. in d. at
25. Will you open the window , please ? - ……………………..
a. Yes, please b. Yes , I will c. Certainly d. Yes , let’s
26. …………..I go there with you , Mom ? - Ok
a. Shall b. Do c. Have d. Will
27. I’m happy …………..you passed your exam .
a. to b. that c. so d. and
28. Will my new ao dai ………………before Tet ?
a. finish b. be finished c. to finish d. finishing
a. magnificent b. emergency c. departure d. representative
30. Do you mind …………….out your cigarette ?
a. put b. to put c. putting d. being put
His ……………………………………………………………………….
That house……………………………………………………
3. Could you move your car over there ?
Would you mind ………………………………………………………
Tuan …………………………………………………………………………….
Ba ……………………………………………………………………………….
It’s ………………………………………………………………………
8. People use first -aids . They want to ease the victim’s pain and anxiety .
People use first-aid so as …………………………………………………………………….
9. Shall I take a photo here ?
Would you mind ………………………………………………………………..?
10. The man is Lan’s father . He’s talking to our teacher .
The man ……………………………………………………………………….
Class : 8
Name :
REVISION ( 2 )
3. Taj Mahal is one of the new seven …………………..of the world .
a. towers b. temples c. wonders d. churches
11. “ Do you often cook dinner for your family?”
Nam asked Lien ………………………………………………..
a. if he often cooked dinner for his family
b. whether did she often cook dinner for her family
c. if she often cooks dinner for her family
d. whether she often cooked dinner for her family
12. Would you mind if I …………………..over your house tonight ?
a. came b. coming c. come d. to come
13. When I …………………home , I …………………him standing outside the room .
a. came / was seeing b. was coming / saw c. came / saw d. was coming / was seeing
14. We began ………………..in CanTho in 1995 .
a. to live b. lived c. live d. has lived
15. He advised me when ………………..my lessons .
a. learn b. to learn c. learning d. learned
16. Huy ……………….me if I was going to leave Ha Noi .
a. said b. asked c. told d. advised
17. I think it’s easy …………………do this exercise .
a. do b. doing c. did d. to do
18. This old man’s head …………………….last night .
a. is injured b. was injured c. injured d. has injured
19. Will you ………………….me a hand , please ?
a. giving b. give c. to give d. be given
20. ………….you do me a favor ? - Certainly
a. Should b. Do c. Could d. Have
21. Do you mind if I ……………….a photo ?
a. took b. take c. taking d. taken

26. . ………………you please buy me some rice ?
One night in April 1912 , the Titanic , a huge new ocean liner , was crossing the Atlantic . She was carrying
2000 passengers . She was also going very fast , which was dangerous because there were icebergs around .
The passengers were having good time when the ship suddenly struck one of the icebergs . The ship began to
sink and the passengers tried to escape , but there were not enough lifeboats . Another ship was passing
nearby . It could have saved most of the passengers if it had stopped . Two third of passengers went down
with the Titanic . It was one of the greatest sea disasters of all time .
* Match the words with the definition :
1. passenger a. large floating mass of ice
2. iceberg b. come or fall slowly downward
3. struck c. great of sudden misfortune
4. sink d. rescue or keep from danger harm
5. lifeboat e. traveler in or on vehicle
6. save f. came brought sharply into
7. disaster g. special boat for rescuing those in distress at sea
1….. 2. …… 3. …… 4. ……. 5. …… 6. ……. 7. …….
1. What was the Titanic ? 2. Where was it ?
……………………………………… …………………………………………
3. How many people were there in the Titanic ? 4. What made the Titanic sink ?
…………………………………… ……………………………………….
5. Were all the passengers went down with the Titanic ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
III. Write complete sentences , using the words given :
1. Minh / his family / have / good time / Sapa / now .
……………………………………………
2. He / go / Ha Tien / last month / stay / there / a week .
…………………………………………………………………………………
3. They / visit / old friends / yesterday .
………………………………………………………………………………..
4. weather / sunny / warm
……………………………………………………………….
5. We / buy / Tam / motorbike / next tomorrow .
…………………………………………………………………………….
IV. Fill in the blanks with the words in the box :
for cultural on population in

between located full many of
Hue is …………………..on the central coats of Viet Nam ,108 kilometers north of Da Nang and half way
…………………….Ha Noi and Ho Chi Minh City . ………. 19 th century it was the ……………………and intellectual
center and home to emperors of Nguyen Dynasty . With the ……………………….of 350.000 Hue is not a particularly
large city but also it is ……………..of historical attractions .There are a lot …………………tourists and holiday makers
to discover in Hue .
ĐỀ CƯƠNG ÔN THI LẠI

Môn : Tiếng Anh 8
A. GRAMMAR & VOCABULARY :
1. Câu xin phép :
Do you mind + if + I + V1 + ……….?
a
b Would you mind + if + I + V2 / Ved …..?
2. Câu yêu cầu :

Do / Would you mind + Ving …?
3. Chỉ mục đích :

so as to / in order to
: Để
4. Câu phàn nàn :

S + is / are + always / V ing
5. Câu bị động : try
6. Can / could 7 decide
Will / wouldS + be + V+
3 /V
V0ed + ( by O ) begin + to V
Shall / should start
May / might / must want
8. Câu gián tiếp của câu nói thường
S + said ( to O ) + S + V2 / Ved
9. Câu gián tiếp của câu hỏi yes-no

S + asked + O + if / whether + S + V2 / Ved
B. READING COMPREHENSION : ( 2m )
1. T / F
2. Answer the questions
C. WRITING ( 2m )
EXERCISE
1. Do you mind ........................your car over there ? - No problem
a. move b. moving c. to move d. moved
2. I tried ........................the engine but it did work .
a. start b. started c. to start d. starts
3. Millions of Christmas cards .........................every year .
a. are sent b. were sent c. sent d. are sending
4. The songs ...........................many years ago .
a. were writing b. wrote c. did write d. was written
5. I need some sugar . Can you ..........................that jar of sugar to me ?
a. giving b. give c. to give d. gave
6. Lan’s .....................in class .
a. talks b. talk c. talking d. talked
7. Ba said that he usually ...........................to class late .
a. came b. comes c. coming d. is coming
8. She began ......................in Vinh Long in 2002 .
a. to live b. lives c. lived d. has lived
9. My brother studies hard ..........................pass the entrance exam .
a. so that b. order to c. so as to d. so
10. I asked Nam ..................he got up early every morning .
11. Would you mind if I ....................on the TV set ?
a. turn b. turning c. to turn d. turned
a. reuse b. recycle c. refill d. reduce
13. The empty milk bottles ………………and refilled
a. cleaned b. are cleaned c. cleaning d. clean
14. Jane’s always ……………..noise when I’m sleeping .
a. makes b. making c. made d. make
15. She taught me ……………the guitar .
a. what to play b. How playing c. when to play d. how to play
Long Tuyên Secondary School
Class :
ĐỀ THI LẠI
Name : Môn : Anh Văn Khối : 8
A. GRAMMAR & VOCABBULARY : ( 6m )

12. Millions of Christmas cards ……………………….every year .
B. Read the passage carefully : ( 2 pts )
million people .
* True or False ?
the capital cities

1. What is capital city of your country ? Is it a large or a small city ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. Name some large cities in your country ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
III. Complete sentences to make a passage with the word given, two sentences are done for
you : ( 2 pts )
1. Minh / Tam / just / come / back / from / uncle’s farm
Minh and Tam have just come back from their uncle’s farm
2. They / stay / there / two weeks
They stayed there for two weeks
3. They / help / uncle / farm work
……………………………………………………………………….
4. When / they / be / there / people / hold / village festival
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. They / feel / happy
………………………………………………………………………………..
6. They / going / stay / uncle / this summer vacation
………………………………………………………………………………………………
Class :
Name :
REVISION ( 4 )
B. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY:

Choose the suitable words for these sentences by circling a, b, c or d.
1. I promise I _________ my homework before going to class.
A. is doing B. will do C. have done D. am doing
2. Would you mind_________ in the front seat of the taxi?
A. to sit B. sat C. sitting D. sits
3. Ha Long Bay is recognized_________ UNESCO.
A. by B. of C. for D. on
4. Nga told me what_____________ in Da Lat.
A. buy B. to buy C. bought D. buying
5. Do you mind if I_________ your car ?
A. moved B. to move C. move D. moving
6. David is interested _______ ancient cities.
A. in B. on C. at D. of
7. A contest in which participants have to fetch water from the river is called_________
A.car-making B. rice-cooking C. fire-making D. water-fetching
8. They have to___________ the rice from the husk and then cook the rice.
A. separate B. do C. make D. put
9. The Pyramid of Cheops was one of the seven ancient _______
A. temples B. wonders C. churches D. towers
10. Sydney Opera House was___________ in 1973.
A. reached B. done C. designed D. completed
11. Dalat is often __________ as the city of Eternal spring.
A. spoken B. talked C. known D. said
12. “Do you usually visit your grandma?”
Binh asked Lan......................................................................................
A. if he usually visited his grandma.
B. Whether did she usually visit her grandma.
C. If she usually visited her grandma.
D. Whether he usually visit his grandma.
C READING:(3MS)
I. Read the passage carefully and fill in the blanks with the words given in the box :
cold in to Lake mountain stayed
I went ………………Da Lat last summer . Da Lat is famous for a variety of flowers and …………….. weather . I
…………………there for four days and visited many places such as Datanla Waterfall , Xuan Huong
………………………..and Love Valley .

It is now day 17 of Steve’s tour in Viet Nam and he is in Hai Phong . He has travelled almost around Viet
Nam and he has visited many places . He started his tour in Ho Chi Minh City and then he travelled around the
south of the country . Steve went to Vung Tau , Can Tho , Da Lat and Nha Trang in the first week and then he went
to Da Nang , Hue and Hoi An . He stayed in nine different hotels . The best hotel that he stayed was in Ha Noi and
the best food was in a small family restaurant in Hoi An .
Steve has flown many times but he was on a Viet Nam Airlines plane only once , when he flew from Hue to Ha
Noi . He has travelled by train four times . First he went from Ho Chi Minh City to Da Lat , then Nha Trang to Da
Nang , Da Nang to Hue and lastly Ha Noi to Hai Phong . He likes travelling by train very much because he can meet
people easily .
* True orFalse ?
1. …… Steve has been in Viet Nam for 17 days .
2. …… He went to Vung Tau , Can Tho , ………..and then he went to Da Nang , Hue , Hoi An .
3. …… The best hotel that he stayed in was in Hoi An .
4. …… He went from Ha Noi to Hai Phong by train .
5. …… He has been on Viet Nam Airlines planes many times .
6. …… He doesn’t like travelling by train
1. Where did Steve start his tour ?
………………………………………………………………………………
2. How many hotels did he stay ?
……………………………………………………………
D. WRITING ( 2M )
I. Rewrite the following sentences , keeping the same meaning : ( 0.5M )
1. “ I am living in Chicago.”
Lien ……………………………………………………………………
2. People built this school in 1976.
This school ………………………………………………
II. Write a complete postcard from the following key words :
Dear Mom and Dad ,
1. I / have / wonderful time / Sydney / now
2. weather / be / lovely
3. People / this city / be / friendly / helpful .
4. Yesterday / I visit/ my History teacher's house .
5. Next Sunday / I / buy / some souvenirs / you / my sister .
6. I / hope / see / you / soon .
…………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………....
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
:
ĐỀ KIỂM TRA HỌC KÌ I
NĂM HỌC: 2009-2010
MÔN ANH VĂN 8
A. LISTENING : ( 2 m )
I. Listen to the conversation and choose the correct words or phrases by circling a
, b , c or d ( You will hear it twice )
1. Tam was ………………...when his mother called him .
a. outside b. inside c. out d. at school
2. His report card was ………………………..
a. bad b. poor c. excellent d. fair
3. He needed to work hard on ……………………..
a. English b. Math c. Geography d. Chemistry
4. His…………………was Mrs. Lan .
a. principal b. mother c. English teacher d. form teacher
II. Listen to the passage and fill in the blanks with the words you hear . ( You will
hear it twice )
1. People think that it is …………………..to be at home .
2. Some household objects are dangerous …………………..children .
3. Electricity can ………………...children if they put something into electric sockets
4. Scissors and knives can easily ……………………….children .
B.GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY (3ms)
Choose the suitable words for these sentences by circling a, b, c or d.
1.Ms Black said you should …………………….harder on your English pronunciation.
a. to work b.work c. worked d. working
2. Scouting began in England…………………..1907.
3. Could you……………………me a favor, please?
a. get b. do c. make d. have
4. I used to……………….early last year.
a.get up b. to get c. getting up d. gets
5. They …………………our country next month.
a.visit b. visited c. will visit d. to visit
6. He…………………here 5 years ago.
a. is b. am c.were d.was
7. My mother said that she………………..a new bike.
a.buy b. bought c. to buy d. buys
8. Do you need any help? – Yes. That’s very kind…………………..you.
a. of b. in c. on d. to
9. My parents …………………….. in this company for ten years.
a. work b. worked c. have worked d. will work
10.He does grammar exercises to……………his English.
a. study b. improve c. do d. make
11. Let’s…………………..to do this test.
a. tries b. to try c. trying d. try
12. I am ……………………….have a lot of friends.
a. enough lucky to b. lucky enough to c. lucky enough for d. enough lucky for
REVISION
KTCL
I. Choose the word whose main stress pattern is placed differently from the others :
1. a. correspond b. recreation c. museum d. entertain
2. a. primary b. official c. tropical d. literature
3. a. worship b. climate c. comprise d. separate
4. a. population b. mausoleum c. correspondent d. secondary
5. a. atmosphere b. currency c. compulsory d. interesting
1. I’m happy ………………worked very hard this semester
a. but you b. that you c. so I d. in order to
2. Susan …………………an accident when she was walking to the market .
a. see b. was seeing c. is seeing d. saw
3. Ba’s grandfather ……………………..to the hospital because he was in serious illness .
a. took b. was taken c. was taking d. is taken
4. Lan’s brother …………….always ……………..noise in class .
a. was / making b. is / made c. is / making d. was made
5. Nam …………………his English lesson at 5.00 yesterday .
a. was learned b. learned c. was learning d. is learning
6. I have a machine which can wash dishes . It’s a ………………………
a. dish-machine wash b. washing-dish machine c. dish-washing machine d. machine-washing dish
7. A new hospital …………………….in our city next year .
a. will build b. will be built c. is built d. was building
8. They met me when I …………………….the street .
a. cross b. crossed c. were crossing d. was crossing
9. The house has ………………..with flowers and beautiful pictures .
a. decorated b. been decorated c. decorate d. decorating
10. When they were having a picnic , it started ………………………
a. rained b. rains c. to rain d. was raining
11. It’s interesting ………………..here with you .
a. am b. is c. to be d. being
12. She wrote the notice on the board ………………….to inform her classmates about the change of schedule
a. in order to b. so b. so as d. so that
16. The book …………………..in 1967 .
17. Nga’s sister tried ……………the examination .
a. passed b. to pass c. pass d. passing
18. She’s pleased that Tam and Nga …………………..with her .
a. to stay b. are staying c. stayed d. stay
19. It’s hard ………………….in your ghost story .
20. My house is very far from school . I wish I …………….near my school .
a. live b. don’t live c. lived d. didn’t live
21. Tam takes part …………..many activities at school . He is an active student .
22. They live far away from each other but they always keep ………..touch .
a. at b. in c. to d. by
III. Rewrite the sentences , keeping the same meaning :
1. My sister is coming to see you next week , Mr . Smith” _ said Susan .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. “ I’m going away for a few days . I’ll phone you when I get back”
Judy said to me ……………………………………………………………………………………………
3. “Are you a new student , Mai ?” said Nam
………………………………………………………………………………. .
4. She began to attend this course two month ago .
She’s …………………………………………………………………….
5. The last time I went to the movie theater was 2 years ago .
I haven’t …………………………………………………………………………..
6. I don’t know many people here .
I wish ………………………………………………….
7. “ Is Mr. Thanh waiting for me , Nga ?”
Nga’s father asked ………………………………………………………
8. Nam bought this lap top last week .
Nam has …………………………………………………………………
IV. Complete the passage by circling a , b , c or d :
Brunei is one of the ( 1 ) …………countries in the world . Its(2 ) …………….is only 250,000 and most of them
live ( 3 ) ……………Bandar Seri Begawan ( the capital city with the ( 4 )…………… name in the world ! ) . It
is also the richest…………..( 5 ) in Asia and maybe the richest country in the world ( 6 ) ………….it has a lot
of oil and gas ( 7 ) ………….it exports to Japan . Every week huge tankers ( 8 ) …………… oil and gas from
oil-fields of Brunei ( 9 ) ……………. Japan .
1. a. small b. large c. big d. smallest
2. a. language b. population c. pollution d. area
3. at b. in c. from d. to
4. shortest b. largest c. longest d. biggest
5. a. country b. city c. capital d. town
6. a. and b. because c. but d. so
7. a. who b. what c. which d. when
8. a. bring b. take c. get d. carry
9. a. in b. at c. to d. for
REVISION
KTCL
2. Six people ……………….in the rice-cooking festival .
a. separated b. participated c. kept d. divided
a. was b. is c. has been d. will be
9. Mrs. Oanh :. Would you mind cutting the grass for me ?
Nga : ………………………………
a. Yes , please b. Yes, let’s c. No , I don’t mind d. please do
10. I………………..a magazine at 7 pm lat night .
a. was reading b. read c. am reading d. have read
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
REVISION
KTCL
2. Six people ……………….in the rice-cooking festival .
a. separated b. participated c. kept d. divided
a. was b. is c. has been d. will be
9. Mrs. Oanh :. Would you mind cutting the grass for me ?
Nga : ………………………………
a. Yes , please b. Yes, let’s c. No , I don’t mind d. please do
10. I………………..a magazine at 7 pm lat night .
a. was reading b. read c. am reading d. have read
12. Our school ………………….in 1976 .
a. established b. is established c. was established d. was establishing
13. There’s an exam next week . My friend tries hard ………………..this exam .
a. to pass b. passing c. passed d. will pass
14. We began ………………..English when were ten .
a. study b. studied c. have studied d. to study
15. The lessons today are difficult . I wish I …………………….very well .
a. didn’t understand b. understood c. understand d. don’t understand
II. Rewrite the sentences , keeping the same meaning :
1. Is your sister living in Ha Noi ?
Mr. Thanh asked Ngoc ………………………………………..
2. “ Do you always get up early in the morning , Tam ?”
Thuy …………………………………………………………………………..
3. People built this bridge in 2006 .
This bridge ………………………………………………..
4. The last time I took my brother to the zoo was two months ago .
I haven’t …………………………………………………………………………………
5. My old friend often sends me a gift on my birthday .
Lan said ………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

12. Our school ………………….in 1976 .
a. established b. is established c. was established d. was establishing
13. There’s an exam next week . My friend tries hard ………………..this exam .
a. to pass b. passing c. passed d. will pass
14. We began ………………..English when were ten .
a. study b. studied c. have studied d. to study
15. The lessons today are difficult . I wish I …………………….very well .
a. didn’t understand b. understood c. understand d. don’t understand
II. Rewrite the sentences , keeping the same meaning :
1. Is your sister living in Ha Noi ?
Mr. Thanh asked Ngoc ………………………………………..
2. “ Do you always get up early in the morning , Tam ?”
Thuy …………………………………………………………………………..
3. People built this bridge in 2006 .
This bridge ………………………………………………..
4. The last time I took my brother to the zoo was two months ago .
I haven’t …………………………………………………………………………………
5. My old friend often sends me a gift on my birthday .
Lan said ………………………………………………………………………….
1. Nga usually ( write ) …………………..to me but she ( not write ) …………………….to me for five
months.
2. Last night when I ( read ) ……………………….a newspaper , the telephone ( ring ) …………………….
3. We ( be ) …………………..friends since 2002 . We first ( meet ) …………………….one another seven
years ago .
4. It’s seven thirty . We ( do ) ………………………..English exercise , Thuy ( write ) ……………………
her lessons .
5. When Anna ( make ) …………………………dinner , Martin ( arrive ) ……………………..home .
6. When I ( meet ) ……………………her , I only ( be ) ………………….ten .
7. What ……………….. you ( do ) ………………………..at eight o’clock yesterday ?
8. They ( build ) ……………………..a new bridge over this river next month .
9. Susan and I ( drive ) ………………………….to the supermarket at 8 am last Sunday .
10. The light ( go ) ………………….out when we ( have ) ……………………….dinner so we ( stop )
………………….eating .
11. Last night I ( arrive ) ……………………home at 10.30 . I ( have ) …………………a bath and ( go )
…………………straight to bed .
12. Tuan’s hair is very short . He ( have ) ………………………..a hair cut .
13. Tran’s mother ( buy ) ……………………..her a new bike two weeks ago .
14. Where’s your teacher ?
_ She ( read ) ……………………newspaper in the library .
15. She ( help ) ………………..me do homework since ten thirty .
16. Thuy ( work ) …………………….in this hospital for ten years .
17. Their mother usually ( wash ) ...……………..clothes and ( clean ) ………………the house before work .
18. People ( build ) ………………….a bridge across this river in 2010 .
19. Trung ( go ) ………………….to the English Speaking club every Saturday . Last Saturday he ( be )
………………sick so he ( not come ) ………………………there .
20. We ( live ) …………………….in Nha Trang for 5 years but now we ( live ) ……………………in Ho
Chi Minh City .
21. Susan and her old friends usually ( meet ) ……………………each other on Christmas Day .
22. Next year , I ( buy ) …………………..you a new motorbike .
23. Miss Trang’s family ( move ) …………………….to Can Tho in 1998 , so they ( live )
……………………..there since 1998 .
24. Nga is having flu . She ought ( stay ) ………………………..at home .
25. We ( take ) ……………………..the first exam on December 26th 2010 .
26. How long ( you / wait ) ………………………………for me ?
27. When I ( be ) …………………….young , I used to take 45 minute walk to school .
28. Your form teacher ( wait ) …………………………..for you in the staff room at the moment .

Bai Tap TA 8

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bai Tap TA 8

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SOME IRREGULAR VERBS

Order Infinitive Past tense Past Meaning

49 lend lent lent cho mượn ( vay )

Long Tuyen Secondary school

a. tall ………………… b. old ……… ………….

character Hair Appearance

III. Give the correct form of verbs :

4. He / meet / girlfriend / station / two months ago .

Long Tuyen Secondary school

I. Give the correct form of the verbs in parentheses :

II. Write questions for the underlined words :

II. Write questions for the underlined words :

I. Write sentences , using the words keys :

I. Write sentences , using the words keys :

II. Complete the dialogues , using enough :

II. Complete the dialogues , using enough :

generous orphanage sociable planet

1.The Earth is the name of the ………………..we live on .

Name : Nguyen Manh Trung Age : 15

I . Match the name of things in column ( A ) with their description in column ( B ) :

1……. 2……. 3……. 4……. 5…… 6……. 7…….

1. It will be so ……………….to be among old friends , isn’t it ?

4. As a leader , he must learn how to speak well ……………………

* Answer the questions :

Long Tuyen Secondary School

II. Make sentences , using the word cues :

3. They ……………from Canada to American to find work .

Long Tuyen Secondary School

I. Look at the telephone conversation below and try to write a message :

II. Make sentences , using the word cues :

Long Tuyen Secondary School

1. My mother ………………….the furniture every day .

develop form speech human

2. The calendar is ………………the clock , the picture and the lamp .

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR :

a. invented b. transmitted c. demonstrated d. emigrated

Long Tuyen Secondary School

Name Age Height Hair

Long Tuyen Secondary School

Name Age Height Hair

2. a. work b. sports c. vacation

3. a. friends b. vacation c. movie

4. a. music b. dancing c. video

5. a. sports b. friends c. family

2. a. work b. sports c. vacation

3. a. friends b. vacation c. movie

4. a. music b. dancing c. video

5. a. sports b. friends c. family

Long Tuyen Secondary School

I. Complete the passage with the suitable words in the box :

Ex : Tom cut himself shaving this morning .

5. What happened in the end ?

Long Tuyen Secondary School

I. Read the following passage carefully and complete it by circling a, b, c or d :

16. Don’t go out after 10 .

Long Tuyen Secondary School

I. Circle the best options :

Peter : How …………………………………………… ?

time turn off used to times fell in love

1. Please ……………………..all the lights before going to bed .

V. Write a description of your living-room .

16. Tim’s Spanish pronunciation is not good so he should ………………it .

1. A light ………………at the end of the road .